
BREAKFAST WITH THE CHILDREN AT MOUNT VERNON 



GOOD STORIES 
FOR GREAT BIRTHDAYS 

ARRANGED FOR STORY-TELLING AND READING 

ALOUD AND FOR THE CHILDREN'S 

OWN READING 

BY 

FRANCES JENKINS OLCOTT 

WITH ILLUSTRATIONS 




BOSTON AND NEW YORK 

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY 

(ITbe l&tiiergttie l^rtsa Cambribge 

1922 



El7S 
•3 

.0^ 



COPYRIGHT, 1922, BY FRANCES JENKINS OLCOTT 
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 



3.0 



CAMBRIDGE • MASSACHUSETTS 
PRINTED IN THE U.S.A. 

©CI,A6 90i25 

NOV 13 '22 



^Q I 



GRATEFULLY DEDICATED 
TO 

FRANCES MARY JENKINS OLCOTT 
January 25 

One in whose eyes the smile of kindness made 
Its haunt, like flowers by sunny brooks in May, 

Yet at the thought of others' pain, a shade 
Of sweeter sadness chased the smile away. 

William Cullen Bryant 



FOREWORD 

Here are over 200 stories celebrating 23 great 
birthdays of patriot-founders and upbuilders of 
the Republics of both North and South America. 
In the stories are more than 75 historical char- 
acters, men, women, and children. The arrange- 
ment follows the school-year, beginning in Octo- 
ber with Columbus. The book-cover is dressed in 
George Washington's colours, scarlet and white. 

TREATMENT OF HISTORY FOR CHILDREN 

'These tales are not packed full of dry facts 
and dates, boring to children. Instead, they treat 
history in a manner appealing to boys and girls. 
For it is the strong personalities that moved in 
the big events of the world, it is the forceful lives 
of the men themselves, their preparation in boy- 
hood for successful careers, their struggles for 
right, their heroism, devotion, and high adven- 
ture, as well as the why and wherefore of things, 
which make history an intense reality to children 
and young folk. American history treated after 
such a fashion, may be used educationally to de- 
velop a fine, true type of Americanism. 

So most of the tales presented here are ones of 
personality, human and alive. They are full of 



viii FOREWORD 

action. Many of them relate deeds of courage, 
kindness, self-sacrifice, and perseverance. They 
are of just the right length to read aloud or 
tell without fatiguing the children. They deal 
scarcely at all with battle, murder, or sudden 
death. They stress the intimate, human side of 
our Patriots, the side not often found in text- 
books. 

SOME OF OUR HEROES 

Here are stories of Washington, Hamilton, 
John Adams, and John Marshall showing them 
not cold and wooden, but warm and vital; also 
tales of great-hearted Lincoln, and of America's 
very human hero, Roosevelt. 

And exceedingly human, too, are Light Horse 
Harry, the Sage of Monticello, Old Hickory, 
Brother Jonathan, Old Put, and the Great Com- 
moner, who, with words as powerful as sword- 
strokes, fought America's battles. 

Among the women, the mothers and wives 
helping to win the Wars for Independence in 
both North and South America, are Mary and 
Martha Washington, Abigail Adams, Andrew 
Jackson's mother, the mother of John Marshall, 
and the wife of San Martin. 

And the children of our foreign born, with how 
much greater pride may they say, *'We are 
Americans!" when they read about Lafayette, 



FOREWORD ix 

Kosciuszko, Steuben, Haym Salomon, Pulaski, 
De Kalb, and Irish Moll Pitcher. Then, of course, 
Columbus the Italian is here, sailing under the 
gold and crimson banner of Spain. 

Our school children, too, may be surprised to 
learn, that there are 20 robust American Repub- 
lics to the south of us, with aspirations like our 
own, and having devoted Patriots. Among their 
national heroes, are Miranda "the Flaming Son 
of Liberty," San Martin the great and good, 
Bolivar the brilliant and victorious, O'Higgins 
the soldier-citizen, and Brazil's patriot Emperor, 
Dom Pedro the magnanimous. 

All Spanish accents have been omitted — as is 
sometimes done in English books — so that the 
names of South American Patriots may not seem 
strange and foreign to our school children. . 

NO HISTORICAL FICTION 

'There is no historical fiction here. The larger 
number of the stories are original, written pur- 
posely for this volume. Every detail is historical, 
and every conversation is based on an authority. 

A partial list of the histories and biographies 
consulted while writing the stories, may be 
found on page xiv. When historians have not 
agreed as to dates and facts, the most reliable 
sources have been followed. 

Of the stories attributed to authors, some have 



X FOREWORD 

been recast to meet the requirements of story- 
telling; others are given verbatim. This provides 
a selection of tales varied both in style and in 
treatment. Some of the tales are for children, 
and some for young people. The book may be 
useful in all Grades. 

No living Americans are celebrated. Those 
whose birthdays are kept, have passed into his- 
tory. And since one small volume cannot hold 
stories about all of our Patriots, a careful selec- 
tion has been made of tales about Americans 
whose contributions to the founding of free Gov- 
ernment are of vital importance. It is deeply 
regretted that lack of space precludes the use of 
other birthdays. Because of copyright restric- 
tions, the Roosevelt section is somewhat limited. 

A number of well-known tales which are omit- 
ted, may be found in Good Stories for Great Holi- 
days. 

' TEACHING AMERICAN SOLIDARITY 
In as far as possible, all tales of sectional dif- 
ferences, of political animosities, and of civil 
strife, have been avoided. The emphasis in this 
book is upon American Solidarity. 

Pioneers of progress inevitably arouse bitter 
antagonists. It would require a large volume in- 
deed, to treat of the derogatory statements and 
written attacks which have been levelled at most 



, FOREWORD xi 

of the men whose birthdays we are celebrating. 
We know that Columbus suffered severely from 
attacks by enemies, that Washington was one of 
the "most vilified of men," and that Lincoln's 
detractors were merciless. To-day we may per- 
ceive the process of vilification still going on 
around us. Happily, time has shown that much of 
the detraction of the past was public slander and 
clamour, and has consigned it to the rubbish 
heap of history. In a book of this kind, detrac- 
tions have little or no place; and it is against the 
good sense of the best educational principles, to 
impress the children's plastic minds with such 
matters. When the children are older, they will 
be better able to judge of them intelligently. 

HELPFUL TO TEACHERS 

May it be said right here, with emphasis, that 
this book is not intended to take the place of 
suitable biographies of the men whose birthdays 
we are celebrating. Entertaining, lively tales 
should, on the contrary, lead boys and girls 
to want to know more about their favourite he- 
roes. And the teacher may use these short sto- 
ries not merely to illustrate American history 
textbooks, but to strengthen the children's love 
of Country, to teach them the meaning of Ameri- 
can Unity, and to give them a more intelligent 
reverence for the Constitution. 



xii FOREWORD 

To aid the teacher and story-teller there is ap- 
pended on pages 465-483 a Subject Index, by 
means of which any story on a given topic may 
be quickly found. The Study Programmes, on 
pages 451-462, are chronologically arranged to 
illustrate the day's lesson. 

FOR MOTHERS, ALSO 

But above all else, may this book, day by day, 
help mothers and educators to bring to the chil- 
dren's remembrance on these great birthdays, 
something of the devotion, the patience, the suf- 
ferings, and the personal sacrifice of the noble 
men, who, under the good hand of God, laid the 
foundations of American Liberty and Self-Gov- 
ernment. 



ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Grateful acknowledgments are due the follow- 
ing Publishers and Authors, for material from 
their books : — 

To Houghton Mifflin Company for material 
from books by Edward Arber, Albert J. Beve- 
ridge, John Fiske, Henry Cabot Lodge, John T. 
Morse, James Parton, James B. Thayer, William 
Roscoe Thayer, and John Greenleaf Whittier. 

To the New York Evening Post for stories 
written for its columns by the author of this book. 

To the New York Times for "A Lock of Wash- 
ington's Hair," by T. R. Ybarra. 

To D. Appleton and Company for extracts 
from the Poems of William Cullen Bryant, and 
material from William Spence Robertson's Rise 
of the Spanish-American Republics. 

To Charles Scribner's Sons for material from 
Theodore Roosevelt: An Autobiography. 

To Harr Wagner Publishing Company, San 
Francisco, California, publishers of the complete 
works of Joaquin Miller, for permission to use his 
Columbus. 

To J. B. Lippincott Company for material 
from Charles Morris's Heroes of Progress. 

To Lothrop, Lee, and Shepard Company for 
"Nellie and Little Washington," from Harriet 



xiv ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Taylor Upton's Our Early Presidents, their 
Wives and Children. 

To the Missionary Education Movement for 
"Dom Pedro," from Margarette Daniels's Makers 
of South America. 

To the Maemillan Company for material from 
James Morgan's Theodore Roosevelt, the Boy and 
the Man. 

To Dr. Sherman Williams for "The Boy of the 
Hurricane," from his New York's Part in History, 
published by D. Appleton and Company. 

To Mr. Wayne Whipple for "The Little Girl 
and the Red Coats," from his Story-Life of Wash- 
ington, published by John C. Winston Company. 

To the Brooklyn Public Library, Montague 
Branch, for the use of its remarkably fine collec- 
tion of volumes on early American history, many 
of which are rare and out of print. 

To the Staff of the Brooklyn Public Library, 
Montague Branch, for most helpful co-operation. 

As this book of Great Birthdays was several 
years in the making, it is not possible to cite the 
many authorities, histories, and biographies 
which have been consulted. The following titles 
may give some idea of the kind of research work 
done, in order to make Great Birthdays of value in 
teaching American History : — 

Fiske, American Revolution; Garden, Anecdotes 



ACKNOWLEDGMENTS xv 

of the Revolutionary War; Green, Short History of 
the English People; Journals of the Continental 
Congress; Lossing, Pictorial Field-Book of the 
Revolution; Elkanah Watson, Men and Times of 
the Revolution; Select Letters of Christopher Colum- 
bus, with other Original Documents (Hakluyt 
Society); Memorials of Columbus. . . translated 
from the Spanish and Italian; Lives of Columbus 
by Irving, Lamartine, and Winsor; Story of the 
Pilgrim Fathers (Arber Reprint) ; Mourt's Relation; 
Old South Leaflets; George Washington, Journal 
of my Journey over the Mountains, also his Writ- 
ings; Ford, Washington and the Theatre; George 
Washington Parke Custis, Recollections and Pri- 
vate Memoirs of Washington, by his Adopted Son; 
Headley, Illustrated Life of George Washington; 
Irving, Life of Washington; Lossing, Mary and 
Martha, the Mother and the Wife of George Wash- 
ington; Lodge, George Washington, (American 
Statesmen Series) ; John Paul Jones's Letters, also 
lives of him by De Koven, Headley, and Macken- 
zie; Lives of William Penn, by Dixon, Hodges, 
Janney, Stoughton; Lives of John Marshall, and 
addresses in his memory, by Beveridge, Binney, 
Flanders, Rawle, Sallie E. Marshal Hardy (in The 
Green Bag), Justice Story, and Chief Justice 
Waite; Peters, Haym Salomon; Franklin's Auto- 
biography; Humphreys, Life of the Honourable 
Major General Israel Putnam (material obtained 



xvi ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

largely from Putnam himself); Jonathan Trum- 
bull, Governor of Connecticut, by his descendant 
Jonathan Trumbull; correspondence, diaries, and 
speeches of John Adams, John Quincy Adams, 
Abigail Adams, Patrick Henry, Jefferson, Lafay- 
ette, Pitt, Lincoln, and Webster. 

In writing the South American stories, the 
following have been most useful : Biggs, History of 
Don Francisco de Miranda's Attempt to Effect a 
Revolution in South America; Palacio Fajardo, 
Outline of the Revolution in Spanish America; 
Encyclopedia of Latin America; Koebel, British 
Exploits in South America, also his South America; 
Captain Basil Hall, Extracts from a Journal; 
Larrazdbal, Simdn Bolivar; Mahoney, Campaigns 
and Cruises in Venezuela and New Grenada; Mehe- 
gan, O'Higgins of Chile; General Miller, Memoirs 
in the Service of the Republic of Peru; Bartolome 
Mitre, Emancipation of South America; Pan- 
American Union, Bulletin; Petre, Simdn Bolivar; 
Robertson, Rise of the Spanish- American Republics^ 
also his Francisco de Miranda (American Histori- 
cal Association) ; Smith, History of the Adventures 
and Sufferings of Moses Smith; also a number of 
volumes of travel including Lord Bryce, South 
America; and Winter, Argentina, and Chile. 



CONTENTS 

OCTOBEE 12 

COLUMBUS AND DISCOVERER'S DAY 

Columbus, Joaquin Miller 2 

The Sea of Darkness 3 

The Fortunate Isles 5 

The Absurd Truth 7 

Cathay the Golden 10 

The Emerald Islands 12 

The Magnificent Return 13 

The Fatal Pearls 15 

Tierra Firme 

The Pearls 

The Curse of the Pearls 

Queen Isabella's Page 21 

The Twin Cities 24 

The Pearls Again 26 

October 14 

WILLIAM PENN, THE FOUNDER OF 
PENNSYLVANIA 

Within the Land of Penn, John Greenleaf Whit- . 

Her 30 

The Boy of Great Tower Hill .... 31 
He Wore It as long as He Could, Samuel M. 

Janney 32 

The Peacemaker 33 

Westward Ho, and Away ! John Stoughton . . 34 

The City of Brotherly Love 36 

The Place of Kings, Samuel M. Janney . . 38 

Onas, W. Hepworth Dixon 41 



xviii CONTENTS 

October 27 

THEODORE ROOSEVELT, AMERICA'S HERO 

The Square Deal, Theodore Roosevelt ... 44 

The Boy Who Grew Strong, James Morgan . 45 

Not in a Log Cabin 

In the Wide Out-of-Doors 

Busting Broncos 

Sagamore Hill, Theodore Roosevelt ... 50 
The Children of Sagamore Hill, William Ros- 

coe Thayer 52 

Off with John Burroughs, Theodore Roosevelt . 53 

The Big Stick, William Roscoe Thayer . . 54 
A-HuNTiNG Trees with John Muir, Theodore 

Roosevelt 55 

The Bear Hunters' Dinner, Theodore Roosevelt 56 

Hunting in Africa, Theodore Roosevelt . . 57 
The Ever Faithful Island . . . . .59 
The Colonel of the Rough Riders, William 

Roscoe Thayer 61 

The River of Doubt, William Roscoe Thayer . 65 

Theodore Roosevelt, William Roscoe Thayer . 69 

October 30 '^ 

JOHN ADAMS, THE SON OF LIBERTY 

Independence Day, John Adams .... 74 

A Son of Liberty, Benson J. Lossing ... 75 

The Adams Family 76 

Aid to the Sister Colony, James Parian . . 77 

A Famous Date 80 

What a Glorious Morning ! 81 

John to Samuel 82 

A Gentleman from Virginia 83 

The Boy Who Became President .... 85 

How Shall the Stars be Placed? ... 88 



CONTENTS xix 

The Mysterious Stranger 89 

His Last Toast _ . . .91 

November 15 

WILLIAM PITT, DEFENDER OF AMERICA 

He at once breathed his own lofty spirit, 

John Richard Green 94 

This Terrible Cornet of Horse ... 95 

The Charter of Liberty 98 

America's Defender 101 

The Sons of Liberty 103 

A Last Scene, John Fiske 105 

December 2 

DOM PEDRO THE SECOND, THE MAGNANI- 
MOUS, THE BEST REPUBLICAN IN BRAZIL 

Freedom in Brazil, John Greenleaf Whittier .110 

The Brazils Magnificent Ill 

The Empire of the Southern Cross . . .112 
Making the Little Emperor, W. H. Koebel . 113 

The Patriot Emperor 115 

I. Viva Dom Pedro the Second! . 
II. My People 

III. Emancipating the Slaves, 1888 

IV. The Empire of the Southern Cross — No More! 

Margarette Daniels 
The United States of Brazil 120 

December 20 

WILLIAM BRADFORD, AND THE LANDING 
OF THE PILGRIMS 

So THEY LEFT THAT GOODLY AND PLEASANT CITY, 

William Bradford 124 

The Father of the New England Colonies . 125 



XX CONTENTS 

The Savage New World 128 

Welcome, Englishmen! 131 

Lost! Lost! A Boy! 132 

The Rattlesnake Challenge .... 136 
The Great Drought, Governor Edward Winslow 138 

January 7 

GENERAL ISRAEL PUTNAM, "OLD PUT" 

There was a generosity and buoyancy about 
the brave old man, Washington Irving . .142 

Seeing Boston 143 

The Fight with the Wolf 144 

From Plough to Camp 146 

He Made Washington Laugh . . . .148 

A Generous Foe 149 

Putnam not Forgotten! 150 

January 11 

ALEXANDER HAMILTON, DEFENDER OF 
THE CONSTITUTION 

He gave the whole powers of his mind, Dan- 
iel Webster 154 

The Boy of the Hurricane, Sherman Williams 155 

Call Colonel Hamilton 157 

A Struggle 158 

"He Knows Everything" 159 

January 17 

BENJAMIN FRANKLIN, THE AMERICAN 
SOCRATES 

Our Country, Benjamin Franklin . . . .164 
The Whistle, Benjamin Franklin . . . .165 
The Candle-Maker's Boy 166 



CONTENTS xxi 



The Boy of the Printing Press . 

The Three Rolls 

Standing Before Kings . 

The Wonderful Kite Experiment 

The Rising Sun 

To My Friend, Benjamin Franklin 



167 
168 
169 
170 
171 
172 



February 12 

ABRAHAM LINCOLN, THE GREAT 
EMANCIPATOR 

Oh, slow to smite and swift to spare, Wil- 
liam Cullen Bryant 174 

The Cabin in the Clearing 175 

How He Learned to be Just 176 

Off to New Orleans 177 

The Kindness of Lincoln 178 

The Little Birds 

Rescuing the Pig 

Opening Their Eyes 
Lincoln and the Children 181 

Hurrah for Lincoln! 

Only Eight of Us, Sir 

He's Beautiful! 

Please Let Your Beard Grow 

Three Little Girls 
The President and the Bible . , . .183 
Washington and Lincoln Speak . . . .185 
Gettysburg Address, Abraham Lincoln . .186 

February 22 

GEORGE WASHINGTON, THE FATHER OF 
HIS COUNTRY 

Lincoln on Washington's Birthday . . .190 
The Boy in the Valley 191 



xxii CONTENTS 

Washington's Mother, George Washington 

Parke Custis 194 

Washington's Wedding Day, Henry Cabot Lodge 197 
Washington and the Children, Grace Green- 
wood 197 

The Little Girl and the Red Coats, Wayne 

Whipple .200 

Nellie and Little Washington, Harriet Taylor 

Upton 200 

Seeing the President, George Washington Parke 

Custis 203 

Nelson the Hero, George Washington Parke 

Custis 204 

Caring for the Guest, Elkanah Watson . . 205 

Thoughtful of Others 206 

The Cincinnatus of the West .... 206 

Brother Jonathan 208 

The Bloody Footprints, George Washington 

Parke Custis 210 

An Appeal to God, Benson J. Lossing . . .211 

Friend Greene 213 

Light Horse Harry, Washington Irving . .216 
Captain Molly, George Washington Parke Custis 218 

The Soldier Baron 220 

Father Thaddeus 223 

The Little Friend in Front Street . . . 228 
Farewell! My General! Farewell! J. T. 

Headley 230 

From "Washington's Legacy" . . . .232 

A King of Men, John Fiske 233 

When Washington Died 234 



CONTENTS xxiii 



February 25 

JOSE DE SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA, 
THE PROTECTOR 

San Martin, the Great Liberator, Joseph Con- 
rad 236 

The Boy Soldier 237 

The Patriot Who Kept Faith .... 238 

When San Martin Came 240 

Argentina's Independence Day .... 243 

A Great Idea 243 

The Mighty Andes, Bartolome Mitre . . . 245 

The Real San Martin 247 

The Fighting Engineer of the Andes, Barto- 
lome Mitre 248 

The Hannibal of the Andes, General Miller and 

Bartolome Mitre 249 

Not for Himself 254 

Cochrane, El Diablo 255 

Our Brothers, Ye Shall be Free . . . 256 
The Fall of the City of the Kings, Captain 

Basil Hall 257 

San Martin the Conqueror, Captain Basil Hall 261 

A Retreat 

The Mother and Her Three Sons 

The Little Girl Who Was Bashful 

Another Little Girl 

The Best Cigar 

Duty Before the General 

Lima's Greatest Day 265 

Hail, Neighbour Republics! 266 

America for the Americans 268 

What One American Did 271 

The Amazing Meeting 272 



xxiv CONTENTS 

WnAT Happened Afterward ..... 274 
The Mystery Solved 276 



March 15 

ANDREW JACKSON, OLD HICKORY 

I WANT TO SAY THAT Andrew Jackson, Theodore 

Roosevelt 280 

Mischievous Andy, James Parton .... 281 

Reading the Declaration 282 

Out Against Tarleton, James Parton . . . 283 
An Orphan of the Revolution, James Parton . 285 
The Hooting in the Wilderness, James Parton 286 

Fort Mims 289 

Davy Crockett 290 

Chief Weatherford, James Parton . . . 291 

Sam Houston 295 

Why Jackson was Named Old Hickory, James 

Parton 297 

The Cotton-Bales 299 

After the Battle of New Orleans, James 
Parton 300 

April 13 

THOMAS JEFFERSON, THE FRAMER OF THE 
DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE 

The Fourth of July, Hezekiah Butterworth . . 304 
The Boy Owner of Shadwell Farm, James 

Parton 305 

A Christmas Guest, James Parton . . , . 306 
The Author of the Declaration .... 308 

Proclaim Liberty 309 

Only a Reprieve 310 

On the Fourth of July . . " . . . .313 



CONTENTS XXV 

Mat 29 

PATRICK HENRY, THE ORATOR OF THE 
WAR FOR INDEPENDENCE 

To THE Reader, Patrick Henry . . . .316 
The Orator of the War for Independence, 
Charles Morris 317 

A Surprise to All 

A Failure That Was a Success 

Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death ! 
Facing Danger 322 

June 9 

FRANCISCO DE MIRANDA OF VENEZUELA, 
THE FLAMING SON OF LIBERTY 

The Prince of Filibusters, William Spends 

Robertson 326 

The Spanish Galleons 327 

The Romance of Miranda 331 

The Mystery Ship, James Biggs and Moses Smith 335 
The End of the Mystery Ship .... 339 
The Great and Glorious Fifth .... 341 

A Terrible Thing 343 

End of the Romance 344 

June 23-24 

ROGER WILLIAMS AND THE FOUNDING 
OF PROVIDENCE 

God makes a Path, Roger Williams . . . 348 

Roger, the Boy 349 

Soul Liberty 350 

What Cheer! Z. A. Mudge 352 

Risking His Life, Charles Morris .... 354 



xxvi CONTENTS 

July 6 

JOHN PAUL JONES, AMERICA'S IMMORTAL 
SEA-FIGHTER 

Paul Jones, Ballad S58 

The Boy of the Solway, J. T. Headley . . 359 
Don'tTreadonMe! J. r. ^ea6?/c7/ . . .360 
The First Salute, Alexander S. Mackenzie . 361 

The Poor Richard 364 

Mickle's the Mischief He has Dune, J. T. 

Headley 365 

Paul Jones Himself, J. T. Headley . . . 367 
Some of His Sayings 369 

July 24 

SIMON BOLIVAR OF VENEZUELA, 
THE LIBERATOR 

Bolivar, Barry Cornwall 372 

The Precious Jewel 373 

The Fiery Young Patriot 376 

Seeing Bolivar, By a Young Englishman . . 378 
Uncle Paez — The Lion of the Apure . . 382 

Angostura 384 

The Crossing, By One who Accompanied Bolivar 385 

Peru Next 388 

The Break 389 

Bolivar the Man, William Spence Robertson . 390 

August 20 

BERNARDO O'HIGGINS, FIRST SOLDIER, 
FIRST CITIZEN OF CHILE 

The Name of O'Higgins, W. H. Koebel . . 394 
The Son of the Barefoot Boy .... 395 



CONTENTS xxvii 

The Single Star Flag . . . . . . 397 

The Hero of Rancagua 398 

Companions-in-Arms 400 

The Patriot Ruler 400 

First Soldier, First Citizen 402 

Chile as She Is 403 

One of Twenty 405 

The Better Way 406 



September 6 

THE MARQUIS DE LAFAYETTE, THE 
FRIEND OF AMERICA 

After the sacrifices I have made, Lafayette . 412 
I WILL Join the Americans! Edith Sichel . . 413 

In America 414 

On the Field Near Camden 414 

The Banner of the Moravian Nuns . . .416 
Loyal to the Chief, John Fiske , . . .418 
We Are Grateful, Lafayette! .... 420 
Some of Washington's Hair, T. R. Ybarra . 421 
Welcome! Friend OF America! .... 422 

September 24 

JOHN MARSHALL, THE EXPOUNDER OF 
THE CONSTITUTION 

He had a deep sense of moral and religious 

obligation. Justice Joseph Story .... 426 
The Boy of the Frontier, Albert J. Beveridge . 427 

In a Log Cabin 

Off to the Blue Ridge 

Making an American 

Give Me Liberty! 
The Young Lieutenant, Horace Binney . . 433 



xxviii CONTENTS 

Serving the Cause, Henry Flanders . . . 434 
At Valley Foege, William Henry Rawle . . 435 

Silver Heels, J. B. Thayer 436 

Without Bread, John Marshall's Sister . . 437 
His Mother, Sallie E. Marshall Hardy . . . 438 
His Father, Justice Joseph Story .... 438 
Three Stories, James B. Thayer .... 439 

What Was in the Saddlebags 

Eating Cherries 

Learned in the Law of Nations 

The Constitution 442 

Expounding the Constitution, Chief Justice 

Waite 444 

The Great Chief Justice, Horace Binney , . 446 

Respected by All 

The True Man 
What of the Constitution? Washington, Bolivar, 

Webster, Lincoln 448 

Envoy 450 

Appendix 

I. Programme of Stories from the History of the 

United States 453 

n. Story Programme of South America's Strug- 
gle for Lidependence 460 

Subject Index 463 



ILLUSTRATIONS 

Breakfast with the Children at Mount 
Vernon Frontispiece 

Columbus examines the Pearls 18 

Roosevelt breaking "Devil'* 60 

John Billington brought on the Shoulders 
OF AN Indian 136 

Franklin and the Kite Experiment 170 

" He 's beautiful " 182 

"'Treason! Treason!' cried some of the ex- 
cited Members " 318 

Paul Jones hoisting the Stars and Stripes 362 

Dravm by Frank T. Merrill 



OCTOBER 12 

COLUMBUS 

AND 

DISCOVERER'S DAY 

The Very Magnificent Lord Don Cristobal Colon, High Ad- 
miral of the Ocean Sea, Viceroy and Governor of the Islands 
and Tierra Firma. 



COLUMBUS 

**My men grow mutinous day by day; 

My men grow ghastly wan and weak.** 
The stout Mate thought of home; a spray 

Of salt wave washed his swarthy cheek. 
*' What shall I say, brave Admiral, say. 

If we sight naught but seas at dawn?" 
" Why you shall say at break of day. 

Sail on! Sail onl Sail on! and on!** 

Then pale and worn, he kept his deck. 

And peered through darkness. Ah, that night 
Of all dark nights! And then a speck — 

A light! A light! A light! A light! 
It grew, a starlit Flag unfurled! 

It grew to be Time's burst of dawn. 
He gained a World, he gave that World 

Its grandest lesson — 
"On! Sail on!" 

From Joaquin Miller's Columbus 



Christopheb Columbus was born in Italy, about 

1451 
First landed on an island of America, October 12, 

1492 
Sighted South America, 1498 
Was sent in chains to Spain, 1500 
Returned from his Fourth Voyage, 1504 
He died. May 20, 1506 
His name in Spanish is Cristobal Colon. 



THE SEA OF DARKNESS 

Before America was ever heard of, over four 
hundred years ago, a boy lived in Genoa the 
Proud City. 

He was just one of hundreds of boys in that 
beautiful Italian town, whose palaces, marble 
villas, and churches climbed her picturesque 
hillsides. The boy's name was Christopher 
Columbus. 

Whenever he could leave his father's workshop, 
where he was learning to comb wool, for his 
father was a weaver, how eagerly the boy must 
have run down to the wharfs and sat there 
watching the ships come and go. 

They came from all those parts of the world 
which people knew about then, from Iceland 
and England, from European and Asiatic ports, 
and from North Africa. Caravels, galleys, and 
galleons, and sailing craft of all kinds, came 
laden with the wealth that made Genoa one of 
the richest cities of her time. 

The sailors, who lounged on the wharfs, spun 
wonderful yarns. They told how beyond the 
Pillars of Hercules which guarded the straits of 
Gibraltar, there rolled a vast, unknown sea. 



4 COLUMBUS 

called the Atlantic Ocean or the Sea of Darkness. 

No one, they said, had ever crossed it. No one 
knew what lay beyond it. All was mystery. And 
any mariners, the sailors said, who had ventured 
far out on its black waters had never returned. 

Fearful things had happened to such mar- 
iners, the sailors added, for the Sea of Darkness 
swarmed with spectres, devils, and imps. And 
when night fell, slimy monsters crawled and swam 
in its boiling waves. Among these monsters, was 
an enormous nautilus large enough to crush a 
whole ship in its squirming arms, and a serpent 
fifty leagues long with flaming eyes and horse's 
mane. Sea-elephants, sea-lions, and sea-tigers, 
fed in beds of weeds. Harpies and winged terrors 
flew over the surface of the water. 

And horrible, they said, was the fate which 
overtook the ship of any foolhardy mariners 
who ventured too far out on that gloomy ocean. 
A gigantic hand was thrust up through the waves, 
and grasped the ship. A polypus, spouting two 
water-spouts as high as the sky, made such a 
whirlpool that the vessel, spinning round and 
round like a top, was sucked down into the 
roaring abyss. 

These frightful sea-yams and many like them, 
the sailors told about the Atlantic Ocean, and 
people believed them. But the eyes of the boy 
Columbus, as he sat listening, must have sparkled 



THE FORTUNATE ISLES 5 

as he longed to explore those mysterious waters 
of the Sea of Darkness, and follow them to the 
very edge of the world. 

For all that lay to the west of the Azores, was 
a great and fascinating mystery, when Columbus 
was a boy, before America was discovered. 

THE FORTUNATE ISLES 

Listen now to some of the stories that the 
Irish sailors who visited Genoa, told when Colum- 
bus was a boy. And people in those days, believed 
them to be true. 

They told how far, far in the West, where the 
sun set in crimson splendour, lay the Terrestrial 
Paradise from which Adam and Eve were driven. 
And other wonder tales the sailors told. 

One was the enchanting tale of Maeldune, 
the Celtic Knight, who seeking his father's mur- 
derer, sailed over the wide Atlantic in a coracle 
of skins lapped threefold, one over the other. 

Many were the wonder-islands that Maeldune 
and his comrades visited — the Island of the 
Silvern Column; the Island of the Flaming Ram- 
part; the Islands of the Monstrous Ants, and the 
Giant Birds; the Islands of the Fierce Beasts, 
the Fiery Swine, and the Little Cat; the Islands 
of the Black Mourners, the Glass Bridge, and the 
Spouting Water; the Islands of the Red Berries, 



6 COLUMBUS 

and the Magic Apples; and the islands of many 
other wonders. 

Many were the strange adventures that Mael- 
dune had in enchanted castles with beautiful 
Queens and lovely damsels, with monstrous birds, 
sleep-giving potions, and magic food. 

And the Irish sailors told, also, of good St. 
Brandan who set sail in a coracle, and discovered 
the Fortunate Isles. There he dwelt in blessed 
happiness, they said : — 

"And his voice was low as from other worlds, and his eyes were 
sweet; 
And his lohite hair sank to his heels, and his white heard Jell 
to his feet." 

And still another tale the Irish sailors told, 
a tale of Fairy Land, called the Land of Youth. 
Thither once went Usheen the Irish Bard. 

It happened on a sweet, misty morning that 
Usheen saw a slender snow-white steed come 
pacing along the shore of Erin. Silver were his 
shoes, and a nodding crest of gold was on his 
head. Upon his back was seated a Fairy Maiden 
crowned with gold, and wrapped in a trailing 
mantle adorned with stars of red gold. 

Weirdly but sweetly she smiled, and sang an 
Elfin song; while over sea and shore there fell 
a dreamy silence. Through the fine mist she 
urged on her steed, singing sweeter and ever 
sweeter as she came nearer and nearer to Usheen. 



THE ABSURD TRUTH 7 

She drew rein before him. His friends saw him 
spring upon the steed, and fold the Fairy Maiden 
in his arms. She shook the bridle which rang 
forth like a chime of bells, and swiftly they sped 
over the water and across the sea, the snow-white 
steed running lightly over the waves. 

They plunged into a golden haze that shrouded 
them from mortal eyes. Ghostly towers, castles, 
and palace-gates loomed dimly before Usheen, 
then melted away. A hornless doe bounded near 
him, chased by a white hound. They vanished 
into the haze. 

Then a Fairy Damsel rode swiftly past Usheen, 
holding up a golden apple to him. Fast behind 
her, galloped a horseman, his purple cloak stream- 
ing in the still air, a sharp sword glittering in 
his hand. They, too, melted mysteriously away. 

And soon Usheen himself vanished into the 
Land of Youth, into Fairy Land. 

These are some of the wonder tales that folk 
used to tell about the mysterious Atlantic Ocean, 
when Columbus was a boy. 

THE ABSURD TRUTH 

When Columbus was a boy, there was a story 
told that the Earth was round. Nearly every one 
who heard it thought it foolish — absurd. 

"The Earth round!" they said; "do we not 



8 COLUMBUS 

know that the Earth is flat? And does not the 
sun set each night at the edge of the World?" 

But young Columbus had a powerful, practical 
imagination. He believed there were good reasons 
to think that the Earth was not flat. He attended 
the University of Pavia. He studied astronomy 
and other sciences. He learned map-making. He 
read how the ancient philosophers thought the 
Earth to be a sphere and how they had tried to 
prove their theory by observing the sun, moon, 
and stars. 

Then, too, there were scholars in Europe, 
when Columbus was young, who agreed with 
the philosophers. 

But no scholar or philosopher had ever risked 
his life in a frail ship and ventured across the 
terrible Sea of Darkness to battle with its horrors, 
and prove his theory to be fact. The surging 
billows of the Atlantic with angry leaping crests 
of foam, still guarded their mystery. 

Young Columbus became a sailor, cruising with 
his uncle on the Mediterranean, sometimes chasing 
pirate ships. When older, he made long voyages. 
He learned to navigate a vessel. He visited, so 
some historians say, England and Thule. They 
say, too, that Thule was Iceland. Then if he 
visited Iceland, Columbus must have heard the 
strange tale of how Leif, son of Erik the Red, 
the bold Northman, sailed in a single ship over 



THE ABSURD TRUTH 9 

the Sea of Darkness, and discovered Vinland the 
Good on the other side of the Atlantic. 

Columbus talked with sailors about their 
voyages. He heard how the waves of the Sea of 
Darkness sometimes cast upon the Islands of 
the Azores, gigantic bamboos, queer trees, strange 
nuts, seeds, carved logs, and bodies of hideous 
men with flat faces, the flotsam and jetsam from 
unknown lands far to the west. 

Columbus's imagination and spirit of adventure 
were fired. He became more eager than ever to 
explore that vast expanse of water, and learn 
what really lay in the mysterious region, where 
the sun set each night and from which the sun 
returned each morning. 

"The Earth is not flat," thought he, "much 
goes to prove it. India, from which gold and 
spices come, is assuredly on the other side. If 
I can but cross the Sea of Darkness, I shall reach 
Tartary and Cathay the Golden Country of 
Kublai Khan. I shall have found a Western 
Passage to Asia. I will bring back treasure; but 
more than all else I shall be able to carry the 
Gospel of Christ to the heathen." 

For Columbus, you must know, was one of the 
most devout Christian men of his time. 

And he signed his name to letters, "Christ 
Bearing." Christopher in the Greek language, 
means Christ-Bearer. Perhaps, he was thinking 



10 COLUMBUS 

of the beautiful legend of St. Christopher, who on 
his mighty shoulders bore the Christ Child across 
the swelling river, even as he, Christopher Colum- 
bus, humbly wished to bear Christ's Gospel across 
the raging waters of the Sea of Darkness. 

CATHAY THE GOLDEN 

Where was Cathay the Golden? 

Who was Kublai Khan? 

One of Columbus's favourite books was written 
by Marco Polo, the great Venetian traveller, 
who served Kublai, Grand Khan of Tartary in 
Asia. Cathay was the name which Marco Polo 
gave to China. 

In his book, Marco Polo told of many marvels. 
In the chief city of Cathay the Golden, ruled over 
by Kublai Khan, stood the Grand Khan's palace. 
Its walls were covered with gold and silver, and 
adorned with figures of dragons, beasts, and birds. 
Its lofty roof was coloured outside with vermilion, 
yellow, green, blue, and every other hue, all 
shining like crystal. 

To this city of Cathay, were brought the most 
costly articles in the world, gold, silver, precious 
jewels, spices, and rare silks. The Grand Khan 
had so many plates, cups, and ewers of gold and 
silver, that no one would believe it without 
seeing them. He had five thousand elephants in 



CATHAY THE GOLDEN 11 

magnificent trappings, bearing chests on their 
backs filled with priceless treasure. He had also, 
a vast number of camels with rich housings. 

At the New Year Feast, the people made 
presents to Kublai KJian of gold, silver, pearls, 
precious stones, and rich stuffs. They presented 
him, also, with many beautiful snow-white horses 
handsomely caparisoned. 

These and other wonderful things, did Marco 
Polo write about in his book, and Columbus 
read them all. 

At last the time came, when Columbus was 
fully determined to discover a Western Passage, 
and thus open a path through the Ocean from 
Europe to Asia. 

The Spanish courtiers laughed at Columbus; 
they called him a fool and madman to believe 
that the Sea of Darkness might be crossed. But 
as the years of waiting went by, Columbus grew 
stronger in his determination. 

The story of his many years of patient but 
determined waiting in Spain, of his pleadings 
with King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella, for 
money, men, and ships with which to cross the 
Ocean Sea, is told in "Good Stories for Great 
Holidays." 

And in "Good Stories for Great Holidays," it 
is told how at last Columbus was befriended by 



n COLUMBUS 

the Friar Juan Perez. There also may be found 
the stories of Columbus and the Egg, of his 
little son Diego at La Rabida, of Queen Isabella 
pledging her jewels, of Columbus's sailing across 
the Sea of Darkness, of the mutiny, of his faith, 
perseverance, and wisdom, and how at last he 
sighted a cluster of beautiful green islands, lying 
like emeralds in the blue waters of the Atlantic — 
all these stories may be read in "Good Stories 
for Great Holidays." 

THE EMERALD ISLANDS 

Columbus's Day, October 12, 1492 

It was with songs of praise, that Columbus first 
landed on one of those emerald islands of the 
New World. 

And what delightful islands they were, spar- 
kling with streams, and filled with trees of great 
height. There were fruits, flowers, and honey in 
abundance. Among the large leaves and bright 
blossoms, flocks of birds sang and called. There 
were cultivated fields of Indian corn. 

And there were savages, naked dark-skinned 
folk, who peeped from behind trees, or ran 
frightened away. Later they grew bolder, and 
traded with Columbus and his men. Some of 
the savages smoked rolls of dried leaves. This was 
the first tobacco that white men had ever seen. 



THE MAGNIFICENT RETURN 13 

Thus Columbus and his men discovered Indian 
corn, and tobacco. 

As Columbus sailed along the shores of the 
islands, he watched anxiously for the crystal- 
shining domes of Kublai Khan's Palace to rise 
among the trees. But no Catliay the Golden 
gleamed among the green, no elephants in trap- 
pings of cloth-of-gold, paced the sands. 

Instead, all was wild though so beautiful. The 
only people were the dark-skinned ones, whom 
Columbus named Indians; for he was sure that he 
had come across the Sea of Darkness by the 
Western Passage to India. 

THE MAGNIFICENT RETURN 

It was a day of great rejoicing when Columbus 
returned to Spain. The whole country rose up to 
do him honour. Bells were rung, mass was said, 
and vast crowds cheered him as he passed along 
streets and highways. 

No one called him a fool and madman then. 
Had he not crossed the Sea of Darkness and 
returned alive.'' Neither nautilus, gigantic hand, 
nor polypus had dared to harm him. The Sea of 
Darkness was a mysterious gloomy sea no longer, 
instead it was the wide Atlantic Ocean, a safe 
pathway for brave mariners and good ships, a 
pathway leading to new lands of gold and spices 



14 COLUMBUS 

far toward the setting sun. And so all Spain did 
honour to Columbus. 

King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella eagerly 
awaited him at Barcelona. He entered that city 
with pomp and in procession. Balconies, win- 
dows, roofs were thronged. Crowds surged 
through the streets to gaze in wonder on that 
strange procession, so spectacular, so magnificent. 

First came the dark-skinned savage men, in 
paint and gold ornaments; after them walked 
men bearing live parrots of every colour; then 
others came carrying rich glittering coronets and 
bracelets, together with beautiful fruits and 
strange vegetables and plants, such as the people 
of Europe had never dreamed could exist. 

Then passed the great discoverer himself, 
Christopher Columbus, a-horseback, and sur- 
rounded by a cavalcade of the most brilliant 
courtiers of Spain. 

He dismounted, and entered the saloon where 
the King and Queen sat beneath a canopy of 
brocade. He modestly greeted them on bended 
knee. They raised him most graciously, and bade 
him be seated in their presence. 

After they had heard his tale with wonder, and 
had examined the treasures that he had brought 
with him from beyond the Sea of Darkness, the 
King and Queen together with their whole Court 
knelt in thanksgiving to God. 



THE FATAL PEARLS 15 

To reward Columbus, his Sovereigns bestowed 
upon him the titles of Don Christopher Columbus, 
Our Admiral of the Ocean Sea, and Viceroy and 
Governor of the Islands discovered in the Indies. 
They also promised to make him ruler over any 
other islands and mainland he might discover. 

Columbus immediately began to prepare for 
another voyage. With a fleet of seventeen ships, 
bearing supplies and colonists, he sailed across 
the Sea of Darkness once more to the islands of 
the New World. He planted a colony there. He 
discovered other islands. And he still kept on 
searching diligently for Cathay the Golden. 

Turbulent adventurers, rapacious gold-hunters, 
and vicious men, were among the colonists. And 
Columbus, in the name of his Sovereigns, with 
great difficulty ruled over them all. 

THE FATAL PEARLS 

Tierra Firme 

It was in May, 1498. The fleet of Admiral Don 
Christopher Columbus, in the name of the Holy 
Trinity, set sail from Spain for a third voyage 
across the Atlantic. 

It was no longer a Sea of Darkness to Columbus, 
but a sure pathway to golden lands. There he 
still hoped to find the Earthly Paradise from 
which Adam and Eve had been driven. And there 



16 COLUMBUS 

too, he still expected to discover Cathay the 
Golden in Tartary, and Cipango, the great island 
of the western sea, which we call Japan. 

His ships sailed on, now plunging through the 
lifting billows, now lying becalmed on glassy 
waters under the fierce rays of the tropic sun, and 
now moving through a region of balmy airs and 
light refreshing breezes. 

July arrived, yet he had not sighted land. The 
fierce heat of the sun had sprung the seams of the 
ships. The provisions were rancid. There was 
scarcely any sweet water left in the casks. The 
anxious, watchful Admiral scanned the horizon. 

On the last day of the month, came a shout 
from the masthead: — "Land!" 

And Columbus beheld the peaks of three 
mountains rising from the sea, outlined sharply 
against the sky. Then he and his men, lifting up 
their voices, sang anthems of praise and repeated 
prayers of thanksgiving. 

As the ships drew nearer to the three peaks, 
Columbus perceived that they rose from an island 
and were united at their base. 

"Three in one," he said, and named the island 
after the Holy Trinity in whose name he had set 
sail. For he had vowed before leaving Spain, to 
name the first new land he saw after the Trinity. 
That is why that island, to-day, is called Trinidad. 

They filled their casks there. Then onward 



THE FATAL PEARLS 17 

they sailed, skirting the coast of Trinidad, hoping 
to find a harbour to put into while repairing the 
ships. Soon, they saw a misty headland opposite 
the island. 

"It is another island," said Columbus. 

It was no island. Wonderful to relate, Colum- 
bus had just discovered a new Country. 

It was the coastline of a vast southern conti- 
nent. It was Tierra Firme. It was South America! 

The Pearls 

Young Indian braves, graceful and handsome, 
their black hair straight and long, their heads 
wrapped in brilliant scarfs, other bright scarfs 
wound round their middles, came in a canoe to 
visit Columbus's ships. 

Soon after this visit, Columbus set sail again, 
not knowing that he had just sighted one of the 
richest and greatest continents on earth. Sailing 
past the mouths of the mighty Orinoco River, 
pouring out their torrents with angry roar into 
the Caribbean Sea, Columbus skirted what is now 
called Venezuela. 

Other friendly Indians came to his ships. It 
was then that Columbus saw for the first time the 
pearls which were to help ruin him, and which 
were to work wretchedness and death for so many 
poor Indian folk. 

Among the friendly Indians were some who 



18 COLUMBUS 

wore bracelets of lustrous pearls. The gold and 
spices got by Columbus on his former voyages 
were of slight beauty compared with those strings 
of magnificent pearls. 

Columbus examined them eagerly. He longed 
for some to send back to Queen Isabella, in order 
to prove to her what a rich land he had just 
discovered. 

He questioned the Indians. Where had they 
got the pearls? They came from their own land, 
and from a country to the north and west, they 
answered. 

Columbus was eager to go thither. But first he 
sent men ashore to barter for some of the brace- 
lets. With bright bits of earthenware, with but- 
tons, scissors, and needles, they bought quantities 
of the pearls from the delighted Indians, to whom 
such articles were worth more than gold and 
jewels of which they had plenty. 

Then Columbus, hoisting sail, ran farther along 
the coast piu-chasing pearls until he had half a 
bushel or so of the lustrous sea-jewels, some of 
them of very large size. 

He named a great gulf, the Gulf of Pearls. He 
discovered other islands, among them the island 
of Margarita, which means a pearl. 

After which he turned his ships toward Santo 
Domingo, not knowing how tragic a thing was to 
befall him there, partly on account of the pearls. 




COLUMBUS EXAMINES THE PEARLS 



THE FATAL PEARLS 19 

The Curse of the Pearls 
Those fatal sea- jewels had already begun their 
evil work. 

While Columbus was tarrying to collect them, 
a rebellion fomented by bad men who had taken 
advantage of his absence, had broken out in the 
Island of Santo Domingo. When Columbus 
reached there, he suppressed it. But his enemies 
hastened to send lying reports about him to the 
Spanish Court. And the courtiers, who were 
jealous of his high position, wealth, and power, 
urged King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella to 
have him deposed. 

One of their accusations against him was, that 
he had held back from his Sovereigns their right- 
ful portion of the rich find of pearls. 

So at last, the royal edict went forth that the 
very magnificent Don Christopher Columbus, 
Admiral of the Ocean Sea, Viceroy and Governor 
of the Indies, should be tried and, if found guilty, 
deposed and returned to Spain. 

The man sent to do all this, and govern in 
Columbus's stead, was named Bobadilla. 

Bobadilla arrived at Santo Domingo with- 
royal commands for Columbus to surrender all 
power [to him, and to obey him in everything. 
He caused him to be arrested and thrown into 
prison. He tried and condemned him. He ordered 
him put into chains. But no one could be 



20 COLUMBUS 

found to rivet the chains until one of Columbus's 
own servants, "a shameless and graceless cook," 
did so with glee. 

Then Bobadilla reigned in Columbus's place 
over the Indies. 

Meanwhile, the grand old Admiral broken in 
spirit, carped at by his foes, was placed in man- 
acles aboard a caravel. 

Bobadilla had given orders that the chains 
should not be removed, but the humane master 
of the ship offered to break them. 

"Nay," said Columbus with dignity, "my 
Sovereigns have commanded me to submit, and 
Bobadilla has chained me. I will wear these irons 
until by royal order they are removed. And I 
shall keep them as relics and memorials of the 
reward of my services." 

But when Queen Isabella learned how he had 
been brought back to Spain in shackles, she was 
greatly angered. Both Sovereigns commanded 
that he should be immediately released. And 
when the venerable Columbus grown old in her 
service, entered her presence, Queen Isabella 
wept bitterly. Columbus fell at her feet, unable 
to utter a word, so great was his sorrow. 

Both Sovereigns promised to restore all his 
titles and the wealth which had been taken from 
him by force. But though Bobadilla was finally 
deposed from power because of his treatment of 



QUEEN ISABELLA'S PAGE 21 

Columbus and because of his evil rule, yet the 
royal promise was not fulfilled. His titles and 
property were never restored to Columbus. 

Instead, he was again sent overseas, on a fourth 
voyage of discovery. 

With four miserable caravels manned by only 
a hundred and fifty men, the gray -headed, weary 
Columbus set forth once more still hoping to 
discover the country of Kublai Khan, and find 
the Earthly Paradise. And this time Columbus 
took with him his younger son, Ferdinand, who 
was thirteen years old. 

QUEEN ISABELLA'S PAGE 

Off to find Kublai Khan, to drink from his 
golden cups, to eat from his silvern plates, to ride 
his elephants, to visit in his great palace, and, 
perhaps, to discover the Earthly Paradise — 
what more thrilling adventure could a boy want? 

So Ferdinand Columbus, Queen Isabella's page, 
eager for adventure, set sail with his father 
Columbus, to cross the Sea of Darkness and 
explore beyond the emerald islands. 

For, while his father, on his former voyage, 
had been gathering pearls among the Pearl 
Islands of the New World, the boy Ferdinand, 
amid the splendour of the Spanish Court, had 
been waiting upon Queen Isabella. 



22 COLUMBUS 

But now, what a change! Ferdinand was off 
across the heaving, foaming Sea of Darkness in a 
small caravel tossed about like a cockleshell on the 
billows. A tempest with rain, thunder, and light- 
ning arose. It struck Columbus's wretched cara- 
vels. They were buffeted by the wind, their sails 
were torn, their rigging, cables, and boats were 
lost. Food was washed overboard. The sailors 
were terrified, they ran about making religious 
vows and confessing their sins to each other. 
Even the boldest was pale with fear. 

"But the distress of my son who was with me, 
grieved me to the soul . . ." wrote Columbus 
afterward, "for he was but thirteen years old, 
and he enduring so much toil for so long a time. 
Our Lord, however, gave him strength to enable 
him to encourage the rest. He worked as if he 
had been eighty years at sea." 

But there was more to trouble plucky Ferdi- 
nand than the storm at sea. Columbus, his father, 
fell sick near to death. There was no one who 
could direct the ships' course, but Columbus 
himself. So he had a little cabin rigged up on 
deck. Lying there, he gave his orders. Presently, 
to Ferdinand's joy, he grew better. 

Meanwhile, what was happening to the wicked 
Bobadilla? That same tempest was doing great 
things. It was buffeting, lashing, and wrecking 
a caravel which was taking Bobadilla to Spain. 



QUEEN ISABELLA'S PAGE 23 

The ship, plunging under the howling, raging, 
black waters, sank to the bottom of the ocean, 
taking Bobadilla with it, and the treasure he had 
stolen from Columbus. 

But Columbus's own caravels won safely 
through the storm and across the Caribbean Sea. 
They drew near to an unknown shore — the 
coast of Central America. 

There is not space here in which to tell of the 
many adventures of Columbus and his men, nor 
of all the things that Ferdinand saw. There were 
other storms. At one time, the seas ran high and 
terrific, foaming like a caldron. The sky burned 
like a furnace, the lightning played with such 
fury that the waves were red like blood. 

The coast of Central America was thickly 
peopled with savages. Some of them were richly 
clothed, and wore ornaments of gold and coral, 
and carried golden mirrors fastened round their 
necks. Ferdinand saw other savages in trees 
living like wild birds, their huts built on sticks 
placed across from bough to bough. He saw 
strange beasts, beautiful birds, delicious fruits, 
brilliant flowers, great apes, and alligators bask- 
ing in the rivers. 

There were fights with natives, a massacre of 
some of his father's men, there was starvation 
and misery. Then Columbus, after having sailed 
down the coast and back again, turned the ships 
homeward. 



24. COLUMBUS 

Then came the most terrible adventure of 
all. The ships were riddled by worms, their 
sides were rotten, and the water was pouring 
through them like a sieve. Columbus reached 
the lonely island of Jamaica, just in time to 
drive his two remaining ships on the beach, and 
save them from sinking. 

There for many months Ferdinand was ma- 
rooned with his father and the men. There was 
more starvation, a mutiny, and adventures with 
savages. Then came the exciting rescue by two 
caravels. 

Such were the adventures of Queen Isabella's 
page. But he went back to Spain without seeing 
Cathay the Golden and Kublai Khan's palace. 

THE TWIN CITIES 

While Columbus was exploring the coast of 
Central America, he fell sick of a fever. He had 
a dream. He tells us of this dream in his own 
letters. 

He dreamed that a compassionate Voice spoke 
to him, bidding him believe in God, and serve 
Him who had had him from infancy in His 
constant and watchful care, and who had chosen 
him to unlock the barriers of the Ocean Sea. 

This Voice said many things to Columbus, 
adding these words, "Even now He partially 



THE TWIN CITIES 25 

shows thee the reward of so many toils and dan- 
gers incurred by thee in the service of others. 
Fear not but trust." 

And even then, Columbus, though he did not 
know it, was actually seeing the land where his 
hopes were to come true. For to-day, we Ameri- 
cans know that while Columbus was exploring 
inlets and river-mouths on the coast of Central 
America searching for the Western Passage to 
Asia, he entered Limon Bay of Panama. He even 
sailed part way up the Chagres River. 

And if his melancholy eager eyes might have 
been opened, what a vision he would have had of 
the future! He would have beheld the Caribbean 
Sea beating on civilized shores. He would have 
seen Twin Cities rising, their pleasant white, 
palm-shaded houses smiling in the sun, the Twin 
Cities of Cristobal and Colon — Christopher and 
Columbus — proud to bear his famous name. He 
would have seen those Twin Cities guarding a 
Western Passage to Asia. 

He would have perceived in his vision ships, 
greater than any Spanish caravels, sliding through 
a Canal the wonder of the world, on their way 
to and from Asia the Golden. 

But as it was, in a miserable little caravel, 
tempest-racked, with masts sprung and sides 
worm-eaten, the weary disappointed Columbus 



26 COLUMBUS 

with the boy Ferdinand, returned at last to Spain. 
And about two years later, in the City of 
Valladolid, "the Grand Old Admiral," who had 
given a New World to the Old, died almost in 
poverty. As he passed away, he murmured, 
"Into Thy hands, O Lord, I commend my spirit." 

THE PEARLS AGAIN 

The curse of the pearls still held strong after 
Columbus's death. News of the discovery of the 
Pearl Islands in the New World, spread rapidly 
through Europe. Many cruel and greedy pearl- 
hunters hastened to set out for the islands. 

They pillaged the native villages. They hunted 
the Indians like wild beasts. They forced them to 
work in the mines. But, worst of all, they made 
them dive into the deep sea for pearls, under the 
most horrible conditions. 

Then it was that the compassionate friend of 
.the Indians, the humane priest Bartolome de Las 
Casas, took up their cause and pleaded for them 
with the Spanish Crown. But Spain was too far 
away for the Crown to control Spanish oflBcials 
in America, and do much to lessen the sufiFerings 
of the natives. 

Thus sorrow and desolation followed the find- 
ing of the sea-jewels. In time, they became a 
rich part of the cargoes of the Treasure Galleons. 



THE PEARLS AGAIN 27 

And they forged one of the first links in the chain 

of oppression which bound all Spanish America 

for over three hundred years. 

For how this chain was broken by the great 

Liberators, read : — 

Miranda, the Flaming Son of Liberty , page 325; San 
Martin, the Protector, page 235; O'Higgins, First Soldier, 
First Citizen, page 393; Bolivar, the Liberator, page 371. 



OCTOBER 14 

WILLIAM PENN 
THE FOUNDER OF PENNSYLVANIA 

As Justice is a preserver, so it is a better procurer of Peace, 

than War, „, _ 

William Penn 



Within the Land of Penn, 
The sectary yielded to the citizen. 
And peaceful dwelt the many-creeded men. 

Peace brooded over all. No trumpet stung 
The air to madness, and no steeple flung 
Alarums down from bells at midnight rung. 

The Land slept well. The Indian from his face 
Washed all his war-paint off, and in the place 
Of battle-marches, sped the pecKeful chase. 

The desert blossomed round him; wheatfields rolled 
beneath the warm wind, waves of green and gold. 
The planted ear returned its hundredfold. 

John Gbeenleaf Whittieb 



William Penn was born in London, October 14, 

1644 
Received the Charter, granting him Pennsylvania, 

1681 
Composed the Plan for the Peace of Europe, 1693 
He died in England, May 30, 1718. 



THE BOY OF GREAT TOWER HILL 

In a house on Great Tower Hill near London 
Wall, was born William Penn, who was to be- 
come the Founder of Pennsylvania. 

He was christened William after his ancestor, 
Penn of Penn's Lodge. He was a charming baby, 
with round face, soft blue eyes, and curling hair. 
His father. Captain Penn, who had been called 
home to see the new baby on that first birthday 
of little William Penn, went back to his ship 
rejoicing that he had such a handsome son and 
heir. 

When William Penn was ten years old, a 
strange thing befell him. He was not like other 
boys. He was quiet and serious. At that time 
he was a schoolboy in an English village. 

One day, he was alone in his room. Suddenly 
he felt a wonderful peace and an "inner com- 
fort," while a glory filled the room. He felt that 
he was drawn near to God, so that his soul might 
speak with him. A strange experience for a boy 
to have. But it was an experience which helped 
to shape William Penn's life. From that time 
on, he believed that he had been called to live 
a holy life. 



32 WILLIAM PENN 

When he grew older, his family tried to make 
him forget this religious experience, but he never 
forgot. In time he became a Friend — or Quaker. 
In those days, Friends were bitterly persecuted 
in England. William Penn suffered imprison- 
ments and persecutions, but always with patient 
sweetness and endurance. 

At last, the persecutions of the Friends made 
William Penn turn his thoughts toward the New 
World of America. 

HE WORE IT AS LONG AS HE COULD 

When William Penn became a Friend, he did 
not immediately leave off his gay apparel, as 
other Friends did. He even wore a sword, as was 
customary among men of rank and fashion. 

One day, being with George Fox the great 
leader of the Friends, he asked his advice about 
wearing the sword, saying that it had once been 
the means of saving his life without injuring his 
antagonist, and that moreover Christ has said, 
"He that hath no sword, let him sell his garment 
and buy one." 

"I advise thee," answered George Fox quietly, 
**to wear it as long as thou canst." 

Shortly after this, they met again. William 
Penn had no sword. 

"William," said George Fox, "where is thy 
sword?" 



THE PEACEMAKER 33 

"Oh!" replied William Penn, "I have taken 
thy advice. I wore it as long as I could! " 

Samuel M. Janney {Retold) 



THE PEACEI^IAXER 

"He must not be a man but a statue of brass or 
stone, whose bowels do not melt when he beholds 
the bloody tragedies of this war in Hungary, 
Germany, Flanders, Ireland, and at sea; the 
mortality of sickly and languishing camps and 
navies; and the mighty prey the devouring winds 
and waves have made upon ships and men," 
wrote William Penn over two hundred years ago. 

It was then that William Penn became the 
peacemaker. 

The world was in the midst of a terrible war. 
William Penn did not believe in war. He had cast 
aside his own sword for principle's sake, and had 
bravely suffered persecutions and imprisonments 
in the Tower of London and in Newgate. Fear- 
lessly now he came forward with a plan for world 
peace, which he hoped would stop bloody wars, 
and persuade rulers to arbitrate their quarrels. 

He published a "Plan for the Peace of Europe," 
urging the formation of a league of European 
countries. 

So earnest is this plan and so profoundly 
thought out, that it has had much influence on 



34 WILLIAM PENN 

rulers and statesmen, who from time to time 
have held peace congresses in Europe. But 
rivalry of Nations, has prevented the peace plan 
from ever being carried out. 

"Christians," argued William Penn, "have 
embrewed their hands in one another's blood, 
invoking and interesting all tliey could the good 
and merciful God to prosper their arms to their 
brethren's destruction. Yet their Saviour has 
told them that He came to save and not to 
destroy the lives of men, to give and plant peace 
among men. And, if in any sense. He may be 
said to send war, it is the Holy War indeed, for 
it is against the Devil, and not the persons of 
men. Of all His titles, this seems the most 
glorious as well as comfortable for us, that He 
is the Prince of Peace" 

WESTWARD HO, AND AWAY! ^ 

The time arrived when William Penn's peaceful 
thoughts went sailing over the Atlantic, west- 
ward ho, and away! For he was appointed a 
trustee of Jersey in America. There came to him 
while he was still in England, news of immense 
tracts of land lying beyond Jersey, so fertile that 
under cultivation they would yield harvests un- 
paralleled in his island home. He heard of rich 
minerals, of noble forests, of river-banks offering 



WESTWARD HO, AND AWAY 35 

splendid sites for towns and cities, of bays where 
proud navies might ride at anchor. 

Moreover, many Friends, who had fled from 
persecution in England, were settled in Jersey. 
Their industry had already turned the wilderness 
into a garden. They were holding their meetings 
and worshipping God, without fear of constables 
and fines, of imprisonments and attacks by mobs. 
In Jersey, they had full liberty of conscience. 

And William Penn, as his thoughts sailed west- 
ward ho, and away! saw, rising from the sea, 
bright and fair, a land of refuge not only for 
persecuted Friends, but for all oppressed people. 
He determined to found a new State in America, 
where nobody should be persecuted for religion's 
sake, where everybody should be free, and where 
the people should govern themselves. "A holy 
experiment," he called it. 

He presented a petition to Charles the Second, 
asking for a royal grant of land near Jersey. 
"After many waitings, watchings, solicitings,'* 
the title to a vast tract was confirmed to him 
under the Great Seal of England. He was to be 
its ruler and "Lord Proprietor," "with large 
powers and privileges." He was to make laws, 
grant pardons, and appoint officials as he saw 
fit, but subject to the approval of the English 
Government. 

Penn named his land, "Sylvania"; but the 



36 WILLIAM PENN 

King called it Penn-sylvania, in honour of old 
Admiral Penn, William Penn's father. 

Almost the first thing that Penn did was to 
write to the people already settled in Penn- 
sylvania, "a loving address." 

"My Friends," he began, "I wish you all 
happiness, here and hereafter. These are to let 
you know that it hath pleased God, in his provi- 
dence, to cast you within my lot and care. . . . 

"You shall be governed by laws of your own 
making, and live a free, and, if you will, a sober 
and industrious people." 

•Thus William Penn promised the People of 
Pennsylvania, Liberty and the right to govern 
themselves. And he kept his promises. 

John Stoughton (Retold) 

THE CITY OF BROTHERLY LOVE 

With what delight did William Penn first set 
foot on the shore of the Delaware River. It was 
Autumn. The sweet clear air, the serene skies, 
the trees, fruits, and flowers, filled him with a 
wellnigh unspeakable joy. 

And later, while being rowed up the river in a 
barge, he saw the ancient forest trees on either 
bank, their leaves flaming with red, gold, and 
amber. He saw flocks of wild fowl rise up from 
the water, and fly screaming overhead. The 



THE CITY OF BROTHERLY LOVE 37 

solitude and grandeur of the wilderness brooded 
over all. 

Meanwhile, farther up the river, a welcome was 
awaiting him. In a little town, shaded by pine- 
trees and built on the high shore, there were 
white men and Indians hurrying to and fro. They 
were preparing an entertainment for William 
Penn, their Governor. 

The town was Penn's capital city. He had 
named it Philadelphia, which means Brotherly 
Love. 

And as his barge drew near the City of 
Brotherly Love, the white settlers, Swedish, 
Dutch, and English Friends, greeted him heartily, 
for they already knew how just, gentle, and wise 
he was. 

As for the Indians, so stately in their robes of 
fur and nodding plumes, William Penn walked 
with them, and sat down on the ground to eat 
with them. They gave him hominy and roasted 
acorns. And after the feast, they entertained 
him with their sports, jumping and hopping. And 
William Penn sprang up gayly like a boy, and 
joining in their games, beat them all, young 
Braves and old. 

And so the Red Men learned to love and trust 
their great White Father — Onas they called him. 
For Onas is Indian for a pen, or a quill. 

Such was William Penn's happy welcome to 
the City of Brotherly Love. 



38 WILLIAM PENN 

THE PLACE OF KINGS 

It was the last of November. The lofty forest 
trees on the shore of the Delaware had shed their 
summer attire. The ground was strewn with 
leaves. A Council-fire was burning brightly 
beneath a huge Elm, not far from the City of 
Brotherly Love. 

It was an ancient Elm, which for over a 
hundred years had guarded Shackamaxon, the 
Place of Kings. For long before the Pale-faces 
had landed on the shore of the Delaware, Indian 
Sachems, Kings of the Red Skins, had held their 
friendly councils in its shade, and smoked many 
a Pipe of Peace. 

On that November day, the tribes of the 
Lenni Lenape under the wide-spreading branches 
of the Elm, were gathered around the Council- 
fire. They were seated in a half circle, like a half 
moon. They were all unarmed. 

Among the Chiefs, was the Great Sachem 
Taminend, revered for his wisdom and beloved 
for his goodness. He sat in the middle of the 
half moon, with his council, the aged and wise, 
on either hand. 

They waited. 

Then, lo! a barge approached. At its masthead 
flew the broad pennant of Governor William 
Penn. The oars were plied with measured strokes, 



THE PLACE OF KINGS 39 

guiding the barge to land. And near the helm sat 
William Penn attended by his council. 

He landed with his people, and advanced 
toward the Council-fire. A handsome man he 
was, only thirty-eight years old, athletic, and 
graceful. His manners were courteous, his blue 
eyes were friendly. He was plainly dressed, with 
a scarf of sky-blue network bound about his waist. 

Some of his people preceded him. They 
carried presents for the Indians, which they laid 
on the ground before them. 

Then William Penn approached the Council- 
fire. 

Thereupon the Great Sachem, Taminend, put 
on a chaplet surmounted by a horn, the emblem 
of his power, and through an interpreter an- 
nounced that the Nations were ready to hear 
William Penn. 

Thus being called upon, William Penn began 
his speech: — 

"The Great Spirit," he said, "who made me 
and you, who rules the heavens and the earth, 
and who knows the innermost thoughts of men, 
knows that I and my friends have a hearty 
desire to live in peace and friendship with you, 
and to serve you to the utmost of our power. 

"It is not our custom to use hostile weapons 
against our fellow-creatures, for which reason we 
have come unarmed. Our object is not to do 



40 WILLIAM PENN 

injury, and thus provoke the Great Spirit, but 
to do good. 

"We are met on the broad pathway of good 
faith and good will, so that no advantage is to 
be taken on either side, but all to be openness, 
brotherhood, and love." 

Here William Penn unrolled a parchment on 
which was inscribed an agreement for trading, 
and promises of friendship. He explained the 
agreement article by article. Then laying the 
parchment on the ground, he said that that spot 
should ever more be common to both Peoples, — 
Pale-face and Red Skin. 

The Indians listened to his speech in perfect 
silence, and with deep gravity. And when he 
was finished speaking, they deliberated together, 
for some time. Then the Great Sachem ordered 
one of his Chiefs to address William Penn. 

The Chief advanced, and in the Sachem's name 
saluted him, and taking William Penn by the 
hand, made a speech pledging kindness and neigh- 
bourliness, saying that the English and the Lenni 
Lenape should live together in love, so long as 
the sun and the moon should endure. 

Samuel M. Janney {Retold) 



ONAS 41 



ONAS 



After the Treaty was made at the Place of 
Kings, the Lenni Lenape, for many years enjoyed 
the mild and just rule of their "elder brother 
Onas." He met them often around the Council- 
fire, hearing and rectifying their wrongs, adjust- 
ing trade matters, and smoking with them the 
Pipe of Peace. 

And William Penn made treaties with the 
Indians who dwelt on the Potomac, and with the 
Five Nations. Thus Pennsylvania had quiet; and 
the Red, Men were friends of the settlers. Some- 
times they brought the white men venison, beans, 
and maize, and refused to take pay. Whereas, in 
the other Colonies, the Indians were dangerous 
neighbours, cruel and delighting in blood. They 
had been made suspicious and revengeful by the 
injustice and wickedness of white men. 

So the Red Men of Pennsylvania, trusted 
William Penn, although he was a Pale-face. What 
Pale-face had they ever seen like him? A Pale- 
face was to them a trapper, a soldier, a pirate, 
a man who cheated them in barter, who gave 
them fire-water to drink, who hustled them oflf 
their hunting-ground. 

But here was one Pale-face, who would not 
cheat and lie; who would not fire into their lodge; 
who would not rob them of their beaver skins; 



42 WILLIAM PENN 

who would not take a rood of land from them, 
till they had fixed and he had paid their price. 

Where were they to look for such another lord? 

So when they heard that Onas was about to 
sail for England, Indians from all parts of Penn- 
sylvania gathered to take sorrowful leave of him. 

After he was gone, they preserved with care 
the memory of their treaties with him, by means 
of strings or belts of wampum. Often they 
gathered together in the woods, on some shady 
spot, and laid their wampum belts on a blanket 
or a clean piece of bark, and with great satis- 
faction went over the whole. So great was their 
reverence and affection for William Penn, in- 
spired by his virtues, that they handed on the 
memory of his name to their children. 

When William Penn died in England, the 
Indians sent his wife a message, mourning the 
loss of their "honoured brother Onas." 

And with the message went a present of 
beautiful skins for a cloak "to protect her while 
passing through the thorny wilderness without 
her guide." 

W. Hepworth Dixon and Other Sources 



OCTOBER 27 

THEODORE ROOSEVELT 
AMERICA'S HERO 

On behalf of all our people, on behalf no less of the honest 
man of means, than of the honest man who earns each day's 
livelihood by that day's sweat of his brow, it is necessary to 
insist upon honesty in business and politics alike, in all 
walks of life, in big things and in little things; upon just and 
fair dealing as between man and man. 

Theodoee Roosevelt 



THE SQUARE DEAL 

We of tJie great modern democracies, must strive unceasingly 
to make our several Countries, lands in which a poor man who 
works hard can live comfortably and honestly, and in which a 
rich man cannot live dishonestly nor in slothful avoidance of 
duty. 

And yet, we must judge rich man and poor man alike by a 
standard which rests on conduct and not on caste. And we 
must frown with the same stem severity on the mean and vicious 
envy which hates and would plunder a man because he is well 
off, and on the brutal and selfish arrogance, which looks down 
on and exploits the man with whom life has gone hard. 

Theodore Roosevelt 



Colonel Theodore Roosevelt was born in New 

York City, October 27, 1858 
Was appointed Police Commissioner of New York 

City, 1895 
Aided in establishing the Independence of Cuba, 

1898 
Was elected Governor of the State of New York, 

1898 
Served as President of the United States, 1901-1909 
He died, January 6, 1919. 



THE BOY WHO GREW STRONG 

Not in a Log Cabin 

Theodore Roosevelt, unlike Abraham Lincoln, 
was not born in a log cabin. On the contrary, he 
was born to wealth and position in the City of 
New York. 

He was reared in an elegant h Jie and educated 
in one of the famous universities of the Country. 
He read law, but he had no need to practise a 
profession. His father had retired from business, 
and there was no occasion for the son to take up 
a business career. 

But Theodore Roosevelt preferred for himself 
a life of toil — the strenuous life. 

Bl-health was the first and greatest of all his 
disadvantages. "When a boy," said he, "I was 
pig-chested and asthmatic." 

From earliest infancy he was called to battle 
with asthma. It lowered his vitality and 
threatened his growth. His body was frail, but 
within was the conquering spirit. He determined 
to be strong like other boys. 

In this, he had the loving help of gentle parents. 
On the wide back porch of their home in the City 
of New York, they fitted up a gymnasium, where 



46 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

he strove for bodily vigour with all his might. 
Although at the start, his pole climbing was very 
poor, he kept trying until he got to the top. He 
would carry his gymnastic exercises to the 
perilous verge of the window ledge, more to the 
alarm of the neighbours than of his own family. 

In the Wide Out-oJ-Doors 

Summer was the season of Roosevelt's delight. 
Then he ceased to be a city boy. At his father's 
country place on Long Island, he learned to run 
and ride, row, and swim. And when the long 
sleepless nights came, the father would take his 
invalid boy in his arms, wrap him up warmly, 
and drive with him in the free open air through 
fifteen or twenty miles of darkness. 

The boy had his father's love of the woods and 
the fields. He studied and classified the birds of 
the neighbourhood, until he knew their songs and 
plumage and nests. He and his young friends 
could be relied on to find the spot where the 
violets bloomed the earliest, and the trees on 
which the walnuts were most plentiful, as well 
as the pools where the minnows swarmed, and 
the favourite refuge of the coon. 

He was taken to Europe, in the hope that it 
would benefit his health, "a tall thin lad with 
bright eyes and legs like pipestems." 



THE BOY WHO GREW STRONG 47 

When at last, he was ready to go to college, 
he had vanquished his enemy, ill-health, and 
was ready to play a man's part in life. 

"I made my health what it is," he said later, 
*'I determined to be strong and well, and did 
everything to make myself so. By the time I 
entered Harvard, I was able to take part in 
whatever sports I liked. I wrestled and sparred, 
and I ran a great deal, and, although I never 
came in first, I got more out of the exercise than 
those who did, because I immensely enjoyed it 
and never injured myseK. 

Busting Broncos 

After leaving college, young Roosevelt entered 
politics. Finally, between legislative sessions, he 
surrendered to his impulses and started for 
the Wild West. 

He left the train in North Dakota at the little 
town of Medora. The young visitor from the 
East, sought out two hunters and told them that 
he wished to go buffalo hunting with them. And 
he did so, though hunting the buffalo then was 
no fancy pastime. 

It was, in truth, a rare chance to see the Wild 
West in the last glow of its golden age. Soon it 
was all to vanish and pass into the most romantic 
chapter of American history. 

Before his first visit was at an end, he had 
become a ranchman. 



48 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

The young master of Elkhorn Ranch, brave, 
outspoken, and always ready to bear his full 
share of toil, and hardship, was not long in win- 
ning the respect and hearty good- will of the bluff, 
honest men of the Bad Lands. 

After only a little experience in ranching, he 
learned to sit in his saddle and ride his horse like 
a life-long plainsman. 

But he never pretended to any special fondness 
for a bucking bronco; and a story is told of a 
trick played on him by some friendly persons in 
Medora. 

He was in town, waiting for a train that was 
to bring a guest from the East. While he was 
in a store, the jokers placed his saddle on a 
notoriously vicious beast, which they substituted 
for his mount. 

When he came out, in haste to ride around to 
the railway station, he did not detect the 
deception. 

Once, he was on the horse's back, the bronco 
bucked and whirled to the amusement of the 
grinning villagers. But to their amazement, the 
young ranchman succeeded in staying on him 
and spurring him into a run. 

Away they flew to the prairies, and soon back 
they raced in a cloud of dust and through the 
town. The friend from the East arrived, and 
joined the spectators, who waited to see if 



THE BOY WHO GREW STRONG 49 

the young squire of Elkhorn ever would return. 

In a little while, he was seen coming along the 
road at a gentle gait. And when he. reached his 
starting point, he dismounted, with a smile of 
quiet mastery, from as meek a creature as ever 
stood on four legs. 

He had no use, however, for a horse whose 
spirit ran altogether to ugliness. When he first 
went West, he doubted the theory of the natives 
that any horse was hopelessly bad. 

For instance, there was one in the sod-roofed 
log stable of Elkhorn, who had been labelled 
The Devil. Roosevelt believed that gentleness 
would overcome Devil. The boys thought it 
might, if he should live to be seventy-five- 

After much patient wooing. Devil actually let 
Roosevelt lay his hand on him and pat him. 
The boys began to think that possibly there 
was something in this new plan of bronco busting. 

One day, however, when his gentle trainer 
made bold to saddle and mount him. Devil 
quickly drew his four hoofs together, leaped into 
the air, and came down with a jerk and a thud. 
Then he finished with a few fancy curves, that 
landed his disillusioned rider a good many yards 
in front of him. 

Roosevelt sprang to his feet and on to the 
back of the animal. Four times he was thrown. 
Finally, the determined rider manoeuvred Devil 



50 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

out on to a quicksand where bucking is impossi- 
ble. And, when at last, he was driven back to 
solid earth, he was like a lamb. 

In this rough life of the range, the young ranch- 
man conquered for ever the physical weaknesses 
of his youth, and put on that rude strength which 
enabled him to stand before the world, a model 
of vigorous manhood. 

James Morgan {Arranged) 



SAGAMORE HILL 

His Home at Oyster Bay 
From RooseveWa Autobiography 

Sagamore Hill takes its name from the old 
Sagamore Mohannis, who, as Chief of his little 
tribe, signed away his rights to the land, two 
centuries and a half ago. 

The house stands right on the top of the hill, 
separated by fields and belts of woodland from 
all other houses, and looks out over the Bay and 
the Sound. 

We see the sun go down beyond long reaches 
of land and of water. Many birds dwell in the 
trees round the house or in the pastures and the 
woods near by. And, of course, in Winter gulls, 
loons, and wild fowl frequent the waters of the 
Bay and the Sound. 

We love all the seaso'ns; the snows and bare 







'^^^'^^'^^^^^^ 



•- Nw,4<^V^ 



u.4\> 






^rL^>' 



ROOSEVELT BREAKING DEVIL 



SAGAMORE HILL 51 

woods of Winter; the rush of growing things and 
the blossom-spray of Spring; the yellow grain, 
the ripening fruits, and tasseled corn, and the 
deep, leafy shades that are heralded by "the 
green dance of Summer"; and the sharp fall 
winds that tear the brilliant banners with which 
the trees greet the dying year. 

The Sound is always lovely. In the summer 
nights, we watch it from the piazza, and see the 
lights of the tall Fall River boats as they steam 
steadily by. Now and then we spend a day on 
it, the two of us together in the light rowing skiff, 
or perhaps with one of the boys to pull an extra 
pair of oars. We land for lunch at noon under 
wind-beaten oaks on the edge of a [low bluff, or 
among the wild plum bushes on a spit of white 
sand; while the sails of the coasting schooners 
gleam in the sunlight, and the tolling of the 
bell-buoy comes landward across the waters. . . . 

Early in April, there is one hillside near us 
which glows like a tender flame with the white 
of the bloodroot. About the same time, we find 
the shy mayflower, the trailing arbutus. And 
although we rarely pick wild flowers, one mem- 
ber of the household always plucks a little bunch 
of mayflowers to send to a friend working in 
Panama, whose soul hungers for the northern 
Spring. 

Then there are shadblow and delicate anemones 



52 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

about the time of the cherry blossoms. The brief 
glory of the apple orchards follows. And then the 
thronging dogwoods fill the forests with their 
radiance. 

And so flowers follow flowers, until the spring- 
time splendour closes with the laurel and the 
evanescent honey-sweet locust bloom. The late 
summer flowers follow, the flaunting lilies, and 
cardinal flowers, and marshmallows, and pale 
beach rosemary; and the goldenrod and the 
asters, when the afternoons shorten and we again 
begin to think of fires in the wide fireplaces. 

Theodore Roosevelt 



THE CHILDREN OF SAGAMORE HH^L 

Mrs. Roosevelt looked after the place itself. 
She supervised the farming, and the ^ flower 
gardens were her especial care. 

The children were now growing up, and from 
the time when they could toddle, they took their 
place — a very large place — in the life of the 
home. Roosevelt described the intense satis- 
faction he had in teaching the boys what his 
father had taught him. 

As soon as they were large enough, they rode 
their horses, they sailed on the Cove and out 
into the Sound. They played boys' games, and 
through him, they learned very young to observe 
nature. 



OFF WITH JOHN BURROUGHS 53 

In his college days, he had intended to be a 
naturalist, and natural history remained his 
strongest avocation. And so he taught his 
children to know the birds and animals, the 
trees, plants, and flowers of Oyster Bay and its 
neighbourhood. They had their pets — Kermit, 
one of the boys, carried a pet rat in his pocket. 

Three things Roosevelt required of them all: 
obedience, manliness, and truthfulness. 

William Roscoe Thayer 

OFF WITH JOHN BURROUGHS' 

From Roosevelt's Autobiography 

One April, I went to Yellowstone Park, when 
the snow was still very deep, and I took John 
Burroughs with me. I wished to show him the 
big game of the Park, the wild creatures that 
have become so astonishingly tame and tolerant 
of human presence. 

In the Yellowstone, the animals seem always 
to behave as one wishes them to! It is always 
possible to see the sheep, and deer, and antelope, 
and also the great herds of elk, which are shyer 
than the smaller beasts. 

In April, we found the elk weak after the short 
commons and hard living of Winter. Once, with- 
out much difficulty, I regularly rounded up a big 
band of them so that John Burroughs could look 



54 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

at them. I do not think, however, that he cared 
to see them as much as I did. 

The birds interested him more, especially a 
tiny owl, the size of a robin, which we saw 
perched on the top of a tree, in mid-afternoon, 
entirely uninfluenced by the sun, and making 
a queer noise like a cork being pulled from a 
bottle. 

I was rather ashamed to find how much better 
his eyes were than mine, in seeing the birds and 
grasping their differences. 

Theodore Roosevelt 



THE BIG STICK 

I SAW in Roosevelt a strong man, who had taken 
early to heart Hamlet's maxim, and had stead- 
fastly practised it: — 

" Rightly to be great 
Is not to stir without great argument. 
But greatly to find quarrel in a straw 
When Honour 's at the stake." 

He himself summed up this part of his philosophy 
ill a phrase which has become a proverb : — 

"Speak softly; but carry a big stick." 

More than once in his later years, he quoted 
this to me, adding, that it was precisely because 
this or that Power knew that he carried a big 



A-HUNTING TREES 55 

stick, that he was enabled to speak softly with 
effect. 

William Roscoe Thayer (Condensed) 



A-HUlSrriNG TREES WITH JOHN MUIR 

From Roosevelt's Autobiography 

When I first visited California, it was my good 
fortune to see the "big trees," the Sequoias, and 
then to travel down into the Yosemite with 
John Muir. Of course, of all people in the world, 
he was the one with whom it was best worth 
while thus to see the Yosemite . . . 

John Muir met me with a couple of packers 
and two mules to carry our tent, bedding, and 
food for a three days' trip. 

The first night was clear, and we lay down in 
the darkening aisles of the great Sequoia grove. 
The majestic trunks, beautiful in colour and in 
symmetry, rose round us like the pillars of a 
mightier cathedral than ever was conceived even 
by the fervour of the Middle Ages. 

Hermit thrushes sang beautifully in the eve- 
ning, and again with a burst of wonderful music 
at dawn. I was interested and a little surprised 
to find that, unlike John Burroughs, John Muir 
cared little for birds or bird songs, and knew 
little about them. The hermit thrushes meant 
nothing to him, the trees and the flowers and 



56 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

the cliffs, everything. The only birds he noticed 
or cared for, were some that were very con- 
spicuous, such as the water-ousels — always 
particular favourites of mine too. 

The second night, we camped in a snow-storm 
on the edge of the canon walls, under the spread- 
ing limbs of a grove of mighty silver fir. And 
next day, we went down into the wonderland of 
the Valley itself. 

I shall always be glad that I was in the 
Yosemite with John Muir, and in the Yellow- 
stone with John Burroughs. 

Theodore Roosevelt {Condensed) 



THE BEAR HUNTERS' DINNER 

From Roosevelt's Autobiography 

When wolf-hunting in Texas, and when bear- 
hunting in Louisiana and Mississippi, I was not 
only enthralled by the sport but also by the 
strange new birds and other creatures, and the 
trees and flowers I had not known before. 

By the way, there was one feast at the White 
House, which stands above all others in my 
memory, this was "The Bear Hunters' Dinner." 

T had been treated so kindly by my friends on 
these hunts, and they were such fine fellows, 
men whom I was so proud to think of as Ameri- 
cans, that I set my heart on having them at a 
hunters' dinner at the White House. 



HUNTING IN AFRICA 57 

One December, I succeeded. There were 
twenty or thirty of them, all told, as good 
hunters, as daring riders, as first class citizens 
as could be found anywhere. No finer set of 
guests ever sat at meat in the White House. 

And among other game on the table, was a 
black bear, itself contributed by one of these 
same guests. 

Theodore Roosevelt {Condensed) 

HUNTING IN AFRICA 

From Roosevelt's Aulobiography 

The African buffalo is undoubtedly a dangerous 
beast, but it happened that the few that I shot 
did not charge. 

A bull elephant, a vicious "rogue" which had 
been killing people in the native villages, did 
charge before being shot at. My son Kermit 
and I stopped it at forty yards. 

Another bull elephant, also unwounded, which 
charged, nearly got me, as I had just fired both 
cartridges from my heavy double-barreled rifle, 
in killing the bull I was after — the first wild 
elephant I had ever seen. The second bull came 
through the thick brush to my left, like a steam 
plow through a light snowdrift, everything snap- 
ping before his rush, and was so near that he 
could have hit me with his trunk. I slipped past 
him behind a tree. 



58 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

People have asked me how I felt on this 
occasion. My answer has always been that I 
suppose I felt as most men of like experience 
feel on such occasions. At such a moment, a 
hunter is so very busy that he has no time to 
get frightened. He wants to get in his cartridges 
and try another shot. 

Rhinoceros are truculent, blustering beasts, 
much the most stupid of all the dangerous game 
I know. Generally their attitude is one of mere 
stupidity and bluff. But on occasions they do 
charge wickedly, both when wounded and when 
entirely unprovoked. The first I ever shot, I 
mortally wounded at a few rods' distance, and 
it charged with the utmost determination. 
Whereat I and my companion both fired, and, 
more by good luck than anything else, brought 
it to the ground just thirteen paces from where 
we stood. 

Another rhinoceros may or may not have been 
meaning to charge me; I have never been certain 
which. It heard us, and came at us through 
rather thick brush, snorting and tossing its head. 
I am by no means sure that it had fixedly hostile 
intentions. And indeed, with my present experi- 
ence, I think it likely that if I had not fired, it 
would have flinched at the last moment, and 
either retreated or gone by me. But I am not 
a rhinoceros mind-reader, and its actions were 



THE EVER FAITHFUL ISLAND 59 

such as to warrant my regarding it as a sus- 
picious character. I stopped it with a couple of 
bullets, and then followed it up and killed it. 

The skins of all these animals which I thus 
killed are in the National Museum at Washington. 
Theodore Roosevelt (Condensed) 

THE EVER FAITHFUL ISLAND 

Now, let us see what Theodore Roosevelt did 
to help establish Liberty in this Hemisphere. 

It is a far cry from the Very Magnificent Don 
Christopher Columbus, Admiral of the Ocean 
Sea, and discoverer of the West Indies and 
South America, to plain Theodore Roosevelt of 
Oyster Bay and citizen of the United States of 
North America. 

Yet it was a very direct cry, a ringing call 
down through four centuries, a never ceasing 
plea for Liberty and safety. 

And it was plain Colonel Theodore Roosevelt 
who, with his Rough Riders, helped to break the 
last link of the chain of Spanish domination in 
America. Its first link was unwittingly forged by 
Columbus, when he discovered the gold and 
pearls of the New World. 

Through the many years, Cuba, the "Ever 
Faithful Island," remained loyal to Spain, while 
her other American possessions declared their 



60 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

Independence, slipped from her grasp, and set 
up Republics. 

But instead of taking warning from her 
American losses, Spain continued her policy of 
repression in Cuba. 

Then there arose Cuban Patriots, among them, 
Gomez, Maceo, and Garcia, who struggled for 
Cuba's Freedom. There were rebellions, insur- 
rections, and war. Great and terrible were the 
sufferings of the People. 

It is not possible here to give an account of 
the Cuban War for Independence. But after a 
terrific struggle, it was finally won in 1898, with 
the help of our United States. Thus Spain lost 
her last foothold in America, and withdrew from 
this hemisphere. 

To-day, the Island of Cuba the "Ever-Faithful 
Island," the "Pearl of the Antilles," is a flourish- 
ing Republic with a world commerce. And during 
the World War, the red, white, and blue, single- 
bestarred Flag of Cuba, waved over a brave 
Cuban Army, the ally of the United States. 

But as to Theodore Roosevelt's part in liberat- 
ing the Island, while he was Assistant Secretary 
of the Navy under President McKinley, we will 
let one of his biographers tell about it: — 



COLONEL OF ROUGH RIDERS 61 
THE COLONEL OF THE ROUGH RIDERS 

In the name of humanity, in the name of civilization, in behalf of en- 
dangered American interests, which give us the right and the duty to 
speak and act, the war in Cuba must stop. 

President McKinley 

Roosevelt had always felt the danger to the 
United States of maintaining a despicable or an 
inadequate Navy, and from the moment he 
entered the Navy Department, he set about 
pushing the construction of the unfinished 
vessels and of improving the quality of the 
personnel. 

He was impelled to do this, not merely by his 
instinct to bring whatever he undertook up to 
the highest standard, but also because he had a 
premonition that a crisis was at hand, which 
might call the Country, at an instant's notice, 
to protect itself with all the power it had. 

Roosevelt was impressed by the insurrection 
in Cuba, which kept that Island in perpetual 
disorder. The cruel means, especially recon- 
centration and starvation, by which the Span- 
iards tried to put down the Cubans, stirred the 
sympathy of the Americans, and the number 
of those who believed that the United States 
ought to interfere in behalf of humanity, grew 
from month to month. 

During his first year in ofiice. Assistant Sec- 
retary Roosevelt busied himself with all the 



62 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

details of preparation. And all the while he 
watched the horizon towards Cuba, where the 
signs grew angrier and angrier. 

But the young Secretary had to act with 
circumspection. President McKinley, desiring 
to keep the peace up to the very end, would not 
countenance any move which might seem to the 
Spaniards either a threat or an insult. 

Early in the evening of February 15, 1898, the 
U. S. battleship Maine, peaceably riding at her 
moorings in Havana Harbour, was blown up. 
Two officers and 264 enlisted men were killed by 
the explosion and in the sinking of the ship. 

The next morning, the newspapers carried the 
report to all parts of the United States, and, 
indeed, to the whole world. A tidal wave of 
anger surged over this Country. 

"That means war!" was the common utter- 
ance. « 

I doubt whether Roosevelt ever worked with 
greater relish than during the weeks succeeding 
the blowing-up of the Maine. The Navy Depart- 
ment arranged in hot haste to victual the ships; 
to provide them with stores of coal and ammu- 
nition; to bring the crews up to their full quota 
by enlisting; to lay out a plan of campaign; to 
see to the naval bases and the lines of communi- 
cation; and to cooperate with the War Depart- 
ment in making ready the land fortifications 
along the shore. 



COLONEL OF ROUGH RIDERS 63 

Having accomplished his duty as Assistant 
Secretary, Roosevelt resigned. He thought that 
he had a right to retire from that post, and to 
gratify his long cherished desire to take part in 
the actual warfare. 

General Alger, the Secretary of War, had a 
great liking for Roosevelt, offered him a com- 
mission in the Army, and even the command of 
a regiment. 

This he prudently declined, having no technical 
military knowledge. He proposed instead that 
Dr. Leonard Wood should be made Colonel, and 
that he should serve under Wood, as Lieutenant 
Colonel. 

While Roosevelt finished his business at the 
Navy Department, Colonel Wood hurried to 
San Antonio, Texas, the rendezvous of the First 
Regiment of Volunteer Cavalry — the Rough 
Riders ! 

A call for volunteers, issued by Roosevelt and 
endorsed by Secretary Alger, spread through the 
West and Southwest, and it met with a quick 
response. 

Not even in Garibaldi's famous Thousand, 
was such a strange crowd gathered. It com- 
prised cow-punchers, ranchmen, hunters, pro- 
fessional gamblers, and rascals of the Border, 
sportsmen, mingled with the society sports, 
former football players and oarsmen, polo 



64 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

players, and lovers of adventure from the great 
eastern cities. They all had one quality in 
common — courage — and they were all bound 
together by one common bond — devotion to 
Theodore Roosevelt. 

Nearly every one of them knew him personally. 
Some of the western men had hunted or ranched 
with him. Some of the eastern had been with 
him in college, or had had contact with him in 
one of the many vicissitudes of his career. 

I shall not attempt to follow in detail the 
story of the Rough Riders, but shall touch only 
on those matters which refer to Roosevelt 
himself. 

Wood having been promoted to Brigadier 
General, in command of a larger unit, Theodore 
Roosevelt became Colonel of the regiment of 
Rough Riders. 

On July 1 and 2, he commanded the Rough 
Riders in their attack on and capture of San 
Juan Hill, in connection with some coloured 
troops. 

In this engagement, their nearest approach to 
a battle, the Rough Riders, who had less than 
five hundred men in action, lost eighty-nine in 
killed and wounded. 

Then followed a dreary life in the trenches, 
until Santiago surrendered, and then a still 



THE RIVER OF DOUBT 65 

more terrible experience, while they waited for 
Spain to give up the war. 

Under a killing tropical sun, receiving irregular 
and often damaged food, without tent or other 
protection from the heat or from the rain, the 
Rough Riders endured for weeks the ravages of 
fever, climate, and privation. 

Finally, because of Roosevelt's insistence, the 
Government at Washington, without loss of 
time, ordered the Army home. 

The sick were transported by thousands to 
Montauk Point, at the eastern end of Long 
Island, where in spite of the best medical care 
which could be improvised, large numbers of 
them died. 

But the Army knew, and the American Public 
knew, that Roosevelt had saved multitudes of 
lives. At Montauk Point, he was the most 
popular man in America. 

This concluded Roosevelt's career as a soldier. 
The experience introduced to the Public those 
virile qualities of his, with which his friends 
were familiar. 

William Roscoe Thayer (Arranged) 

THE ri\t:r of doubt 

Roosevelt decided to make one more trip for 
hunting and exploration. As he could not go to 



66 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

the North Pole, he said, because that would be 
poaching on Peary's field, he selected South 
America. 

He had long wished to visit the Southern 
Continent, and invitations to speak at Rio 
Janeiro and at Buenos Aires, gave him an excuse 
for setting out. 

He started with the distinct purpose of collect- 
ing animal and botanical specimens, this time for 
the American Museum of Natural History in 
New York, which provided two trained natu- 
ralists to accompany him. His son Kermit, 
toughened by the previous adventure, went also. 

Having paid his visits and seen the civilized 
parts of Brazil, Uruguay, and Argentina, he 
ascended the Paraguay River, and then struck 
across the plateau which divides its watershed 
from that of the tributaries of the Amazon. 
For he proposed to make his way through an 
unexplored region in Central Brazil, and reach 
the outposts of civilization on the Great River. 

The Brazilian Government had informed him 
that by the route he had chosen, he would meet 
a large river — the River of Doubt — by which 
he could descend to the Amazon. 

There were some twenty persons, including a 
dozen or fifteen native rowers and pack-bearers, 
in his party. They had canoes and dugouts, 
supplies of food for about forty days, and a 
carefully chosen outfit. 



THE RIVER OF DOUBT 67 

With high hopes, they put their craft into the 
water and moved down stream. But on the 
fourth day, they found rapids ahead. And from 
that time on, they were constantly obhged to 
land and carry their dugouts and stores round a 
cataract. 

The peril of being swept over the falls, was 
always imminent, and as the trail, which consti- 
tuted their portages, had to be cut through the 
matted forest, their labours were increased. In 
the first eleven days, they progressed only sixty 
miles. No one knew the distance they would 
have to traverse, nor how long the river would 
be broken by falls and cataracts, before it came 
down into the plain of the Amazon. 

Some of their canoes were smashed on the 
rocks. Two of the natives were drowned. They 
watched their provisions shrink. Contrary to 
their expectations, the forest had almost no 
animals. If they could shoot a monkey or a 
monster lizard, they rejoiced at having a little 
fresh meat. 

Tropical insects bit them day and night and 
caused inflammation and even infection. Man- 
eating fish lived in the river, making it dangerous 
for the men when they tried to cool their inflamed 
bodies by a swim. 

Most of the party had malaria, and could be 
kept going only by large doses of quinine. 



68 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

Roosevelt, while in the water, wounded his leg 
on a rock; inflammation set in, and prevented 
him from walking, so that he had to be carried 
across the portages. 

The physical strength of the party, sapped by 
sickness and fatigue, was visibly waning. Still 
the cataracts continued to impede their progress 
and to add terribly to their toil. The supply of 
food had shrunk so much, that the rations were 
restricted, and amounted to little more than 
enough to keep the men able to go forward 
slowly. 

Then fever attacked Roosevelt, and they had 
to wait for a few days, because he was too weak 
to be moved. He besought them to leave him and 
hurry along to safety, because every day they 
delayed consumed their diminishing store of 
food, and they might all die of starvation. 

They refused to leave him, however. A change 
for the better in his condition came soon. They 
moved forward. At last they left the rapids 
behind them, and could drift and paddle on the 
unobstructed river. 

Roosevelt lay in the bottom of a dugout, shaded 
by a bit of canvas put up over his head, and too 
weak from sickness even to splash water on his 
face; for he was almost fainting from the muggy 
heat and the tropical sunshine. 

Forty-eight days, after they began their 



THE RIVER OF DOUBT 69 

voyage on the River of Doubt, they saw a 
peasant, a rubber-gatherer, the first human 
being they had met. Thenceforward they jour- 
neyed without incident. 

The River of Doubt flowed into the larger 
river, Madeira; where they found a steamer 
which took them to Manaos on the Amazon. 

During the homeward voyage, Roosevelt 
slowly recovered his strength, but he had never 
again the iron physique with which he had em- 
barked the year before. The Brazilian Wilder- 
ness stole away ten years of his life. 

He found on his return home that some geog- 
raphers and South American explorers laughed 
at his story of the River of Doubt. He laughed, 
too, at their incredulity ; and presently the Bra- 
zilian Government, having established the truth 
of his exploration and named the river after him, 
Rio Teodoro, his laughter prevailed. He took 
real satisfaction in having placed on the map of 
Central Brazil, a river six hundred miles long. 
William Roscoe Thayer (Arranged) 

THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

The evil men do lives after them; so does the 
good. With the passing of years, a man's name 
and fame either drift into oblivion or they are 
seen in their lasting proportions. 



70 THEODORE ROOSEVELT 

You must sail fifty miles over the Ionian Sea 
and look back, before you can fully measure the 
magnitude and majesty of Mount iEtna. Not 
otherwise, I believe, will it be with Theodore 
Roosevelt, when the people of the future look 
back upon him. The blemishes due to misunder- 
standing will have faded away. The transient 
clouds will have vanished. The world will see 
him as he was. . . . 

Those of us who knew him, knew him as the 
most astonishing human expression of the Crea- 
tive Spirit we had ever seen. His manifold 
talents, his protean interests, his tireless energy, 
his thunderbolts which he did not let loose, as 
well as those he did, his masterful will sheathed 
in self-control like a sword in its scabbard, would 
have rendered him superhuman, had he not 
possessed other qualities which made him the 
best of playmates for mortals. 

He had humour, which raises every one to the 
same level. He had loyalty, which bound his 
friends to him for life. He had sympathy and 
capacity for strong, deep love. How tender he 
was with little children! How courteous with 
women! No matter whether you brought to him 
important things or trifles, he understood. 

I can think of no vicissitude in life in which 
Roosevelt's participation would not have been 
welcome. If it were danger, there could be no 



THEODORE ROOSEVELT 71 

more valiant comrade than he. If it were sport, 
he was a sportsman. If it were mirth, he was a 
fountain of mirth, crystal pure and sparkling. . . . 

But yesterday, he seemed one who embodied 
Life to the utmost. With the assured step of one 
whom nothing can frighten or surprise, he walked 
our earth as on granite. Suddenly, the granite 
grew more unsubstantial than a bubble, and he 
dropped beyond sight into the Eternal Silence. 

Happy we who had such a friend! Happy the 
American Republic which bore such a son! 

William Roscoe Thayer (Condensed) 



OCTOBER 30 

JOHN ADAMS 

THE SON OF LIBERTY 

SECOND PRESIDENT OF THE 

UNITED STATES 

7 have passed the RubtQon: swim or sink, live or die, survive 
or perish with my Country, is my unalterable determination. 

John Adams 



INDEPENDENCE DAY 

7 am apt to believe that it will he celebrated by succeeding gen- 
erations as the great anniversary festival. 

It ought to be commemorated as the Day of Deliverance, by 
solemn acts of devotion to God Almighty. 

It ought to be solemnized with pomp, and parade, with shoivs, 
games, sports, guns, bells, bonfires, and illuminations, from 
one end of this continent to the other, from this time forward, 
for ever more. 

John Adams 



John Adams was born in Braintree, or Quincy, 

Massachusetts, October 30, 1735 
Was a member of the Committee that framed the 

Declaration of Independence; and he signed the 

Declaration 
Was Commissioner to France, 1778 
Was Ambassador to England, 1785 
Became Second President of the United States, 1796 
He died on the Fiftieth Anniversary of the Signing 

of the Declaration of Independence, the Fourth 

of July, 1826 



A SON OF LIBERTY 

There was no loftier genius nor purer Patriot 
during the struggle for Independence, than John 
Adams. 

He was born at Braintree — now a part of 
Quincy — Massachusetts. He was descended 
from Henry Adams who came to America dur- 
ing the reign of Charles the First. On his mother's 
side, he was descended from John Alden, the 
Pilgrim Father who came over in the Mayflower, 
Thus, from both sides of his house, John Adams 
inherited staunch, fearless, English blood and 
love of Independence. 

He went to school in Braintree, and later 
graduated from Harvard University. After 
which he studied law, and was admitted to the 
bar. He married Abigail Smith of Weymouth, 
Massachusetts. They made their home in Boston. 

It is not possible here to tell all that John 
Adams did for America. He was an ardent 
Patriot, a Son of Liberty, serving the country 
at the risk of his life. He was a delegate to the 
Continental Congress. He was a member of the 
Committee appointed to frame the Declaration 
of Independence. He signed the Declaration. 



76 JOHN ADAMS 

He was sent abroad on foreign missions. He was 
elected Vice-President, and afterward called to 
be second President of the United States. He 
lived to see his son, John Quincy Adams, made 
sixth President of the United States. 

He died on the Fiftieth Anniversary of the 
Signing of the Declaration of Independence, at 
the great age of ninety-one. 

Benson J. Lossing and Other Sources 



THE ADAMS FAMILY 

John Adams was not the only great American 
Patriot in his Family. His cousin, Samuel Adams, 
was a popular and fearless leader in the move- 
ment for Independence. His activities were so 
feared by England, that the Government issued 
orders for his arrest and trial for high treason. 

Abigail Adams, John Adams's wife, was one 
of the noble American women who helped to win 
the War for Independence. She kept her husband 
informed of the movements of the British around 
Boston, while he was attending the Continental 
Congress. She wrote him many patriotic letters, 
which are inspiring reading to-day. She signed 
some of them "Portia," so that if they fell into 
the hands of the enemy, no one could tell who 
wrote them. She sent many of the letters to her 
husband by secret messengers. 



AID TO THE SISTER COLONY 77 

Their son, John Quincy Adams, became sixth 
President of the United States. 

His son, Charles Francis Adams, and the 
latter's two sons, Charles Francis and Henry 
Adams, served the Country in important offices, 
at home and abroad. They were historians and 
statesmen. 

John and Abigail Adams, their son and his two 
sons, kept diaries or wrote letters, memoirs, and 
biographies, which form a vivid and intimate 
story of many historical events dating from the 
War for Independence down nearly to our own 
time. 

Thus America has to thank the Adams Family 
for historical records of great importance. 

AID TO THE SISTER COLONY 

It was a clear and frosty night — that night, 
when the moonbeams fell on the tea thrown 
overboard by the Boston Tea Party. Paul 
Revere, all booted and spurred, was ready for a 
famous ride — not the one to Lexington, but to 
Philadelphia this time. Soon he was off and away, 
galloping southward, spreading, as he rode along, 
the astonishing news that Boston Town had at 
last defied King George. There were public re- 
joicings everywhere, as the news was passed 
along. 



78 JOHN ADAMS 

"This," said John Adams exultingly, "is the 
most magnificent movement of all! . . . This 
destruction of the tea is so bold, so daring, so 
firm, intrepid and inflexible ! . . . What measures 
will the Ministry take in consequence of this? 
Will they resent it? — Will they dare to resent 
it? — Will they punish us? — How?" 

John Adams did not have to wait long to find 
out — how. For King George decided to punish 
the people of brave Boston Town, by starving 
them into submission. The Boston Port Bill was 
passed in England. A British Fleet blockaded 
Boston Harbour. No ship could go in or out; all 
supplies of food and fuel were cut off. The Boston 
folk suffered starvation, disease, and death; but 
they would not submit. Their misery became 
almost unendurable. 

Then it was that Massachusetts* sister Colonies 
roused themselves. 

Samuel Adams of Boston sent a circular letter 
to each of the Colonies asking for help. Food, 
fuel, and money came pouring in. 

All that Summer, Boston, suffering, impov- 
erished Boston, lay upon every loyal American 
heart. Each province, county, city, town, neigh- 
bourhood, sent its contribution. 

Windham, Connecticut, began the work of re- 
lief, and sent in, with a cordial letter of applause 



AID TO THE SISTER COLONY 79 

and sympathy, "a small flock of sheep." Two 
hundred and fifty-eight sheep was Windham's 
notion of a small flock! 

New Jersey soon wrote that she would be glad 
to know which would be more acceptable to a 
suffering sister, cash or produce. " Cash," replied 
Boston, "if perfectly convenient." 

Massachusetts farmers supplied grain by the 
barrel and bushel. The Marblehead fishermen 
forwarded "two hundred and twenty-four quin- 
tels of good eating-fish, one barrel and three- 
quarters of good olive oil" — with money to boot. 

North Carolina promptly sent two sloop- 
loads of provisions. South Carolina's first gift 
was one hundred casks of rice. 

And Baltimore Town contributed three thou- 
sand bushels of corn, twenty barrels of rye-flour, 
two barrels of pork, and twenty barrels of bread. 

Virginia ! — there seemed to be no end to 
Virginia's gifts! 

And as the cool season approached, the farmers 
could be more liberal. Flocks of fat sheep and 
droves of oxen, together with hundreds of cords 
of wood, grain, and money in plenty, helped to 
relieve the suffering town. From New York they 
came, and from Maryland, Maine, Connecticut, 
Rhode Island, from the three counties on the 
Delaware, and from every little mountain-town 
in New Hampshire and Vermont. 



80 JOHN ADAMS 

As for Canada, from cold and remote Quebec 
came some wheat, and from Montreal a hundred 
pounds sterling. 

The letters that accompanied the gifts, and the 
grateful answers from the Boston Committee, 
would fill a large volume. 

"Boston is suffering in the common cause," 
said her sister Colonies. 

"If need be," said George Washington of 
Virginia, "I will raise one thousand men, subsist 
them at my own expense, and march myself at 
their head, for the relief of Boston." 

James Parton and Other Sources {Retold) 

A FAMOUS DATE 

September 5, 1774! What a famous date in 
American history! And in the history of the 
whole World ! 

On that day, met for the first time, the Con- 
tinental Congress of America. 

From Colony after Colony, the delegates came 
riding into Philadelphia. George Washington of 
Virginia came with fiery Patrick Henry, and 
Edmund Pendleton, "one of Virginia's noblest 
sons." There came Caesar Rodney, "burley and 
big, bold and bluff," with Thomas McKean and 
George Read, all from the three counties on the 
Delaware, and Roger Sherman with Silas Deane 



WHAT A GLORIOUS MORNING! 81 

of Connecticut, and John Jay and Livingston of 
New York. From Rhode Island, New Hampshire, 
New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland, and South 
Carolina, the eager delegates came riding into 
the City of Brotherly Love. And, of course, John 
Adams and Samuel Adams, representing the 
suffering Colony of Massachusetts Bay, were on 
hand when Congress opened. 

Among its first acts, the First Continental 
Congress sent a letter to General Gage; an ad- 
dress to the People of Great Britain; one to the 
People of Quebec; and a Petition to King George, 
setting forth the grievances of the American 
Colonists, the violations of their rights as free 
Englishmen, and asking for justice, but strongly 
urging a renewal of harmony and union between 
the Colonies and the Mother Country, England. 

American histories tell how King George dis- 
regarded that Petition. American histories, also, 
tell how William Pitt and other great English 
statesmen, nobly defended America, as you may 
see if you read the story of William Pitt, on 
page 93. 

WHAT A GLORIOUS MORNING! 

When Paul Revere came galloping into Lexing- 
ton, after warning the countryside that the 
British were coming to seize the powder and shot. 



82 JOHN ADAMS 

he roused Samuel Adams and John Hancock, 
who were staying with friends. 

Paul Revere was come to warn them also; 
for the British General Gage had given orders 
for their arrest, and intended to send them to 
England to be tried for high treason. 

The British Government was specially afraid 
of John Hancock, one of the most daring and 
active of the Boston Patriots. "The terrible 
desperado," he was called by that Government. 

While he and Samuel Adams were escaping 
from Lexington and hurrying across some fields 
Samuel Adams exclaimed : — 

"Oh, what a glorious morning is this!" 

It was the morning of the Battle of Lexington, 
when the shot was fired that was heard round the 
world. 

After the Second Continental Congress opened, 
John Hancock was chosen to preside, while the 
Congress discussed how to defend the Country. 

JOHN TO SAMUEL 

New England was in arms. Lexington and 
Concord had been fought, and Boston was 
being besieged by the New England Army. 

The Congress was discussing the defense of the 
whole Country. There were some members who 
wished the Congress to take over the New Eng- 



A GENTLEMAN FROM VIRGINIA 83 

land Army and appoint a Commander-in-Chief. 

It was then that John Adams met his cousin 
Samuel Adams, in the State House yard. This 
is the way John Adams tells it: — 

"'What shall we do to get Congress to adopt 
our Army ? ' said Samuel Adams to John Adams. 

"'I will tell you what I am determined to do/ 
said John to Samuel. 'I have taken pains 
enough to bring you to agree upon something; 
but you will not agree upon anything. And now 
I am determined to take my own way, let come 
what will come!' 

"*Well,' said Samuel, 'what is your scheme?' 

"Said John to Samuel,' I will go to Congress 
this morning, and move that a day be appointed 
to take into consideration the adoption of the 
Army before Boston, the appointment of a 
General and officers; and I will nominate Wash- 
ington for Commander-in-Chief ! ' " 

A GENTLEMAN FROM VIRGINIA 

So it happened, that John Adams rose in his 
seat, and moved that the Congress should adopt 
the Army of New England men, and appoint a 
Commander-in-Chief, adding, that he had in 
mind some one for that high command, "a 
gentleman from Virginia, who is among us, and 
very well known to all of us; a gentleman 



84 JOHN ADAMS 

whose skill and experience as an officer, whose 
independent fortune, great talents and excellent 
universal character, would command the appro- 
bation of all America, and unite the cordial exer- 
tions of all the Colonies better than any other 
person in the Union." 

Every one knew whom John Adams meant. 
And George Washington, who was sitting near 
the door, was so overcome by modesty, that he 
sprang up and darted into the library close by. 

But his modesty did not prevent his election. 
He was unanimously chosen Commander-in- 
Chief; while the army of New England men was 
adopted by Congress and named "the Conti- 
nental Army." 

Later, when Washington's appointment was 
announced in the Congress, he rose in his place, 
and said most earnestly : — 

"Since the Congress desire, I will enter upon 
the momentous duty and exert every power I 
possess in their service and for the support of 
the glorious cause. 

"But I beg it may be remembered by every 
gentleman in the room, that I this day declare, 
with the utmost sincerity, I do not think myself 
equal to the command I am honoured with." 

But far-sighted John Adams was delighted. 
He was enthusiastic. "There is something 
charming to me in the conduct of Washington," 



BOY WHO BECAME PRESIDENT 85 

he wrote to a friend, "a gentleman of one of the 
first fortunes upon the continent, leaving his 
delicious retirement, his family and friends, 
sacrificing his ease, and hazarding all in the cause 
of his Country. 

"His views are noble and disinterested. He 
declared, when he accepted the mighty trust, 
that he would lay before us an exact account of 
his expenses, and not accept a shilling pay." 

And to Abigail Adams, his wife, far off in 
Braintree, guarding her children from battle, and 
murder, and from sudden death, John Adams 
wrote: — 

"I can now inform you, that the Congress have 
made choice of the modest and virtuous, the 
amiable, generous, and brave George Washing- 
ton, Esquire, to be General of the American 
Army. " 

He wrote thus joyously on the 17th day of 
June, — while on that very day, Abigail Adams 
and little John Quincy Adams were standing on 
a hilltop watching Charlestown burn and fall 
into ashes. 



THE BOY WHO BECAME PRESIDENT 

**My head is much too fickle, my thoughts are 
running after birds' eggs, play, and trifles, till I 
get vexed with myself," wrote little John Quincy 



86 JOHN ADAMS 

Adams, nine years old, to his father John Adams. 

Those were terrible times. Little John Quincy's 
thoughts were running after other things besides 
birds' eggs. He could hear the thunder of British 
cannon and the answering roar of American guns. 
There was fighting very near him. From a hill- 
top, he could see the battle raging. He knew 
that some of the American boys who were fight- 
ing, were from Braintree. 

Sometime before, little John Quincy and his 
mother, Abigail Adams, had escaped from their 
home in Boston, and had taken refuge in Brain- 
tree, which was not far away. Now they were 
living in constant terror for fear the British should 
attack Braintree. His father, John Adams, was 
not there to protect him. He was attending the 
Continental Congress in Philadelphia. 

On the 17th of June, 1775, the British can- 
nonading began in the direction of Charlestown. 
John Quincy and his mother climbed the hill, 
and watched the battle. With terror-stricken 
eyes, the boy saw Charlestown go up in flames 
and fall in ashes. And as for Abigail Adams, she 
trembled with fear lest the British should attack 
Braintree next; and then what would become of 
John Quincy and the other children.'^ 

So John Quincy and his mother watched the 
famous battle of Bunker Hill. And while they 
were listening to the cannon and the guns, their 



BOY WHO BECAME PRESIDENT 87 

beloved friend. Dr. Joseph Warren, the noble 
Patriot who had joined the American forces as 
volunteer, fell mortally wounded. 

And when the news of his death reached 
Braintree, John Quincy burst into tears, for Dr. 
Warren had been the family physician, and had 
once saved the boy from having a broken finger 
amputated. 

And through those exciting times, John Quincy 
was a staunch boy-patriot. When he was only 
nine years old, he became his mother's post-boy, 
riding to Boston and back, eleven or more miles 
each way, to get news for her. 

And every morning before he climbed out of 
bed, he did as his mother had taught him. After 
he had said the Lord's Prayer, he recited: — 

How sleep the Brave, who sink to rest. 
By all their Country's wishes blest! 
When Spring, with devry fingers cold. 
Returns to deck their hallowed mould. 
She there shall dress a sweeter sod," 
Than Fancy's feet have ever trod. 

By Fairy hands their knell is rung, "« 
By forms unseen their dirge is sung. 
There Honour comes, a Pilgrim grey. 
To watch the turf that wraps their clay. 
And Freedom shall awhile repair 
To dwell a weeping Hermit there.^ 

Thus the boy-patriot did what he could. And 
when he grew up, he served his Country so well 

» Ode by William Collins. 



88 JOHN ADAMS 

in many important matters, that he was called 
to her highest office, and became the sixth Presi- 
dent of the United States. 



HOW SHALL THE STARS BE PLACED? 

On that great day, when the Congress of the 
United States adopted the Stars and Stripes as 
our National Flag, it resolved that the union 
should be Thirteen Stars, white in a blue field, 
representing a new Constellation. 

And a new Constellation it was. Thirteen Stars 
of the Thirteen States united as one, a Constella- 
tion destined to shine on all the World — Liberty 
enlightening the World ! 

But how should the Stars be grouped upon the 
Flag? — that was the question. 

John Adams suggested that they should be 
arranged in the form of the Constellation Lyra, 
the beautiful cluster of stars shining in our 
northern night. 

But the new Constellation of American Stars 
could not be arranged thus to look well. So it 
was decided to place them in a circle, for a circle 
has no end. And it was hoped that as the Coun- 
try grew larger, adding more States and a new 
Star for each State, that the circle would widen. 

And it has widened and widened, until there 
is no longer any room for a circle on our Flag; 



THE MYSTERIOUS STRANGER 89 

but spangled like the sky at night, it has become 
the Star-Spangled Banner. 



THE MYSTERIOUS STRANGER 

A MYSTERIOUS foreign stranger suddenly ap- 
peared in New York City, after John Adams had 
retired from the presidency. He was handsome, 
with beaming hazel eyes and flashing white 
teeth. He was graceful, with courtly manners. 
He called himself George Martin. 

But what his real name was, or what his 
mysterious purpose was, only a few people 
knew. 

He was dined and toasted by New York 
officials. He went to the City of Washington on 
his secret mission. He was granted private in- 
terviews by the President and Secretary of State. 
He talked much about his friends Catherine the 
Great of Russia and William Pitt of England. 
He seemed to know the secret plots and political 
intrigues of Europe. 

Then he vanished as mysteriously as he had 
come. 

A few weeks later, John Adams heard the as- 
tounding news. The stranger was no other than 
the celebrated South American Patriot, Don 
Francisco de Miranda. He had sailed away 
secretly from New York in a little ship laden 



90 JOHN ADAMS 

with arms and ammunition. And, what was 
worse, he had taken with him a band of young 
American men, some of them mere boys; and he 
was saihng toward the Spanish main with the 
intention of freeing South America from Spanish 
rule. 

He had taken with him young William Steuben 
Smith, John Adams's grandson. Young Smith 
was a college boy, very bright and courageous, 
and thirsty for adventure. 

"What do you think were my sensations and 
reflections?" wrote John Adams to a friend. "I 
shudder to this moment, at the recollection of 
them! I saw the ruin of my only daughter and 
her good-hearted, enthusiastic husband, and had 
no other hope or wish or prayer than that the 
ship, with my grandson in it, might be sunk in a 
storm in the Gulf Stream!" 

For young William Steuben Smith's father 
was surveyor of the port of New York, and had 
allowed Miranda's ship to clear with arms and 
ammunition in its hold, to be used against Spain 
with whom we were at peace. 

Then came to John Adams the terrible news, 
that Spanish armed vessels had captured some 
of the American boys. His grandson had been 
captured, and thrown into a dungeon in a dark, 
filthy fortress in Venezuela. He was to be tried 
as a pirate taken on the high seas, and without 
doubt he would be hanged. 



HIS LAST TOAST 91 

The Spanish Ambassador, who had known 
John Adams in Europe, hastened to offer his 
services. He would intercede with Spain for the 
grandson, he said. 

"No," said John Adams to a friend; "he 
should share the fate of his colleagues, comrades, 
and fellow-prisoners." 

But happily it was all a great mistake. Young 
Smith was not hanged as a pirate. He had not 
been captured at all. Instead, he was sailing 
gayly on in Miranda's Mystery Ship. He had 
been made aid-de-camp and lieutenant-colonel, 
and had donned Miranda's brilliant uniform. 

For the story of what happened further to the 
Mystery Ship, see page 335. 

HIS LAST TOAST 

It was the last day of June, 1826. In five days, 
it would be the Fourth of July — the Fiftieth 
Anniversary of the signing of the Declaration of 
Independence. John Adams had been one of the 
committee to frame the Declaration. 

A neighbour was sitting with John Adams in 
his home in Quincy — that used to be Braintree. 
Ninety and one years old was John Adams ! 

The neighbour was to be orator at the annual 
banquet on the Fourth of July. He had called to 
ask John Adams to compose the toast. 



92 JOHN ADAMS 

"Independence for ever!" said John Adams. 

But would he not wish to add something fur- 
ther to the toast, asked the neighbour. 

"Not a word," repHed John Adams. 

The Fourth of July dawned. The great Patriot 
lay dying. At the setting of the sun, those who 
stood beside him heard him whisper: — , 

"Thomas Jefferson still lives!" 

As the sun sank out of sight, a loud cheering 
came from the village. It was the shouts of the 
people at the words of his toast: — "Independ- 
ence for ever!" 

The. cheering echoed through the room where 
John Adams was. But before its last sounds 
could die away, the great Patriot had passed 
into history and eternity — on the Fourth of 
July, — on the Fiftieth Anniversary of the 
Signing of the Declaration of Independence! 



NOVEMBER 15 

WILLIAM PITT, EARL OF CHATHAM 
DEFENDER OF AMERICA 

The Colonists are . . . equally entitled with yourselves to all 
the natural rights of mankind, and the peculiar privileges oj 
Englishmen. 

William Pitt 



He at once breathed his own lofty spirit into the Country he 
served, as he communicated something of his own grandeur to 
the men wJio served him. 

"No man" said a soldier of the time, "ever entered Mr. 
Pitt's closet, who did not feel himself braver when he came out, 
than when he went in." 

John Richard Green 

He stands in the annals of Europe, " an illustrious and vener- 
able name," admired by countrymen and strangers, by all to 
whom loftiness of moral principle and greatness of talent are 
objects of regard. 

Thomas Carlyle 



William Pitt was born in England, November 15, 
1708 

Created Earl of Chatham, 1766 

He died May 11, 1778 

He was known "as the Great Commoner," while 
in the House of Commons; as "Chatham," after 
he entered the House of Lords; and as "the 
Elder Pitt," to distinguish him from his son 
William Pitt, called "the Younger," who like- 
wise was a great statesman. 

There are American towns and cities named in 
honour of William Pitt, our Defender; among 
them, Pittsburgh, Penn.; Chatham, N. Y.; and 
Pittsfield, Mass. 



THIS TERRIBLE CORNET OF HORSE 

In the hilt of Napoleon's ceremonial sword, was 
set a huge diamond, one of the largest in the 
world. It had been brought from India by "Dia- 
mond Pitt" of England, who had sold it to the 
Regent of France. 

"Diamond Pitt," was Thomas Pitt. An ad- 
venturous young sailor, he had gone to India, 
and had started in business for himself as a 
trader. 

The British East India Company claimed the 
monopoly of trade in India. When the bold 
young Englishman, without so much as "by 
your leave," started an opposition business, the 
Company determined to crush him. 

It set its powerful legal machinery to work. 
But it was one thing to try to crush Thomas 
Pitt, and quite another thing to do it. He fought 
desperately for his rights. Though he was ar- 
rested and fined he still kept on trading, in de- 
fiance of the Company. He battled so success- 
fully and for so many years, that at last for its 
own protection, the Company was forced to take 
him into its service. 

He rose to be Governor of Madras. He be- 



96 WILLIAM PITT 

came known as "Diamond Pitt," because he 
was always in search of large diamonds. Thus 
he procured the famous "Pitt Diamond," which 
found its way into Napoleon's sword. 

With a part of the fortune which "Diamond 
Pitt" got from its sale, he bought an estate in 
England. Later he became a member of Par- 
liament. 

"Diamond Pitt's" grandson, William Pitt, 
was not a strong boy. He spent much time with 
his books. He liked to read Shakespeare aloud 
to the family. He enjoyed reading the Faery 
Queen, in which the Red Cross Knight, fearless 
of harm or evil thing, rides about rescuing the 
innocent and helpless. 

Though he was not strong in body, William 
Pitt had an iron will. He had "Diamond Pitt's'* 
indomitable courage and the fighting qualities 
with which the sailor had matched his strength 
against that of the powerful East India Company. 

William Pitt attended Oxford University. 
When he was twenty -three, he was commissioned 
Cornet of Horse in the King's Blues. 

The fearless Cornet of Horse was soon elected 
to the House of Commons. He started his 
political career in the House with a fiery, sar- 
castic speech supporting the Prince of Wales, 
who was at enmity with the King his father. 

William Pitt was a born orator. He was tall, 



TERRIBLE CORNET OF HORSE 97 

elegant, and graceful. His eyes were bright and 
piercing. He spoke with dignified gesture. And 
he delivered this speech with such strength, mag- 
netism, and irony, that the Prime Minister ex- 
claimed, "We must muzzle this terrible Cornet 
of Horse!" 

To muzzle him, he tried, at first with promises 
of reward. But William Pitt was incorruptible. 
He would not sell his honour. Then influence 
was brought to bear, and the young Cornet of 
Horse was dismissed from the army. 

But this very act, by which his enemies 
planned to muzzle William Pitt, brought him 
before the public eye. His fearlessness and re- 
markable oratory advanced him daily with both 
Parliament and People. 

In time, William Pitt became a leading power, 
at first in the House of Commons, and after- 
ward, when he was created Earl of Chatham, in 
the House of Lords. He served twice as Prime 
Minister of England; and he laid the solid foun- 
dations of the British Colonial Empire. 

But more than all else, he was an Englishman 
defending the unalienable rights of all English- 
men. He steadfastly combated those political 
evils in the British Government, which, at that 
time, were threatening to undermine English 
Liberty as set down in the Magna Carta and 
safeguarded by the English Constitution. 



98 WILLIAM PITT 

THE CHARTER OF LIBERTY 

The Signing of the Magna Carta, 1215 

Thou, that sendest out the man 

To rule by land and sea. 
Strong mother of a Lion-line, 
Be proud of those strong sons of thine. 

Who wrenched their rights from theet 

What wonder if in noble heat. 

Those men thine arms withstood, 
Retaught the lesson thou hadst taught. 
And in thy spirit with thee fought — 

Who sprang from English blood! 

Alfred Tenntson (Condensed) 

Magna Carta! The Great Charter of the lib- 
erties of Englishmen! 

At Runnimede, the freemen of England 
through the action of their Barons, forced King 
John to sign and seal the Magna Carta. His 
tyrannous power was torn from him. He was 
forced to pledge himself to violate no longer 
the rights and privileges of English freemen. 

For, from times remote, human rights and 
liberties, protecting them from oppression by 
rulers, had been theirs by laws and by common 
consent. 

About a hundred years after the signing of 
the Magna Carta, the great principle, that 
English freemen should not be taxed without 
representation, was established. 



THE CHARTER OF LIBERTY 99 

When King Charles the First broke his prom- 
ises to respect the rights of his subjects, he was 
tried and executed. When King James the 
Second governed in despotic manner, exercising 
what he believed to be the "divine right of 
Kings," he lost his throne. 

What has this to do with America and William 
Pitt? Everything! 

During the reigns of the Stuart Elings, large 
sections of America were explored and settled by 
English freemen, who came to America to escape 
persecution, and to enjoy English Liberty which 
at that time they could not possibly have had in 
England. 

The Stuart Kings believed in "divine right," 
which means that the King is the Lord's an- 
nointed, and that neither Parliament nor People 
may question any of his acts; and that no matter 
how cruel or tyrannous a King may be, the 
People must submissively obey him. j 

The Magna Carta and the English Consti- 
tution protect the English People against this 
doctrine of "divine right." 

So, when during the reign of these Kings, men 
and women fled from England to find Liberty and 
refuge in America, they brought with them their 
ancient institutions, the rights and privileges 
guaranteed them under the Magna Carta. 

There were other Englishmen equally coura- 



100 WILLIAM PITT 

geous, equally liberty-loving, who came to seek 
their fortunes and build homes in the New 
World. They, too, brought with them their rights 
and privileges. 

These English pioneers hewed their way 
through the savage wilderness. Many of them 
were massacred by Red Men, while their homes 
were burned; some of them were carried into 
captivity and tortured. Yet the great body of 
undaunted English settlers, resolutely kept on 
pushing their frontiers westward. They laid out 
farms and plantations, they built villages and 
towns, they founded churches and schools. 
They obtained charters from far away England, 
confirming their rights. And through God's 
blessing they prospered, and became strong and 
rich. 

Other liberty-loving folk, the Dutch, settled in 
great numbers in what is now New York and New 
Jersey; while many settlers from different parts* 
of Europe, came to the New World to build, 
homes for themselves and their children. 

The very air of America breathed freedom. 
The magnitude of the country and the diffi- 
culties of pioneer-life helped to invigorate, ex- 
pand, and make indomitable those ideals of 
English Liberty which the first settlers and 
frontiersmen had brought with them. 

When King George the Third inherited the 



AMERICA'S DEFENDER 101 

British Crown, he was unable to understand the 
free spirit of Englishmen. And he was far from 
realizing its tremendous growth in the New 
World. 

He taxed the Americans without representa- 
tion. He placed a standing army in the Colonies, 
without their consent. He blockaded the Port of 
Boston to force her to submit to his unjust laws. 
In some cases, trial by jury was abolished. 
These are some of his tyrannous violations of 
the rights and privileges of English freemen. 

The People of America, in indignation, peti- 
tioned the King for redress. 

There was no redress. 

So the People of America rose in arms; and, 
in the true spirit of Magna Carta, they issued 
the Declaration of Independence. 

Now, we shall see what William Pitt had to do 
with all this. 

AMERICA'S DEFENDER 

"For the defence of Liberty, upon a general principle, upon a consti- 
tutional principle, it is a ground on which I stand firm, on which I 
dare meet any man." 

" This Country had no right under Heaven to tax America! It is 
contrary to all the principles of justice and civil policy. 

" If I were an American," he exclaimed, "as I am an Englishman, 
while a foreign troop was landed in my Country, I never would lay 
down my arms — never — never — never!" 

William Pitt, Earl of Chatham 

It was natural that an English statesman who 



102 WILLIAM PITT 

sincerely and firmly believed in the rights of all 
Englishmen, should become the defender of 
America. And her loyal friend and champion 
was William Pitt. By the weight of his eloquent 
speeches, he fought her battles in Parliament. 

When the Stamp Act was passed, he was 
absent from his place in Parliament, because of 
illness. But later, he was present. Leaning on 
his crutch, for he was still very sick, he indig- 
nantly arraigned the British Ministry which had 
brought about the passage of the Act. 

"When the resolution was taken in this House to 
tax America," he said, "I was ill in bed. If I could 
have endured to have been carried in my bed, so great 
was the agitation of my mind for the consequences, 
I would have solicited some kind hand to have laid 
me down on this floor, to have borne my testimony 
against it! 

"The Colonists are the subjects of this Kingdom, 
equally entitled with yourselves to all the natural 
rights of mankind and the peculiar privileges of 
Englishmen; equally bound by its laws, and equally 
participating in the Constitution of this free Country. 
The Americans are the sons ... of England!" 

And when one of the members made a speech 
abusing the Americans, defending the Stamp 
Act, and accusing Pitt of sowing sedition among 
the American Colonists, he rose and answered : — 

"The gentleman tells us," he said, "America is 
obstinate; America is almost in open rebellion. I re- 



THE SONS OF LIBERTY 103 

joice that America has resisted. Three millions of 
people so dead to all the feelings of Liberty, as vol- 
untarily to let themselves be made slaves, would have 
been fit instruments to make slaves of all the rest. 

"In a good cause, on a sound bottom, the force of 
this Country can crush America to atoms. I know the 
valour of your troops, I know the skill of your officers. 
. . , But on this ground, — on the Stamp Act — 
when so many here will think it a crying injustice, I 
am one who will lift up my hands against it! 

"In such a cause, even your success would be haz- 
ardous. America, if she fell, would fall like the strong 
man. She would embrace the pillars of the State, and 
pull down the Constitution along with her. 

" Is this your boasted peace? To sheathe the sword, 
not in its scabbard, but in the bowels of your Country- 
men? 

" Upon the whole, I will beg leave to tell the House 
what is really my opinion. It is that the Stamp Act 
be repealed absolutely, totally, and immediately." ^ 



And whether the Stamp Act was repealed 
"absolutely, totally, and immediately," John 
Fiske tells in his thrilling history, "The American 
Revolution.'* 

THE SONS OF LIBERTY 

William Pitt was not the only English states- 
man who championed America. There was Lord 
Rockingham, at one time Prime Minister of 

* These are merely extracts from Pitt's speeches. 



104 WILLIAM PITT 

England, also the Earl of Camden, and the 
celebrated Charles James Fox. 

And there was Edmund Burke, "one of the 
earliest friends of America," with his scratch 
wig, round spectacles, and pockets stuffed with 
papers. He pleaded our cause so brilliantly that 
his hearers were dazzled by his oratory "with 
its passionate ardour, its poetic fancy, its amaz- 
ing prodigality of resources, the dazzling succes- 
sion in which irony, pathos, invective, tenderness, 
the most brilliant word-pictures, the coolest argu- 
ments, followed each other." 

And among America's British friends, was 
Colonel Barre, a member of the House of Com- 
mons. In an indignant speech against the 
Stamp Act, he referred to the American Patriots 
as "Sons of Liberty." 

When his speech reached America, the nam^ 
"Sons of Liberty" was adopted by secret so- 
cieties pledged to resist the Stamp Act. 

In Boston, the Sons of Liberty held meetings 
under the Liberty Tree, a huge elm; they met 
also in Faneuil Hall, since called "the Cradle of 
American Liberty." In New York City, the Sons 
of Liberty erected a tall Liberty Pole, and de- 
fended it against the Red Coats. 

All over the Country, the Sons of Liberty were 
active, sometimes too violently so, in the cause 
of American Independence. 



A LAST SCENE 105 

A LAST SCENE 

In 1778, a dramatic event took place in the House 
of Lords. 

William Pitt, old now and wasted by disease, 
but the fire of whose genius still burned bright 
and clear, was about to speak. 

France had acknowledged the Independence 
of the United States. Germany was planning 
to do so; while Spain stood ready to enter into 
an alliance with the Americans. England was at 
war with France. The situation of England 
seemed desperate. 

And on that dramatic day in the House of 
Lords, the Duke of Richmond was about to 
move that the royal fleets and armies should be 
instantly withdrawn from America, and peace be 
made on whatever terms Congress might see fit 
to accept. 

But William Pitt would not willingly consent 
to a step that seemed certain to wreck the Empire 
his genius had won for England. 

He had got up from his sick bed, and had come 
into the House of Lords to argue against the 
motion. 

Wrapped in flannel bandages, and leaning upon 
crutches, his dark eyes in their brilliancy en- 
hancing the pallor of his careworn face, as he 
entered the House, supported on the one side by 



106 WILLIAM PITT 

his son-in-law, and on the other by that younger 
son who was so soon to add fresh glory to the 
name of William Pitt, the peers all started to 
their feet, and remained standing until he had 
taken his place. 

In broken sentences, with strange flashes- of 
the eloquence which had once held captive ear 
and heart, he protested against the hasty adop- 
tion of a measure which simply prostrated the 
dignity of England before its ancient enemy, the 
House of Bourbon. 

The Duke of Richmond's answer, reverently 
and delicately worded, urged that while the 
magic of Chatham's name could work anything 
short of miracles, yet only a miracle could now 
relieve them from the dire necessity of abandon- 
ing America. 

Chatham rose to reply, but his overwrought 
frame gave way, and he sank in a swoon upon the 
floor. 

All business was at once adjourned. The peers, 
with eager sympathy, came crowding up to offer 
assistance, and the unconscious statesman was 
carried in the arms of his friends to a house 
near by, whence in a few days he was removed to 
his home. 

There, after lingering between life and death 
for several weeks, on the 11th of May, and in 
the seventieth year of his age. Lord Chatham 
breathed his last. 



A LAST SCENE 107 

The man thus struck down like a soldier at his 
post, was one whom Americans, no less than 
Englishmen, have delighted to honour. 

John Fishe {Retold) 



DECEMBER 2 

DOM PEDRO THE SECOND 

THE MAGNANIMOUS 

THE BEST REPUBLICAN IN BRAZIL 

TO 

H. M. DOM PEDRO II '' 

EMPEROR OF BRAZIL 

SCHOLAR AND SCIENTIST, PATRON OF 

ARTS AND LETTERS 

STERLING STATESMAN AND MODEL MONARCH, 

WHOSE REIGN OF HALF A CENTURY HAS BEEN 

ZEALOUSLY AND SUCCESSFULLY DEVOTED TO 

PUBLIC INSTRUCTION, INDUSTRIAL 

ENTERPRISE, AND THE ABOLITION 

OF SLAVERY 

THROUGHOUT THE VAST AND OPULENT 

"EMPIRE OF THE SOUTHERN CROSS" 

Dedication by Frank Vincent 



FREEDOM IN BRAZIL 

With clearer light, Cross of the South shine forth 

In blue Brazilian skies: 
And thou, River, cleaving half the earth. 

From sunset to sunrise. 
From the great mountains to the Atlantic waves. 

Thy joy's long anthem pour. 
Yet a few years {God make them less!) and slaves 

Shall shame thy pride no more. 
No fettered feet thy shaded margins press. 

But all men shall walk free. 
Where, thou the high-priest of the loildemesa. 

Hast wedded sea to sea. 

And thou, great-hearted Ruler, through whose mouth 

The word of God is said 
Once more: — "Let there be light!" — Son of the South, 

Lift up thy honoured head. 
Wear unashamed a crown by thy desert 

More than by birth thy own. 
Careless of watch and ward; thou art begirt 

By grateful hearts alone. 
The moated wall and battleship may fail. 

But safe shall Justice prove; 
Stronger than greaves of brass or iron mail. 

The panoply of Love. 

John Greenleaf Whittier (Condensed) 



DoM Pedro was born December 2, 1825 

Was made Emperor at five years of age, April 7, 

1831 
Visited the United States, 1876 
His daughter. Princess Isabel, emancipated the 

slaves, 1888 
He abdicated, and Brazil was proclaimed a Republic, 

1889 
Dom Pedro died, December 5, 1891. 



THE BRAZILS MAGNIFICENT 

Robinson Crusoe, after escaping from Moorish 
slavery with the boy Xury, was rescued by 
a Portuguese ship bound for South America. He 
was carried by the ship's captain to the Brazils. 

There he settled, bought a plantation and 
made a fortune. Then, away from those same 
Brazils, he sailed and was wrecked and cast 
upon his Desert Island. 

Magnificent and rich were Robinson Crusoe's 
Brazils, or the Country of Brazil, stretching vast 
and unknown far westward into the interior of 
the continent. Near the sea-coast, in the parts 
inhabited by civilized men, were plantations of 
coffee, tobacco, and fruits. Primeval forests 
covered the shores of the rivers whose mighty 
waters rushed far out into the ocean. Fierce 
savages roved the forests. There were gold, 
spices, and diamonds in Robinson Crusoe's 
Brazils, and rare woods, brilliant birds, butter- 
flies, and flowers. 

And so is the country of Brazil to-day — a 
magnificent land ! Only there are cities there now, 
and towns and villages. And to-day, Brazil is 
a Republic with a Constitution like that of our 
own United States. 



112 DOM PEDRO THE SECOND 

In Robinson Crusoe's time, Brazil was owned 
and ruled by the Kingdom of Portugal, just as 
other parts of South America were owned and 
ruled by the Crown of Spain. 

How Brazil won Independence and became 
a Republic, is a fascinating story. 

THE EMPIRE OF THE SOUTHERN CROSS 

Brazil, on which the Southern Cross of four 
bright stars, looks down, first became a Kingdom, 
then an Empire and after that a Republic. 

When Napoleon's Army threatened to invade 
Portugal, the Royal Family of Portugal fled in 
terror of their lives. They escaped from Lisbon, 
crossed the Atlantic, and found refuge in the 
royal Colony of Brazil. 

In 1815, Brazil was declared a Kingdom, 
though still to remain a part of Portugal. The 
first and only European Kingdom in America! 

When the time arrived, that the Royal Family 
might safely return to Portugal, the King left 
his son, Dom Pedro, to be Regent or Governor of 
Brazil. 

But the Brazilians had grown used to having 
their King live among them. More just laws and 
greater privileges were theirs, when their ruler 
lived in the land. He could understand their 
needs better than if he ruled them from Europe. 



MAKING THE LITTLE EMPEROR 113 

So the Brazilians became dissatisfied, when their 
country was reduced once more to the state of 
a Colony. 

Dom Pedro was a patriotic Brazilian, and ruled 
the Country without much regard to Portugal's 
wishes. Trouble soon arose between the Mother 
Country and Brazil. Dom Pedro proclaimed the 
Independence of Brazil, September 7, 1822. An 
Empire was established, and Dom Pedro was 
made Emperor under a Constitution. 

But as time went on, the Emperor did not 
uphold the People's rights; so he was forced to 
abdicate in favour of his little son, Dom Pedro, 
who was only five years old. 

After which, Dom Pedro the First, sailed away 
to Europe, leaving little Dom Pedro the Second, 
to rule in his stead. 

" MAKING THE LITTLE EINIPEROR 

"The King is afloat! God save the King!" 
were the shouts which rang through the streets 
of Rio Janeiro, for now that their Emperor Pedro 
the First had abdicated and escaped on an Eng- 
lish man-o-war, the people were giving themselves 
up to rejoicing. 

"The King is afloat! God save the King!" 
was the cry of the townspeople and the streets, 
festooned with coffee branches, were made to 



114 DOM PEDRO THE SECOND 

glow with coloured silks, while the balconies 
were thronged with senoritas in all their finery of 
brilliant dresses, garlands, fluttering fans, and 
feather flowers. 

They were witnessing the triumphal entry into 
his capital of the new Emperor, Dom Pedro 
the Second, the little lad of five and a half years 
old. 

First in the procession of the Child-Emperor, 
were justices of the peace bearing green flags. 
Then came the little Emperor. 

And what a figure was this! A tiny infant in 
a huge state-coach, dragged by four strings of 
excited mulattoes! He cried, and at the same 
time waved a white handkerchief. 

The tender-hearted Brazilians, every man and 
woman of their number a child-adorer, were 
altogether overcome by the sight, and even the 
choir that accompanied the procession, was 
touched. Its triumphant chant died away in an 
emotional quiver. 

With great pomp, little Pedro was installed as 
Emperor, the eyes of the enthusiastic spectators 
swimming with tears, as he was carried out of 
the chapel in the arms of an old chamberlain. 

Later, while sitting in a little chair at the 
window of the palace, he reviewed the troops of 
his Empire. 

But though little Pedro was now Emperor of 



THE PATRIOT EMPEROR 115 

all Brazil, he was too young to rule. A Regent 
ruled for him for ten years, while Pedro studied 
and prepared himself to govern his People. 

W. H. Koebel and Other Sources 



THE PATRIOT EMPEROR 
I 

Viva Dom Pedro the Second! 

At last a large political party in the capital grew 
tired of installing Regents and electing new 
ministers, and insistently demanded that the 
Emperor himself begin to reign, although legally 
he was still too young. According to the Con- 
stitution, an Emperor reached his majority at 
the age of eighteen, and Dom Pedro was only 
fifteen. But in spite of his youth, Dom Pedro 
the Second was declared constitutional Emperor 
and perpetual defender of Brazil. Viva Dom 
Pedro the Second ! 

So mature was the young Emperor in mind and 
appearance, that he was well fitted to play the 
part of an eighteen-year-old. His tutors were 
the best that could be found in Europe or South 
America, and he was a brilliant student. He 
had a trick of relighting his lamp at night and 
studying for a while after every one had gone to 
bed. Natural history, mathematics, and astron- 
omy were his favourite subjects at that time. 



116 DOM PEDRO THE SECOND 

But in the course of his Hfe he studied almost 
everything under the sun, and he could talk 
fluently on any subject in English, German, 
French, Italian or Spanish; he read Latin, Greek, 
and Hebrew. When he was sixty he learned 
Sanskrit. His library was packed with histories, 
biographies, encyclopaedias, and law-books. 

Besides his library the Emperor loved peace, 
happiness, and prosperity. These were his gifts 
to Brazil during his long reign, while surrounding 
Nations were struggling with anarchy and civil 
war. 

Before Dom Pedro was eighteen, he signed 
a contract of marriage with a Princess whom he 
had never seen, Theresa Christina Maria, sister 
of the King of the two Sicilies. A Brazilian 
squadron conducted her to Rio, and the city 
received her with splendid ceremonies. 

n 

My People 

Under Dom Pedro's guiding influence, Brazil 
gained steadily in power, importance, and rep- 
utation. Home industries and foreign commerce 
doubled. Telegraphic communications were es- 
tablished with the United States and Europe. 
Good steamship lines, both coastwise and oceanic, 
made Brazil accessible to all the world. Public 
property was opened to settlement, and the Gov- 



THE PATRIOT EMPEROR 117 

eminent became as hospitable to all foreign 
enterprise as it had before this been exclusive. 

Above all things, Dom Pedro wanted to stimu- 
late the love of knowledge among his People, to 
give the boys and girls of every class an equal 
chance. Free public schools were established all 
over the Empire. 

One time, the Emperor learned that 3,000,000 
francs had been pledged by citizens for a fine 
bronze statue of himself to be given the place of 
honour in a city square. Dom Pedro, expressing 
his deep gratitude, said that it would please him 
far more if the money could be used for public 
schools instead. The grade and high school 
buildings of Rio have always been noted for their 
beauty, size, and equipment. 

While so many of the South American States 
were lagging far behind the times, Brazil, under 
Dom Pedro, caught up with other progressive 
Nations of the World. Liberty of speech and 
religious tolerance were not even questioned, but 
taken for granted. 

m 

Emancipating the Slaves 
1888 

The greatest national event during Dom Pedro's 
reign was the Abolition of Slavery, and no one 
worked harder to bring it to pass than the 
Emperor himself. 



118 DOM PEDRO THE SECOND 

The African slave-trade had been aboHshed 
in 1850 and from that time on pub He opinion 
grew more and more in favour of Emancipation, 
in spite of the strong opposition of planters and 
wealthy slave owners. 

Following Dom Pedro's example, many high- 
minded citizens freed their own slaves. The 
slave was enabled to free himself in many ways, 
such as raising his own purchase money. The 
incentive to do this was great, for an ambitious 
slave had plenty of chance to rise in the world. 

Dom Pedro's dearest wish was that he might 
live to see every slave in the country a free man, 
and this wish came true in the last year of his 
reign. 

He had gone abroad in poor health, leaving his 
daughter Isabel as Regent. When Congress met, 
the Princess Isabel railroaded the Abolition Bill 
through both Houses in eight days, and signed 
the bill which put the law into immediate effect. 

IV 

The Empire of the Southern Cross — No Morel 

Soon after the humane Princess Isabel had freed 
the slaves, Dom Pedro came hastening home from 
Europe. He landed in Rio, and was received with 
genuine enthusiasm. But his loved personality 
could no longer stand between the throne and 



THE PATRIOT EMPEROR 119 

the widespread desire for a Republic together 
with the popular discontent aroused by the 
Princess's acts. 

In 1889, a Republican revolt took the whole 
Empire by surprise. It had long been brewing 
beneath the surface, but so great was the Em- 
peror's popularity that Republicans had tacitly 
agreed to postpone the new Government until 
his death. 

A rumor that Dom Pedro might abdicate in 
favour of Princess Isabel, and thus initiate another 
generation of monarchy, precipitated the Revo- 
lution. The Republican leagues, with the back- 
ing of the army and navy, refused to wait any 
longer. 

Dom Pedro, summoned from Petropolis by tel- 
egram, found a Provisional Government already 
organized when he reached the capital. In the 
Imperial Palace at Rio, surrounded by insurgents, 
the old Emperor was told briefly that his long 
reign was over. 

"We are forced to notify you," said the ultima- 
tum, "that the Provisional Government expects 
from your Patriotism the sacrifice of leaving 
Brazilian territory with your family in the 
shortest possible time." 

Dom Pedro the Second replied simply : — 

"I resolve to submit to the command of cir- 
cumstances and will depart with my family for 



120 DOM PEDRO THE SECOND 

Europe to-morrow, leaving this beloved Country 
to which I have tried to give firm testimony of 
my love and my dedication during nearly half a 
century as chief of the State. I shall always have 
kind remembrances of Brazil and hopes for its 
prosperity." 

The next day the Imperial Family sailed for 
Lisbon. 

In three days' time a monarchy had been 
overthrown without bloodshed or opposition. The 
Emperor, who had sometimes been called the 
best Republican in Brazil, was replaced by a 
military dictator. 

The homesick Emperor, living in European 
hotels or rented villas, "always remained as one 
on the point of departure, as if he ever expected 
to be recalled by his former subjects, a hope 
which till the last moment would not die out of 
his heart." 

Margarette Daniels (Arranged) 



THE UNITED STATES OF BRAZIL 

Brazil, whose name originally meant the Land 
of Red Dye Wood, is to-day, the United States 
of Brazil with a Constitution like our own. It 
has a President, Vice-President, and House of 
Congress, and an army and navy. It has rail- 



THE UNITED STATES OF BRAZIL 121 

roads, beautiful cities, many towns, and a world 
commerce. 

Brazil exports quantities of rubber, sugar, 
coffee, and other products. The milky juice of 
the caoutchouc or rubber, is gathered largely 
from the wild rubber-trees growing in the 
tropical forests far in the interior of Brazil, or 
along the banks of the Amazon. Our United 
States receives great shipments of this rubber. 
The coffee-trees flourish in the famous red earth 
of Brazil, producing large crops of the delicious 
berry, to make happy the breakfast tables of 
the world. 

There is the friendliest of relations between 
our United States and Brazil. It is no uncommon 
sight to meet Brazilian sailors in their picturesque 
uniform, at home on the streets of New York 
City. And when the statue of Bolivar, the 
Liberator of Venezuela, was unveiled in Central 
Park in 1921, there was present a detachment 
of Brazilian Marines detailed from their battle- 
ship anchored in New York Harbour. They made 
an imposing appearance, filing down the park- 
slope of Bolivar Hill, in the military procession 
which accompanied President Harding. 

The year 1922, the one hundredth anniversary 
of Brazilian Independence, has been celebrated by 
People of the United States. Out of friendship 
for Brazil, they have presented her with a statue 



im DOM PEDRO THE SECOND 

of Liberty cast in bronze. Liberty holds caloft 
two entwined banners, the Brazilian Flag and the 
Stars and Stripes. The Brazilian Government 
has selected one of the most prominent spots in 
the city of Rio Janeiro, as a site for the statue. 



DECEMBER 20 

WILLIAM BRADFORD 

AND 

THE LANDING OF THE PILGRIMS 

The word of God to Leyden came, 

Dutch town, by Zuyder Zee: 
"Rise up, my Children of no name, 

My kings and priests to be. 
There is an Empire in the West 

Which I will soon unfold, 
A thousand harvests in her breast. 

Rocks ribbed with iron and gold" 

They left the towers of Leyden Town, 

They left the Zuyder Zee, 
And where they cast their anchor down. 

Rose Freedom's realm to be," 

J. E. Rankin 



THE PILGRIM FATHERS 

So they left that goodly and pleasant city which had been their 
resting place near twelve years. 

But they knew they were Pilgrims, and looked not much 
on these things; but lift up their eyes to the Heavens, their 
dearest country, and quieted their spirits. 

Governor William Bradfobd 



William Bradford was born about 1590 

The Mayflower reached Cape Cod; Mayflower 

Compact signed, November 11, 1620 
The Pilgrims landed on Plymouth Rock, probably 

December 20, 1620 
William Bradford died, May 9, 1657 



THE FATHER OF THE 
NEW ENGLAND COLONIES 

William Bradford's birthday, we celebrate on 
the anniversary of the landing of the Pilgrims on 
Plymouth Rock. We do not know the exact date 
of his birth. 

He was just an ordinary boy living in a small 
English village. He was brought up by relatives, 
for his father and mother had died when he was 
a child. They had left him a small fortune, so he 
was not in want. 

When about twelve years old, he began to read 
the Bible. It interested him so much, that when 
older he attended the meetings of some neigh- 
bours who were studying the Bible and wor- 
shipping God in their own little Assembly. 
Separatists, they were called, for they had sep- 
arated from the Established Church of England. 

In those days, it was a crime in England for 
any one to hold or attend religious meetings of 
Separatists. The Bible printed in the English 
tongue, had long been forbidden reading, but in 
William Bradford's days, it was beginning to be 
read quite widely, specially by Separatists. 

These poor people's Assemblies were watched 



126 WILLIAM BRADFORD 

by spies and informers. Separatists were arrested 
and imprisoned, while some were executed. 
Others fled into Holland — brave liberty-loving 
Holland — where there was no persecution for 
religion's sake. 

William Bradford became a Separatist. When 
about eighteen years old, he, too, fled into 
Holland, where he might serve his Lord and 
Saviour Jesus Christ, in full liberty of conscience. 

For ten years or more he lived in Holland. He 
was a member of an English Separatist Church 
in I^eyden, under the gentle rule of its beloved 
pastor, John Robinson. 

The Separatists believed that every man in 
the church-congregation should have a voice in 
its management; thus they elected their pastor. 

The time came when a part of Pastor Robin- 
son's congregation decided to emigrate and seek 
a home in the New World. The leaders of this 
little band of Pilgrims — the Pilgrim Fathers, 
we call them — were William Bradford, John 
Carver, and Edward Winslow. With them went 
William Brewster, who was to be their pastor in 
the New World. Miles Standish, also, went with 
them, and became the Captain of their small 
army, which defended them against the Indians. 

So the Pilgrim Fathers, together with their 
wives, little ones, and men and maid servants, 
said farewell to Holland's hospitable shore. 



THE FATHER OF THE COLONIES 127 

Soon after, they sailed from England in the May^ 
flower^ to found a settlement in the savage New 
World, under the rule of England. 

They took with them the seeds of American 
Independence. They had left England so that 
they might have the freedom which was theirs 
by rights. They were come to America so that 
they might govern themselves, every man hav- 
ing a voice in the government of the new settle- 
ment as well as in the management of his own 
congregation. This principle of self-government, 
the Pilgrims embodied in the famous Mayflower 
Compact, an agreement which they drew up and 
signed the day they reached New England. 

Meanwhile, far to the South of New England 
another Colony of Englishmen had planted and 
was fostering other seeds of American In- 
dependence.^ 

But let us see what became of William Brad- 
ford, since we are celebrating his birthday. We 
will let Cotton Mather tell it in his own quaint 
style: — 

"The rest of his days were spent in the services 
and the temptations of that American wilderness. 
Here was Master Bradford, in the year 1621, 
unanimously chosen the Governor of the Planta- 
tion. The difficulties whereof were such that if 
he had not been a person of more than ordinary 

* See page 308. 



128 WILLIAM BRADFORD 

piety, wisdom, and courage, he must have sunk 
under them." He served for thirty-seven years, 
*'in every one of which he was chosen their Gov- 
ernor, except the three years wherein Master 
Winslow and the two years wherein Master 
Prince, at the choice of the people, took a turn 
with him. . . . But the crown of all was his 
holy, prayerful, watchful, and fruitful, walk 
with God. ... He died May 9th, 1657, in the 
69th year of his age, lamented by all the Colonies 
of New England as a common Blessing and 
Father to them all." 

THE SAVAGE NEW WORLD 

It was November, 1620. The ocean swelled 
angrily. A cold wind was blowing, as day broke 
over the gray water. Sea-gulls swooped and 
wheeled around the good ship Mayfiower, which, 
with tattered sails, was driving through the 
billows. For over two months she had been on 
her way from Plymouth, England, carrying the 
Pilgrims. And, now, while the dull day was 
breaking, suddenly a cry was heard : — 

"Land Ho!"- 

The Pilgrims came crowding to the deck, 
fathers, mothers, children, men, and maid-ser- 
vants. They looked eagerly toward the west. 
They saw the coast of the New World, as the 



THE SAVAGE NEW WORLD 129 

ship rushed nearer, low with a white line of surf 
beating against its wooded shore. 

It was a very new, strange, savage world 
awaiting them, full of unknown horrors and 
Indians. Yet the Pilgrims were not fearful. 
Had they not committed themselves to God's 
will? And was not this to be their home, the land 
to which He was bringing them? So they fell on 
their knees, and blessed Him who had guided 
them safely through storm and stress. 

The wide bay where they first anchored — 
Cape Cod Bay — was wooded to the water's 
edge, with pines and oaks, with sassafras and 
juniper, with birch and holly, ash and walnut. 
Whales swam spouting around the ship, while 
jBocks of wild fowl flew screaming overhead. 

And when at last the Pilgrims went ashore in 
that uninhabited spot, how briskly the mothers 
and sisters rubbed and scrubbed, as they washed 
the Pilgrims' clothes. For it had been a frightful 
two months' voyage, with so many storms and 
so much sickness aboard, that little washing had 
been done. And the first thing the Pilgrim 
Mothers did, was to hold a great wash day. 

And while the women washed, the carpenter 
repaired the ship's shallop; for William Bradford 
and some of the others wished to explore the 
coast, in order to find a safe and pleasant spot 
for their settlement. 



130 WILLIAM BRADFORD 

While the shallop was being got ready, the 
Pilgrims decided to send out a party by land, 
to see what the country was like. 

And many thrilling adventures, the Pilgrim 
Fathers had before they discovered a site, and 
built Plymouth Town. 

On their first adventure, they saw Indians in 
the distance. They walked through fields of 
corn-stubble which belonged to Indians. They 
found a white man's kettle and the ruins of a 
cabin. They dug up a fine, great, new basket 
filled with corn, red, yellow, and blue. They 
took the corn with them, intending to search out 
the owner, and pay him well. 

On the second adventure, they found empty 
Indian wigwams, more corn, and the grave of a 
man with yellow hair. 

On the third adventure, they left their shallop, 
at night, to camp on shore. In the gray dusk of 
morning, a band of fierce Nauset Indians at- 
tacked them. A flight of brass-headed or claw- 
tipped arrows came flying across the Pilgrims' 
barricade. The Pilgrims fired their guns, and 
the Nausets, whooping loudly, bounded away 
into the dusk. The Pilgrims pursued them for a 
short distance. 

Though many arrows had fallen around them, 
none of the Pilgrims were hurt. They gave 
thanks to God for their deliverance; and, after 



WELCOME, ENGLISHMEN! 131 

naming the spot The Place of the First Encounter , 
they sailed away in their shallop to explore the 
coast near by. 

Then, at last, they discovered a beautiful site 
for their town, situated on a fine harbour. They 
returned to the Mayflower, with the good news. 
And a few days before Christmas, the Mayflower 
anchored in the harbour, and the Pilgrim folk 
landed on Plymouth Rock. 

On Christmas day, they began to build 
Plymouth Town. 

WELCOME, ENGLISHMEN! 

"Welcome!" 

That cry — just one English word — sounded 
through the street of Plymouth, and startled the 
Pilgrims. They caught up their muskets and ran 
from the houses. 

A tall naked savage, his lank hair clinging to 
his shoulders, was stalking along the street, hold- 
ing a bow and arrows. 

"Welcome!" he shouted. 

The Pilgrims returned his greeting. 

He was Samoset, Chief of Pemaquid, he told 
them. He had journeyed from very far off. He 
had learned English among the Englishmen who 
sometimes came to fish off tlie coast of his 
country. 



132 WILLIAM BRADFORD 

The Pilgrims, glad to talk with a friendly 
Indian, invited him to eat with them. Then, as 
the wind was rising, they wrapped a warm coat 
around his naked body. They gave him biscuit 
with butter, and cheese, and a piece of cooked 
duck; all of which he seemed to relish hugely. 

And in answer to their questions Samoset 
told them many things about that country. As 
for the Nauset Indians, who had attacked them 
so fiercely at The Place of the First Encounter, 
he said that these Nausets hated all white men 
because a certain Englishman, one Captain Hunt, 
a short time before the Pilgrims landed, had 
cruelly deceived the Nauset Indians, kidnapping 
twenty of them, and selling them to other white 
men. 

All this and much more, Samoset told the 
Pilgrims. He stayed with them that night. The 
next day they sent him away with a gift of a 
knife, a ring, and a bracelet. He went off promis- 
ing that he would come soon again and bring 
other Indians to trade with them. 

But the Pilgrims were troubled, for they had 
not found the owners of the buried corn. 

LOST! LOST! A BOY! 

There were children on the Mayflower — 
Oceanus Hopkins who was born at sea, Peregrine 



LOST! LOST! A BOY! 133 

White who gave his first baby -cry soon after the 
Mayflower reached the New World, Francis 
Billington who almost blew up the Mayflowery 
while trying to make fireworks, and John Bill- 
ington. 

John was a mischievous youngster, and so 
lively that the Pilgrim Fathers had to keep a 
stern eye upon him. But in spite of their watch- 
ing, he got lost. For one day, soon after the 
Pilgrims were settled in Plymouth, he slipped 
out of the town, and into the woods that stretched 
farther than eye could see from the top of the 
highest tree. 

That night when John did not come home, the 
Plymouth folk were worried. Where was the 
boy? they asked. How had he managed to slip 
from the town without being seen? Had he 
strayed into the woods? Had a savage caught 
him and carried him off? 

Governor Bradford sent a party to look for 
him. They scoured the woods about, but there 
was no John. 

Five days went by, — five anxious days for 
the Plymouth folk. And John had not returned 
when a message came from the friendly Indian, 
King Massasoit, saying that the Nausets had 
the lad. The Nauset Indians were the same 
fierce savages who had attacked the Pilgrims at 
The Place of the First Encounter. 



134 WILLIAM BRADFORD 

A shallop was launched and victualed; and the 
next morning ten of the Pilgrims, with Tis- 
quantum, their Indian interpreter, set sail for 
Nauset. 

It was a dangerous trip. At first the day was 
calm and bright, then came on a storm of wind 
with thunder and lightning, that lashed the little 
ship; while a waterspout almost broke over her. 
"But GOD be praised!" says the Pilgrim 
Chronicle, which tells about the lost boy, "GOD 
be praised ! it dured not long, and we put in that 
night for harbour at a place called Cummaquid, 
where we had some hope to find the boy." 

But they did n't find him there. "The Nausets 
have got him," said the friendly Cummaquid 
Indians, when they came down the next morning 
to catch lobsters. And they invited the Pilgrims 
to come ashore and eat with them. So six of 
them landed, hoping to learn something more 
about John. 

lyanough, the handsome young Cummaquid 
Chief, welcomed them heartily. He made a feast 
of venison and maize cakes. And after they had 
eaten, he offered to go with them to help rescue 
John. So the Pilgrims put out to sea again, tak- 
ing lyanough and two of his braves. They made 
the best speed possible, for they were anxious to 
find what had happened to the boy. 

The tide was out when they reached Nauset, and 
/ 



LOST! LOST! A BOY! 135 

the water was so shallow that they had to anchor 
at a distance from land. lyanough, his braves, 
and Tisquantum, went ashore to find Aspinet 
the Nauset Chief. They hoped to persuade him 
to give up John, if he was still alive. 

Meanwhile, crowds of Nauset Indians came 
running down to the beach. They waded out 
from shore; and soon they were swarming around 
the shallop. The Pilgrims stood guard to keep 
them from boarding her, for they remembered 
all too well, how these same savages had attacked 
them with showers of brass-headed arrows. 

Finally, they allowed two of the Indians to 
climb into the shallop. And what was the Pil- 
grims' delight when they found that one of the 
two was part owner of the corn dug up at 
Cornhill. They welcomed him gladly. They told 
him that they wished to pay for the corn. They 
asked him to come to Plymouth for the payment. 
He promised that he would. 

By this time the sun was setting, but lyanough 
had not returned with news of John. This made 
the Pilgrims all the more anxious. 

After sunset, they saw a long train of Nauset 
Indians come winding down to the beach. At 
their head, walked their haughty Chief Aspinet. 
He drew near to the edge of the beach. Some of 
his warriors stood guard with their bows and 
arrows ready to shoot. The others laid down 



136 WILLIAM BRADFORD 

their weapons and followed Aspinet into the 
water. They began to wade out toward the 
shallop. And whom should the Pilgrims see 
sitting on the shoulders of a big Indian, but John 
himself, covered with strings of beads! He had 
been visiting in the Nauset village, where his 
new friend the big Indian had feasted and 
entertained him in his wigwam. 

And while the Indian was giving John over to 
the Pilgrims, Aspinet announced that he and his 
people wished to make peace with the white 
men. So the Pilgrims made peace with him, and 
presented him with a strong English knife. 
They gave another one to the big Indian in 
return for his kindness to John. Aspinet and his 
warriors then went back friendly and satisfied, 
to their village. 

So the lost boy was found. 

And so the buried corn was paid for at last. 

THE RATTLESNAKE CHALLENGE 

It was just before Christmas, when a strange 
Brave came into Plymouth town, carrying a bun- 
dle of new arrows wrapped in a rattlesnake-skin. 
He asked for Tisquantum. When they told 
him that Tisquantum was away, he smiled and 
seemed glad. He laid down the skin, and turned 
to run out of the town. 



-^i^ 




JOHN BILLINGTON BROUGHT ON THE SHOULDERS OF AN INDIAN 



THE RATTLESNAKE CHALLENGE 137 

But Governor Bradford did not like his looks 
nor his queer gift, so ordered Captain Standish 
to seize him. The Captain laid hold of him, and 
locked him up for the night. At first the poor 
Indian shook so with fear that he could not 
speak. Then as they questioned him gently, he 
grew calmer. And when they promised to set 
him free if he would tell who had sent him, he 
confessed to being a messenger from Canonicus, 
the great Chieftain of the Naragansett Indians, 
a People powerful and many thousands strong, 'i 

Governor Bradford, in the morning, set him 
free, bidding him go back to Canonicus and tell 
him that if he would not live at peace with the 
white men, as their other Indian neighbours did, 
the white men would show him their wrath. 

The messenger listened quietly. He refused all 
offers of food, but thanked the Pilgrims for their 
kindness. Then he sped away to his master. 

When Tisquantum came back, they asked him 
what the rattlesnake-skin meant. 

To send a rattlesnake-skin meant an enemy, 
he said. It was the same as sending a challenge. 

In answer, Governor Bradford stuffed the skin 
full of powder, and sent it back by an Indian 
runner to Canonicus. 

The runner delivered it with such terrifying 
words of defiance, that Canonicus would not 
even touch it for fear of the powder and shot, nor 



138 WILLIAM BRADFORD 

would he let the rattlesnake-skin stay overnight 
in his village. The runner refused to take it back 
to Plymouth. Canonicus then gave it to one of 
his own Indians, who had it posted from place to 
place, until at last it was returned to Governor 
Bradford — unopened! 

THE GREAT DROUGHT 

How the Pilgrims' little farms did flourish ! Rye, 
barley, maize, oats, beans, and peas grew and 
thrived; also parsnips, carrots, turnips, onions, 
melons, radishes, and beets. In the gardens, 
were fragrant herbs. Refreshing watercresses 
grew wild in the meadows; while fruit ripened 
on the trees, which the Pilgrims had found al- 
ready growing in the land. 

But early during the third Summer, destruction 
threatened those little farms. There was a great 
drought. For many weeks, scarcely a drop of 
rain fell. 

The corn, oats, rye, and barley, drooped their 
yellowing blades. The beans stopped running, 
and lay parched and shrivelling. The other 
vegetables were turning yellow. Unless rain 
should fall soon, the Pilgrims knew that they 
and their little children must starve when 
Winter came. 

To add to the misery of it all, a ship laden with 



THE GREAT DROUGHT 139 

supplies, which had been sent from England, was 
missing. Nothing had been heard of her for 
months. And now, during the great drought, the 
wreck of a ship was cast on shore. 

In sorrow and anxiety, the Pilgrims met to- 
gether for a day of pubHc fasting and prayer. 

We will let Edward Winslow himself, tell what 
happened : — 

"But, Oh! the mercy of our God! who was as ready 
to hear as we to ask! 

"For though in the morning when we assembled 
together, the heavens were as clear and the drought 
as like to continue as ever it was, yet our Exercise 
(public worship) continuing some eight or nine hours, 
before our departure the weather was overcast, the 
clouds gathered together on all sides. 

"And on the next morning distilled such soft, sweet, 
and moderate showers of rain continuing some four- 
teen days and mixed with such seasonable weather, 
as it was hard to say whether our withered corn or 
drooping affections were most quickened or revived. 

"Such was the bounty and goodness of our God! 

"So that having these many signs of God's favour, 
and acceptation, we thought it would be great ingrati- 
tude if secretly we should smoother up the same or 
content ourselves ,with private thanksgiving, for that 
which by private prayer could not be obtained. 

"And therefore another Solemn Day was set apart 
and appointed for that end. Wherein we returned 
glory, honour, and praise, with all thankfulness to 
our good God which dealt so graciously with us. 

Governor Edward Winslow (Condensed) 

The story cf " The First Harvest Home in Plymouth" may 
be found in " Good Stories for Great Holidays." 



JANUARY 7 

GENERAL ISRAEL PUTNAM 
"OLD PUT" 

The 'picturesque wolf -slayer, a brave and sterling Patriot. 

John Fiske 



There was a generosity and buoyancy about the brave old man, 
that made him a favourite throughout the Army; especially 
with the younger officers, who spoke of him familiarly and 
fondly as "Old Put." 

Washington Irving 



General Israel Putnam was born in Massa- 
chusetts, January 7, 1718 
Moved to Connecticut, 1740 
Left his plough to fight at Bunker Hill, 1775 
He died, May 29, 1790 



SEEING BOSTON 

It was before the War for Independence. A 
country boy in rough homespun clothes was walk- 
ing along the streets of Boston. He was star- 
ing at the shop signs and windows. It was his 
first visit to the big city. He had never seen 
such interesting things before. The boy was 
Israel Putnam, the son of a farmer. 

A city boy, much bigger than Putnam, saw 
him wandering about staring curiously at every- 
thing. He thought that it would be safe to bully 
such a raw-looking boy. Stepping up to Putnam, 
he began to make fun of his coarse clothes and 
his awkward walk. 

Putnam stood it as long as he could, for though 
he was known as a fighter at home, he never 
provoked a quarrel. But now, as he saw a crowd 
gathering which seemed to enjoy his humiliation, 
his blood rose. He turned on the big boy, and 
gave him such a drubbing that the crowd cheered 
with delight. The boy slunk off, and Putnam 
walked away and had no more annoyance. 

That was the kind of boy — and man too — 
Israel Putnam was; slow to anger; but when 
once roused by injustice, nothing could hold 
him back. 



144 GENERAL ISRAEL PUTNAM 

THE FIGHT WITH THE WOLF 

Israel Putnam grew older, married, and went 
to live in Connecticut. He had a stock farm. 

One winter, wolves began to kill his animals. 
There was a she-wolf, particularly fierce and 
ravenous, who had lost the toes of one foot. She 
attacked and devoured animals for miles around. 

During a single night Putnam lost seventy 
fine sheep and goats, besides having many lambs 
and kids badly torn. In the morning he found 
around the fold the tracks of the she-wolf's toe- 
less foot. 

Putnam and some of his neighbours traced her 
to a cave about five miles away. Then they 
returned home. 

The next morning they started out with dogs, 
guns, and brimstone. The dogs chased the wolf 
into her cave, but came running out again torn 
and yelping. Putnam and the men built a fire 
in the cave-entrance. They threw on brimstone 
which gave out choking fumes. They threw on 
straw which made a thick smoke. But there were 
no signs of the wolf. All was quiet in the cave. 

It grew to be nearly ten o'clock at night. 
Putnam tried once more to make his dog enter 
the cave, but he would not stir. Putnam, then, 
asked his negro man to go in and shoot the beast. 
But the black man, shivering with fright, refused 
to crawl in. 



THE FIGHT WITH THE WOLF 145 

Putnam grew angry. In spite of all that his 
neighbours could say, he threw off his coat and 
lighted a torch. Then, tying a rope around his 
legs, he gave the end to his friends, saying when 
he signaled to pull him out. 

In he went, headfirst, holding the lighted torch 
before him. Stooping, he groped his way into the 
body of the cave. The torch made a dim circle 
of light; all the rest of the den was in terrifying 
darkness. Silence like death was around him. 

He cautiously proceeded onward to an ascent. 
As he was slowly climbing it on hands and knees, 
he discovered the glaring eyeballs of the she-wolf 
just in front of him. Startled at the sight of the 
flaming torch, she gnashed her teeth and gave a 
sullen growl. ^ 

Putnam kicked the rope, and his friends, who 
were listening with painful anxiety and who heard 
the growling of the beast, pulled him out so 
quickly that his shirt was stripped over his head 
and his body was badly cut. 

After he had adjusted his clothes, he loaded his 
gun with buckshot. Then holding the torch in 
one hand and the gun in the other, he entered 
again. This time the wolf assumed a still more 
fierce and terrible aspect, howling, rolling her 
eyes, and snapping her teeth. Then she dropped 
her head between her legs making ready to spring. 

At this moment Putnam raised his gun and 
fired. 



146 GENERAL ISRAEL PUTNAM 

Stunned by the noise and suffocated with 
smoke, he felt himself being jerked backward 
out of the cave. His friends had heard the shot, 
and were pulling the rope. 

He rested a few moments in the fresh air, while 
letting the smoke dissipate. Then in he went a 
third time. 

The wolf lay stretched on the floor as if asleep. 
He put the torch to her nose to make sure that 
she was dead. Then he took her by the ears and 
kicked the rope. 

His friends, with loud cheers, drew him out, 
and the wolf with him. 

FROM PLOUGH'TO CAMP 

Israel Putnam did not stay on his farm. When 
the French and Indian War broke out, he en- 
listed. He served as major. He had many thrill- 
ing escapes from Indians. Once he was captured 
and tortured by savages, but was rescued by the 
French. 

After many years* service, he resigned and 
went back to his farm. When the news of the 
Battle of Lexington reached him, he was plough- 
ing. He left his plough in the field, and unyoked 
his team. Then, in his old farm-clothes, he 
sprang on a horse and galloped off to Governor 
Trumbull for orders. 



FROM PLOUGH TO CAMP 147 

"Go," said the Governor, "to the seat of 
action." 

"But my clothes. Governor!" exclaimed 
Putnam. 

"Oh, never mind your clothes," answered he, 
"your military experience will be of service to 
your countrymen." 

"But my men, Governor! What shall I do 
about my men?" 

"Oh, never mind your men," said he, "I'll 
send your men after you." 

So without waiting to change his soiled farm- 
clothes, Putnam put spurs to his horse and in a 
single day rode all the way to Cambridge. 

He attended a council of war held by the 
Americans, returned to Connecticut, raised a 
regiment, and went back to Cambridge in time to 
take part in the Battle of Bunker Hill. There on 
Prospect Hill he unfurled the new Banner of 
Connecticut, which, as a cannon fired a salute, 
was seen to rise and unroll itself to the wind. 

When Washington, appointed by Congress to 
be Commander-in-Chief, arrived at Cambridge, 
and saw the redoubts that had been cast up by 
Putnam and his men, he said to Putnam: — 

"You seem, General, to have the faculty of 
infusing your own spirit into all the workmen you 
employ." 

Washington had brought with him a com- 



148 GENERAL ISRAEL PUTNAM 

mission from Congress, making Israel Putnam 
a Major-GeneraL 

HE MADE WASHINGTON LAUGH 

General Putnam once had the honour of making 
Washington laugh heartily. 

It was during the Siege of Boston. 

There was a traitor in camp. No one knew 
who he was. A strange woman — a spy — had 
delivered a letter, intended for him, to the wrong 
person. It was laid before Washington. It was 
in cipher. Washington ordered the woman to be 
arrested, but she was gone. 

Not long after, as Washington was standing 
in the upper window at Headquarters, he saw 
the oddest sight. 

It was stout "Old Put" himself, in all his regi- 
mentals, mounted on his horse, proudly cantering 
up to Headquarters. Behind him, seated on his. 
saddle-bow and hanging on like grim death, was 
a very fat woman. "Old Put" had captured the 

spy. 

Washington burst into a hearty laugh. He 

hurried to the top of the stairs, just as "Old Put" 
escorted the fat woman into the hall. Wash- 
ington, as gravely as lie could, called down, in 
his severest tones, that unless she confessed 
everything, a halter was waiting for her. 



A GENEROUS FOE 149 

She confessed immediately, and the traitor in 
camp was found. 

A GENEROUS FOE 

Israel Putnam was brave, bluff, and honest, 
and he was also compassionate. 

During the French and Indian War, the 
enemy's wounded lay dying and neglected on one 
of the battle-fields. 

After the fierce fighting was over, Putnam 
himself hurried out onto the field, to tend the 
poor fellows. He gathered them together into 
one place. He gave them what food and drink 
he could get. He furnished each with a blanket. 
Under one badly wounded French sergeant, he 
placed three blankets, and laid him in a comfort- 
able position against a tree. 

Gratefully, the suffering man squeezed his 
hand, while Putnam said reassuringly: — 

"Ah! depend upon it, my brave soldier, you 
shall be brought to the camp as soon as possible, 
and the same care shall be taken of you as if you 
were my brother.'* 

At the Battle of Princeton a Scotch Captain 
of the British Army was desperately wounded 
in the lungs and left for dead. Putnam found 
him in great pain, with no surgeon, and with- 
out any friend to cheer him. He had him 



150 GENERAL ISRAEL PUTNAM 

supplied with every comfort and the best of care. 

One day, when Putnam was visiting him, the 
Scotchman said : — 

"Pray, sir, what countryman are you?" 

"An American," answered Putnam. 

"Not a Yankee!" exclaimed the Scotchman. 

"A full-blooded one," replied Putnam. 

*'I'm sorry for that!" rejoined the Scotchman 
with an oath. "I did not think there could be so 
much goodness and generosity in an American, 
or, indeed, in anybody but a Scotchman!" 

Thanks to Putnam's friendly Yankee care, the 
Scotchman recovered- . 

PUTNAM NOT FORGOTTEN!' 

When General Putnam, full of years and honours, 
retired from the Army, Washington wrote him a 
letter telling him that he was entitled to full pay 
till the close of the War, and afterward to half- 
pay. The letter was cordial and warm, and in it 
Washington said : — 

" Among the many worthy and meritorious oflScers, 
with whom I have had the happiness to be connected 
in service through the course of this War, and from 
whose cheerful assistance and advice I have received 
much support and confidence . . . the name of 
Putnam is not forgotten, nor will it be but with that 
stroke of time which shall obliterate from my mind 



PUTNAM NOT FORGOTTEN! 151 

the remembrance of all those toils and fatigues 
through which we have struggled for the preservation 
and establishment of the Rights, Liberties, and Inde- 
pendence of our Country. . . . 

"I commend you, my dear sir, my other friends, 
and with them the interests and happiness of our 
dear Country, to the keeping and protection of 
Almighty God. 

, ** George Washington " 



JANUARY 11 

ALEXANDER HAMILTON 
DEFENDER OF THE CONSTITUTION 

THE CONSTITUTION; OR, THE NEW ROOF 

1787 
Our roof is now raised, and our song still shall be 
A Federal Head o'er a People that's free! 

Huzza! my brave boys, our work is complete. 
The World shall admire Columbia's fair seat ; 

Its strength against tempest and time shall be proof; 
And thousands shall come to dwell under our roof. 

Francis Hopkinson {Condensed) 



ALEXANDER HAMILTON 

He gave the whole powers of his mind to the contemplation of 
the weak and distracted condition of the Country. . . . He 
saw . . . the absolute necessity of some closer bond of Union 
for the States. . . . He saiv at last his hopes fulfilled; he saw 
the Constitution adopted, and the Government under it estab- 
lished and organized. 

The discerning eye of Washington immediately called him 
to the post which was far the most important in the admin- 
istration of the new system. He was made Secretary of the 
Treasury. And how he ftdfilled the duties of such a place, 
at such a time, the whole Country perceived with delight and 
the whole World saw with admiration. 

.Daniel Websteb 



Alexander Hamilton was born in the West 

Indies, January 11, 1757 
Came to New York City, 1772 
Signed the Constitution, 1787 

Was appointed first Secretary of the Treasury, 1789 
He was killed by Aaron Burr in a duel, 1804 



THE BOY OF THE HURRICANE 

On the 11th of January, 1757, there was born on 
the little West Indian island of Nevis, a boy who 
was to become one of the foremost citizens of his 
adopted Country, and who was to have a large 
part in determining its Independence, its form 
of government, and in working out the details 
of its administration. This was Alexander 
Hamilton. 

His mother died when he was very young. 
His father was not so situated as properly to 
care for his son, so he was sent to the adjoining 
island of St. Croix, to live with his mother's 
relatives, who were people of means. 

He was given a place in their counting-house, 
where he acquitted himself with much credit, 
though the work was not at all to his liking. 

When Hamilton was only fifteen years old, a 
terrible hurricane swept over the island. The 
sea was lashed into fury. The storm swept 
across the land, uprooting trees, and carrying 
devastation in its path. Even the bravest of 
the inhabitants were greatly frightened, and 
many were terror-stricken. But young Hamilton 



156 ALEXANDER HAMILTON 

watched the storm with the greatest interest and 
without fear. 

A few days later, an account of the storm 
appeared in a paper printed in a neighbouring 
island. The account was so vivid, the word- 
painting so marvellous, that the people were 
certain some writer of note must have been 
among them without their knowledge. And 
when they learned that the account was written 
by Alexander Hamilton, and he a mere boy, 
they were greatly astonished. 

They felt that such a lad should have a better 
chance for education than St. Croix could afford, 
and a wider field in which to exercise his talents. 
His friends raised a fund for him, and he was sent 
to America. He entered a preparatory school at 
Elizabeth town in the Jerseys. He then went to 
New York City, and entered King's College, now 
Columbia University. 

At this time, he was disposed to side with the 
friends of the King of England in the controversy 
between the Colonists and the Mother Country; 
but after he had been at college for half a year, 
he made a visit to Boston where he heard Samuel 
Adams, James Otis, and other Patriots, and 
came back a most earnest Patriot himself. 

About the time of the breaking out of the War 
for Independence, Hamilton organized a company 
of the college students who adopted the name 



CALL COLONEL HAMILTON 157 

"Hearts of Oak." Later Hamilton was appointed 
the Captain of the first company of artillery 
raised in the Colony. He so thoroughly drilled 
and disciplined it, that the attention of General 
Greene was attracted. He sought the acquaint- 
ance of Hamilton, and spoke most enthusiasti- 
cally to Washington about him, saying that he 
was a natural master of men, and a young man 
worthy the attention of the Commander-in-Chief. 
Sherman Williams {Arranged) 

CALL COLONEL HAMH^TON 

While young Hamilton was directing his battery 
during the passage of the Raritan, Washington, 
who was anxiously watching the passing of the 
troops, observed Hamilton's skill and courage. 
He ordered one of his officers to find out the 
young man's name, and tell him to report 
at Headquarters. 

Therefore, as soon as possible, young Hamilton 
hurried to Headquarters. As a result of this 
interview, Washington made him a member of 
his own staff. Hamilton became Washington's 
private secretary. 

Many a night, after long hours of work to- 
gether, Washington and Hamilton would retire 
to their rooms. Then suddenly a courier with 
important despatches would gallop up to Head- 



158 ALEXANDER HAMILTON 

quarters. Washington would arise, read the 
despatches and say: — 

"Call Colonel Hamilton." 

And the young secretary would come and take 
his dictation. 

Washington had the greatest confidence in 
Hamilton's judgment. So much did Washington 
value his advice, that when he wrote his "Fare- 
well Address," "acting as every wise man would 
do under the circumstances," he asked Hamilton 
for his opinion, as he also asked James Madison 
for his. Washington desired to get the different 
points of view of two large minds, on so impor- 
tant a document. 

A STRUGGLE 

After the Constitution of the United States had 
been framed by the Constitutional Convention, 
a severe political struggle took place to bring 
about its ratification by the States themselves. 
There were selfish political interests at work to 
prevent ratification. 

The influence of Alexander Hamilton, through 
his speeches and writings, so brilliant and con- 
vincing, did much to bring the People of the 
United States to understand the absolute neces- 
sity for a strong Federal Union and for a Constitu- 
tion to safeguard the liberties of the Country. 



HE KNOWS EVERYTHING 159 

In the State of New York, the opposition to 
ratification was most violent. But Alexander 
Hamilton, during weeks of furious debate in the 
State Convention, spoke again and again in de- 
fense of the Constitution. And when the weary 
weeks of contention were passed, the vote was 
taken; and Alexander Hamilton's arguments had 
won votes enough to carry the ratification of the 
Constitution. He had saved the day. 

"HE KNOWS EVERYTHING" 

"He knows everything," said Robert Morris to 
President Washington. 

Robert Morris, during the War for Independ- 
ence, had been Superintendent of Finance. When 
Congress needed funds, when Washington wished 
money with which to pay the soldiers, Robert 
Morris provided the means since his private 
commercial credit was great. Men had confidence 
in his business ability and honour. 

Once, when Congress was utterly without cash, 
Robert Morris supplied the Army with four or 
five thousand barrels of flour. And when France 
sent troops to America to fight for us, Robert 
Morris personally borrowed through Count Ro- 
chambeau, money for our Country's use. 

When Robert Morris sought to procure for 
Congress, money from abroad, he borrowed 



160 ALEXANDER HAMILTON 

large sums through the Patriot, Haym Salomon, 
"the little friend in Front Street." 

So after Washington was elected President, 
and while he was making up his Cabinet, he vis- 
ited Robert Morris, and said : — 

"The Treasury, Morris, will of course be your 
berth. After your invaluable services as Financier 
of the Revolution, no one can pretend to contest 
the office of Secretary of the Treasury with you." 

This flattering offer, Robert Morris promptly 
declined, adding: — 

"But, my dear General, you will be no loser by 
my declining the Secretaryship of the Treasury, 
for I can recommend to you a far cleverer fellow 
than I am, for your minister of finance, in the 
person of your former aide-de-camp. Colonel 
Hamilton." 

"I always knew Colonel Hamilton to be a man 
of superior talents," said Washington, "but never 
supposed he had any knowledge of finance." 

To which Robert Morris replied: — 

"He knows everything, sir! To a mind like 
his, nothing comes amiss." 

Washington then appointed Hamilton to be 
Secretary of the Treasury. 

Hamilton took up his duties. The Country 
and the States were in debt. He organized the 
finances of our young and new Nation, putting 
them upon a sound basis; he provided funds with 



HE KNOWS EVERYTHING 161 

which to pay the National debt, so that the 
United States of America "might command the 
respect of the Nations of the World." 

It was Alexander Hamilton who laid the foun- 
dations of the financial system of our Republic. 



JANUARY 17 

BENJAMIN FRANKLIN 
THE AMERICAN SOCRATES 

We have reason to be thanlcful he was so long spared, that the 
most useful life should be the longest, also that it was pro- 
tracted so far beyond the ordinary span allotted to man, as to 
avail us of his wisdom in the establishment of our own Freedom. 

Thomas Jefferson 



OUR COUNTRY 

Dr. Benjamin Franklin to General George Washington 

I must soon quit the scene, but you may live to see our Country 
flourish, as it will amazingly and rapidly after the War is 
over; like a field of young Indian Corn, which long fair 
weather and sunshine had enfeebled and discoloured, and 
which in that weak state, by a thundergust of violent wind, 
hail, and rain, seemed to be threatened vxith absolute destruc- 
tion; yet the storm being past, it recovers fresh verdure, shoots 
up toith double vigour, and delights the eye not of its owner 
only, but of every observing traveller, 
March 5, 1780 



Benjamin Franklin was born in Boston, January 

17, 1706 
Went to Philadelphia, 1723 
Through his diplomacy, France was persuaded to 

recognize the United States by treaty, February 

6, 1778 
He signed the Constitution of the United States, 1787 
He died in Philadelphia, April 17, 1790 



THE WHISTLE 

Told by Franklin Himself 

When I was a child of seven years old, my friends 
on a holiday filled my pocket with coppers. I 
went directly to a shop where they sold toys for 
children, and being charmed with the sound of 
a whistle that I met by the way in the hands of 
another boy, I volmitarily offered and gave all 
my money for one. 

I then came home and went whistling all over 
the house, much pleased with my whistle^ but 
disturbing all the family. 

My brothers and sisters and cousins, under- 
standing the bargain I had made, told me I had 
given four times as much for it as it was worth; 
put me in mind what good things I might have 
bought with the rest of the money, and laughed 
at me so much for my folly, that I cried with 
vexation. And the reflection gave me more 
chagrin than the whistle gave me pleasure. 

This, however, was afterwards of use to me, 
the impression continuing on my mind, so that 
often, when I was tempted to buy some unneces- 
sary thing, I said to myself: — 



166 BENJAMIN FRANKLIN 

*'Don*t give too much for the whistler* 

And I saved my money. 

As I grew up, came into the world, and ob- 
served the actions of men, I thought I met with 
many, very many, who gave too much for the whistle. 

From The Whistle 

THE CANDLE-MAKER'S BOY 

Benjamin Franklin, when a boy, used to work 
in his father's shop at the Sign of the Blue Ball. 
His father was a tallow chandler, and made soap 
and candles. 

The boy got up early, cut wicks for candles, 
filled moulds with tallow, ran errands, and tended 
shop. Though he worked hard and honestly, his 
heart was not in his work. He wanted to go to 
sea. His elder brother, a sailor, had come home; 
and he told the most thrilling tales of his adven- 
tures. So Benjamin Franklin could not get the 
sea out of his mind. 

He grew to detest the trade of tallow chandler, 
and hankered more and more for the sea. His 
father, wishing him to give up thoughts of a 
roving life, took him to talk with joiners, brick- 
layers, turners, and other workmen, and to watch 
them at work. But none of their trades appealed 
to the boy. 

His place was at home his father urged, adding: 



BOY OF THE PRINTING PRESS 167 

"Seest thou a man diligent in his calling, he 
shall stand before Kings; he shall not stand before 
mean men." 

THE BOY OF THE PRINTING PRESS 

But Benjamin Franklin did not run away to 
sea. He became a printer's boy. 

Because he liked books, he was apprenticed 
to his brother James, who had set up a 
printing press in Boston. To James's house he 
went, taking with him his collection of precious 
volumes. 

There he worked hard by day, and read and 
studied at night. Recollecting his father's fa- 
vourite proverb, "Seest thou a man diligent in his 
calling, he shall stand before Kings," Franklin 
saved his money, and worked early and late. 

When James began to issue a newspaper, 
Franklin helped him print it, and delivered 
copies to customers. He wrote articles and 
slipped them under the printing-house door, and 
James published them, without knowing who 
was their author. Later Franklin wrote clever, 
audacious, and humorous articles on the questions 
of the day, which were widely read and much 
talked about. 

So things continued until he was seventeen 
years old, when he ran away — but not to sea. 



168 BENJAMIN FRANKLIN 

He and his brother quarrelled often. Benjamin 
the apprentice was saucy and provoking, and 
James the master was hot-tempered and beat his 
younger brother severely. After a particularly 
bad quarrel, Franklin sold some of his books, and 
took passage on a sloop bound for New York. 
Arriving at New York, he found no employ- 
ment there, and went on to Philadelphia, 

THE THREE ROLLS 

Early in the morning of an October day, young 
Benjamin FrankHn, seventeen years old and 
seeking his fortune, reached Philadelphia. He 
was tired and hungry, and had only a dollar of 
his little fund left. 

He stopped at a baker's, and bought three big 
puffy rolls. He put a roll under each arm, and, 
munching the third, walked along Market Street. 

In the doorway of a house, stood a young 
girl. She saw the awkward, handsome boy, 
trudging past hungrily eating a big roll. She 
laughed to herself; she thought it funny to see 
him with his broad-brimmed hat, knee-breeches, 
and buckled shoes all shabby and dusty, and his 
great pockets stuffed with stockings and shirts. 

So she laughed to herself, did Deborah Read. 
And little she knew that in a few years, she would 
become that boy's wife! But so it happened. 



STANDING BEFORE KINGS 169 

Young Benjamin Franklin found work in a 
printer's shop. He came to lodge at Deborah 
Read's home. In a few years, he owned his own 
printing press. He married Deborah Read. He 
became a well-known printer. He issued an 
influential newspaper, and published "Poor 
Richard's Almanack." He was industrious, 
studious, thrifty, and prosperous. In time, he 
became the most famous and learned citizen of 
Pennsylvania, and a great American Patriot. 

STANDING BEFORE KINGS 

When the American Colonies rose against the 
exactions of England, Benjamin Franklin was 
called upon to serve his Country as a diplomat 
in France and England. 

"My father," wrote Franklin, "having among 
his instructions to me when a boy frequently 
repeated a proverb of Solomon, 'Seest thou a 
man diligent in his calling, he shall stand before 
Kings; he shall not stand before mean men,' 
"I from thence considered industry as a means 
of obtaining wealth and distinction, which en- 
couraged me, though I did not think that I 
should ever literally stand before Kings, which, 
however, has since happened, for I have stood 
before fivey and even had the honour of sitting 
down with one, the King of Denmark, to dinner." 



170 BENJAMIN FRANEXIN 

THE WONDERFUL KITE EXPERIMENT 

In Benjamin Franklin's time, there were no 
electric trains, no telegraphs, telephones, radio- 
graphs, and radiophones. The driving and light- 
ing power of electricity was not understood. 
People did not know that lightning was due to 
the presence of electricity in nature. 

Benjamin Franklin, who was keen and in- 
quisitive, made scientific experiments with the 
Leyden jar and with simple machines which 
produced electricity by friction. Rediscovered 
that in certain ways, the action of electricity and 
lightning was the same, and he observed that 
electric fluid might be conducted along a pack- 
string. 

So he determined to prove that electricity 
and lightning were the same, by drawing light- 
ning down from the clouds along a pack-string. 
He used a silk kite, with a sharp-pointed wire 
fastened to its framework, and a silk ribbon tied 
to the end of the kite-string holding a metal key 
in place. 

He secretly flew the kite during a June thunder- 
storm. And as he saw the kite-string stiffen in a 
strange way, he eagerly laid his hand against the 
key. Instantly he felt a shock of electricity pass 
through him. He had made one of the most 
important discoveries of all ages! 




FRANKLIN AND THE KITE EXPERIMENT 



THE RISING SUN 171 

His discovery was soon known throughout the 
world. Men made other experiments, and in 
time invented the wonderful electrical machines 
and devices which we enjoy to-day. 

THE RISING SUN 

When the Federal Constitutional Convention 
met at Philadelphia, General Washington was 
unanimously made President of the Convention. 
He took the chair with diffidence. He assured 
the members that he was not used to such a 
situation, that he was embarrassed, and he hoped 
they would excuse his errors. And in what 
masterly fashion he conducted the convention, 
history shows. 

Behind his chair was painted a picture of the 
sun. After the debates were over and the Consti- 
tution was adopted, Benjamin FrankHn, who had 
just signed the immortal Document, turned to 
some of the members. He drew their attention 
to the sun behind General Washington's chair. 

"I have often and often," said Franklin, "in 
the 'course of the session and the vicissitudes of 
my hopes and fears as to its issue, looked at that 
behind the President, without being able to tell 
whether it was rising or setting. But now, at 
length, I have the happiness to know that it is 
a rising, and not a setting, sun." 



172 BENJAMIN FRANKLIN 

TO MY FRIEND 

From Franklin's Will and Testament 

My fine crabtree walking-stick, with a gold head 
curiously wrought in the form of the Cap of 
Liberty, I give to my friend and the friend of 
Mankind, General Washington. 

If it were a Sceptre, he has merited it, and 
would become it. 

Benjamin Franklin 



FEBRUARY 12 

ABRAHAM LINCOLN 
THE GREAT EMANCIPATOR 

With malice toward none; with chanty for all; toith firmness 
in the right, as God gives us to see the right, let us strive on 
to finish the work we are in; to bind up the Nation* s wounds; 
to care for him who shall have home the battle, and for his 
widow, and his orphan — to do all which may achieve and 
cherish a ju^t and lasting peace among ourselves, and with 
all Nations. 

Abraham Lincoln 
March 4, 1865 



Oh, slow to smite and swift to spare. 

Gentle and mercijul and just! 
Who, in the fear of God, didst bear 

The sword of power, a Nation's trust! 

In sorrow by thy bier we stand. 

Amid the awe that hushes ally 
And speak the anguish of a land 

TJiat shook with horror at thy fall. 

Thy task is done; the bond are free: 
We bear thee to an honoured grave. 

Whose proudest monument shall be 
The broken fetters of the slave. 

Pure was thy life; its bloody close 

Hath placed thee with the sons of light. 

Among the noble host of those 

Who perished in the cause of Right. 

William Cullen Bryant 



Abraham Lincoln was born, February 12, 1809 

Was elected President, 1860 

Issued the Emancipation Proclamation, New Year's 

Day, 1863 
Was re-elected, 1864 
He was assassinated, 1865 



THE CABIN IN THE CLEARING 

It was only a small cabin in a forest-clearing in 
the wilderness of Indiana. It stood on a knoll 
overlooking a piece of ground where corn and 
vegetables grew. In the woods around the cabin 
were bear, deer, and other wild creatures. The 
furniture was rude, brought from the East, or 
made of logs and hickory-sticks, while the bed 
was a sack of leaves. In the big fireplace, the logs 
cut from the forest, burned with a cheerful blaze. 

And there lived little Abe Lincoln, nine years 
old, with his father and sister and his mother, 
Nancy Hanks Lincoln. 

Abe was born in Kentucky. When he was 
seven, his family moved to the cabin in Indiana. 
He helped clear the way through the wilderness 
to the new home. So with swinging the axe and 
blazing trails, he was made unusually large and 
strong for his age, alert and courageous — a real 
backwoods boy. 

He could shoot, fish, cut down trees, and work 
on the farm in the clearing. In his veins ran the 
red blood of Kentucky pioneers. His grand- 
father, in the days of Daniel Boone, had been 
killed by an Indian, while Abe's father — a child 



176 ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

then — had been rescued from this same Indian 
by his brother, Mordeeai Lincoln, a daring lad, 
who shot the savage with his dead father's rifle, 
so saving his little brother. 

HOW HE LEARNED TO BE JUST 

Let us have faith that Right makes Might, and in that Faith, let 
us to the end, dare to do our duty as we understand it. 

Abraham Lincoln, from his speech at Cooper Institute 

But it was not all work for Abe on the new farm 
in Indiana. He picked wild plums and pawpaws 
in the woods, and ate corn dodgers, fried bacon, 
roast wild turkey, and fish caught in the Indiana 
streams. He went to school when he could, which 
was not often, for in those days schools were few 
and far between, and teachers were not many. 

But little Abe had the best teacher of all, his 
mother, Nancy Lincoln. For, though his father 
could scarcely write his own name, his mother 
could read, and she loved books. She taught her 
little son his letters and how to read. Often they 
sat together in the cabin, Abe and his sister at 
their mother's knee, while she read the Bible to 
them. 

"I would rather my son would be able to read 
the Bible, than to own a farm, if he can't have 
but one," she said. 

She was a beautiful woman, slender, sad, and 
pale, with dark hair. She was more refined than 



OFF TO NEW ORLEANS 177 

most women of those hardy pioneer tunes, but 
she could use a rifle, work on the farm, spin, and 
do other housework. Because of her gentle and 
firm character, she was loved and respected not 
only by her husband and children, but by her 
neighbours. 

Above all things she had a deep and tender 
religious spirit which she shared with Abe and 
his sister, Sarah. She taught Abe to love truth 
and justice and to revere God. In time he could 
repeat by heart much of the Bible, and, when he 
grew up, he thought and wrote in the simple, 
clear, and forceful language of the Bible. And he 
learned from it his ideas of right and his scorn of 
wrong, making him "Honest Abe." 

OFF TO NEW ORLEANS 

Young Abe Lincoln went on several flatboat 
trips carrying produce down the Mississippi to 
New Orleans. 

One of these trips made a deep and lasting 
impression upon him. In New Orleans, he visited 
the slave-market. There negro men, women, and 
children were bought, sold, and flogged. Wives 
were torn from their husbands, children from 
their mothers, and auctioned off like cattle. 

The anguish of these scenes wrung Lincoln's 
heartstrings. With quivering * lips, he said, "If 



178 ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

ever I get a chance to hit that thing, I will hit it 
hard." 

John Hanks, a relative who was with him at 
the slave-market, said in after years : — 

"Lincoln saw it; his heart bled; said nothing 
much, was silent, looked bad. I can say it, 
knowing him, that it was on this trip that he 
formed his opinions of slavery. It rmi its iron 
into him, then and there." 



THE KINDNESS OF LINCOLN 

The Little Birds 

When Lincoln was a lawyer, one day he was 
going with a party of lawyers to attend court. 
They were riding, two by two, on horseback 
through a country lane, Lincoln in the rear. As 
they passed through a thicket of wild plum and 
crab-apple trees, his friends missed him. 

"Where is he?" they asked. 

Just then Lincoln's companion came riding up. 
"Oh," replied he, "when I saw him last, he had 
caught two young birds that the wind had blown 
out of their nest, and was hunting for the nest 
to put them back." 

After a little while, Lincoln rode up, and when 
his friends rallied him about his tender heart, he 
said: — 



THE KINDNESS OF LINCOLN 179 

"I could not have slept, unless I had restored 
those little birds to their mother." 



Rescuing the Pig 

Another time, Lincoln was riding past a deep 
miry ditch, and saw a pig struggling in the mud. 
The animal could not get out, and was squealing 
with terror. 

Lincoln looked at the pig and the mud, and 
then at his clothes — clean ones, that he had just 
put on. Then he decided in favour of the clean 
clothes, and rode along. 

But he could not get rid of the thought of the 
poor animal struggling so pitifully in its terror. 
He had not gone far when he turned back. 

He reached the ditch, dismounted, and tied 
his horse. Then he collected some old wooden 
rails, and with them made a foot-bridge to the 
bottom of the ditch. He carefully walked down 
the bridge, and caught hold of the pig. He pulled 
it out, and setting it on the ground, let it run 
away. 

The screaming, struggling pig, had spattered 
Lincoln's clean clothes with mud. His hands 
were covered with filth; so he went to the nearest 
brook, washed them, and wiped them on the 
grass. 

Later, when telling a friend about his adveur 



180 ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

ture, Lincoln said that he had rescued the pig 
for purely selfish reasons, "to take a pain out of 
his own mind." 

Opening Their Eyes 

It was toward the close of the Civil War, the 
crisis had come, and the end of the long struggle 
was in sight. The Union troops were hemming in 
Richmond. President Lincoln went himself to 
City Point, and there he remained, anxiously 
waiting. 

In his tent lived a pet cat. It had a family of 
new-born kittens. Sometimes, the President 
relieved his mind by playing with them. 

Finally Richmond was taken, and Lincoln 
prepared to visit the city. Before he left his tent, 
he picked up one of the kittens, saying: — 

"Little kitten, I must perform a last act of 
kindness for you before I go. I must open your 
eyes." 

He passed his hand gently over its closed lids, 
until the eyes opened; then he set the kitten on 
the floor, and said : — 

"Oh! that I could open the eyes of my blinded 
fellow-countrymen as easily as I have those of 
that little creature!" 



LINCOLN AND THE CHILDREN 181 

LINCOLN AND THE CHILDREN 

Hurrah for Lincoln! 

Abraham Lincoln loved children, and even 
strange children were drawn to him, as though 
they had known him all their lives. Here are a 
few of the stories told about Lincoln and his 
child-friends. 

Soon after Lincoln was elected President, he 
went to Chicago, where he was welcomed with 
shouts and cheers. 

Later, as he sat in a room talking with friends, 
a little boy was led in. At the sight of the Presi- 
dent-elect, he took off his hat and swung it, 
shouting: — 

"Hurrah for Lincoln!" 

Lincoln rose, and catching the little fellow in 
his strong hands, tossed him to the ceiling, 
shouting : — 

"Hurrah for your* 

Only Eight of Usy Sir! 

On this same visit to Chicago, while Lincoln was 
talking with visitors, a little German girl, heading 
a delegation of other girls, walked timidly up 
to him. 

"What do you want, my little girl? What can 
I do for you.''" he asked kindly. 



182 ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

"I want your name," she said. 

"But there are many other little girls* that 
want my name, and as I cannot give it to them 
all, they will feel hurt if I give it to you." 

She looked around at her companions, and 
said, "Only eight of us, sir!" 

Lincoln could not resist that, so he sat down 
immediately, and forgetting his other visitors, 
took eight sheets of paper and wrote a line and 
his name on each. These he gave to the little 
girls, and they went away happy. 

He^s Beautiful! 

Once a little girl's father took her to call upon 
Lincoln. She had been told that he was very 
homely. But when he lifted her on his knee and 
talked to her in his kindly, merry way, she turned 
to her father, and exclaimed : — 

"OPa! He is n't ugly at all! He's beautiful!" 

Please Let Your Beard Grow 

But there was another little girl who did not 
think so. She lived in Westfield, in the State of 
New York. She had seen Lincoln's picture, and 
did not like it; so after his election she wrote a 
letter asking him to let his beard grow, as she 
thought it would make him better looking. 
Lincoln enjoyed the letter very much. It 



THE PRESIDENT AND THE BIBLE 183 

happened later that he was on a train passing 
through Westfield, and, as the train stopped for 
a few minutes, he was asked to address the people 
at the station. He told about the letter, and 
stroking his chin, added : — 

"I intend to follow her advice!" 

He then called for the little girl. She came 
forward, and he greeted her kindly. 

Three Little Girls 

One day, after Lincoln had gone to Washington, 
three little girls, the children of a workingman, 
went to the White House on a reception day. 
Thoy joined the throng, and were pushed along 
until they came to where Lincoln was shaking 
hands with each of his visitors. 

When the children reached him, they were so 
bashful, that they did not dare to put out their 
hands. But Lincoln saw them passing by, and 
called : — 

"Little girls, are you going to pass me without 
shaking hands.''" 

Then, stooping over, he kept every one waiting 
while he shook hands with each child. 

THE PRESIDENT AND THE BIBLE 

Lincoln's love of truth, justice, and mercy, his 
detestation of everything ignoble, brutal, or 



184 ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

mean, were taught him or strengthened in him 
from childhood through his reading of the Bible. 

The language of his speeches and writings was 
forceful and direct like the English of the Bible, 
and such a phrase as "A house divided against 
itself," he took from the Bible. 

While President, he used to carry a New 
Testament with him; and he could quote whole 
passages. He used often to rise early in the 
morning to get time to read and pray before the 
pressing business of the day began. 

He read the Bible aloud to the coloured 
servants of the White House. Once, when a 
Committee of Coloured People waited upon 
him, to present him with a fine copy of the 
Bible, he took it and made a speech to them, 
a part of which was : — 

"In regard to this great book, I have but to 
say, it is the best gift God has given to man. 
All the good Saviour gave to the World was 
communicated through this book. But for it, we 
could not know right from wrong. All things 
most desirable for man's welfare, here and here- 
after, are to be found portrayed in it. 

"To you I return my most sincere thanks for 
the very elegant copy of the great Book of God 
which you present." 



WASHINGTON AND LINCOLN 185 

WASHINGTON AND LINCOLN SPEAK 
A LINCOLN ORDER 

To the Army and Navy 

The President, Commander-in-Chief of the 
Army and Navy, desires and enjoins the orderly 
observance of the Sabbath by the oflScers and 
men in the military and naval service. 

The importance for man and beast of the pre- 
scribed weekly rest, the sacred rights of Christian 
soldiers and sailors, a becoming deference to the 
best sentiment of a Christian people, and a due 
regard for the Divine will, demand that Sunday 
labour in the Army and Navy be reduced to the 
measure of strict necessity. 

The discipline and character of the national 
forces should not suffer, nor the cause they defend 
be imperilled, by the profanation of the day or 
name of the Most High. 

"At this time of public distress" — adopting 
the words of Washington in 1776 — "men may 
find enough to do in the service of God and their 
Country without abandoning themselves to vice 
and immorality." 

The first General Order issued by the Father 
of his Country after the Declaration of Inde- 
pendence indicates the spirit in which our in- 
stitutions were founded and should ever be 
defended : — 



186 ABRAHAM LINCOLN 

"The General hopes and trusts that every 
ofSeer and man will endeavour to live and act 
as becomes a Christian soldier, defending the 
dearest Rights and Liberties of his Country." 

November 15, 1862. 



ADDRESS DELIVERED AT THE 

DEDICATION OF THE GETTYSBURG 

NATIONAL CEMETERY 

Fourscore and seven years ago our Fathers 
brought forth on this continent a new Nation, 
conceived in Liberty, and dedicated to the 
proposition that all men are created equal. 

Now we are engaged in a great civil war, 
testing whether that Nation, or any Nation, so 
conceived and so dedicated, can long endure. 
We are met on a great battle-field of that war. 
We have come to dedicate a portion of that 
field as a final resting-place for those who here 
gave their lives that that Nation might live. It 
is altogether fitting and proper that we should 
do this. 

But, in a larger sense, we cannot dedicate — 
we cannot consecrate — we cannot hallow — 
this ground. The brave men, living and dead, 
who struggled here, have consecrated it far above 
our poor power to add or detract. The World 
will little note nor long remember what we say 



THE GETTYSBURG ADDRESS 187 

here, but it can never forget what they did here. 
It is for us, the living, rather, to be dedicated 
here to the unfinished work which they who 
fought here have thus far so nobly advanced. 
It is rather for us to be here dedicated to the 
great task remaining before us — that from these 
honoured dead we take increased devotion to 
that cause for which they gave the last full 
measure of devotion; that we here highly resolve 
that these dead shall not have died in vain; that 
this Nation, under God, shall have a new birth 
of Freedom; and that Government of the People, 
by the People, for the People, shall not perish 
from the earth. 

Abraham Lincoln 

November 19, 1863. 

The follorcing famous stories about Lincoln are in " Good 
Stories for Great Holidays": A Solomon Come to Judgment; 
The Colonel of ike Zouaves; Courage of his Convictions; 
George Pickett's Friend; He Rescues the Birds; His Spring- 
field Farewell Address; Lincoln and the Little Girl; Lincoln 
the Lawyer; Mr. Lincoln and the Bible; A Stranger at Five- 
Points; Training for the Presidency; Why Lincoln was called 
"Honest Abe"; The Widow and her Three Sons; The Young 
Sentinel. 



FEBRUARY 22 

GEORGE WASHINGTON 
THE FATHER OF HIS COUNTRY 

Where may the wearied eye repose. 

When gazing on the Great; 
Where neither guilty glory glows. 

Nor despicable state? 
Yes — one — the first — the last — the best — 
The Cincinnatus of the West, 

Whom Envy dared not hate. 
Bequeathed the name of Washington, 

To make man blv^h there was but one! 

Lord Byron 



LINCOLN ON WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY 

This is the one hundred and tenth anniversary of the birthday 
of Washington. We are met to celebrate this day. Washington 
is the mightiest name of earth — long since mightiest in the 
cause of Civil Liberty; still mightiest in moral reformation. 
On that name no eulogy is expected. It cannot be. To add 
brightness to the sun or glory to the name of Washington, is 
alike impossible. Let none attempt it. 

In solemn awe pronounce the name, and in its naked death- 
less splendour, leave it shining on. 

Abraham Lincoln, February 22, 1849 



Washington was born, February 22, 1732 

Was appointed Commander-in-Chief of the American 

Army, 1775 
Was made President of the Federal Convention for 
Framing the Constitution, and signed the Consti- 
tution, 1787 
Was inaugurated, first President of the United 

States, 1789 
Issued his "Farewell Address," 1796 
He died at Mount Vernon, December 14, 1799 



THE BOY IN THE VALLEY 

The boy George Washington was magnificently 
strong and tall, with firm muscles and powerful 
body. He could run, leap, wrestle, toss the bar, 
and pitch quoits. He rode fiery horses and 
hunted foxes. He was a silent, determined lad, 
truth-telhng, with a wonderful grip on his 
temper. By the time that he was sixteen he was 
an excellent surveyor. 

And he was a proud and happy boy when, one 
spring day, he leaped on his horse, and, with a 
companion, rode away into the Wilderness on a 
real job of surveying. 

Lord Fairfax, his close friend, owned a great 
estate of over five million acres stretching to the 
westward. A part of the estate was a wilderness, 
and lay on the other side of the Blue Ridge 
Mountains. It had never been surveyed. Squat- 
ters were stealing the land. So Lord Fairfax had 
sent sixteen-year old George Washington to 
survey it for him. 

As the boy rode over the mountains, and 
guided his horse down the steep trail into the 
beautiful Shenandoah Valley, Spring was busy 
all around him. Cascades and torrents of snow- 



192 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

water were rushing from the mountain-tops to 
feed the bright Shenandoah River — "The Daugh- 
ter of the Stars," the Indians called the river. 

The boy spent the better part of the first day 
riding through fine groves of sugar maples, and 
admiring the trees and the richness of the land. 
Here and there showed the little clearings, where 
the squatters were preparing their small farms 
for crops of tobacco, hemp, and corn. 

For some days, he surveyed along the banks 
of the river and in the valley, roughing it at 
night. And many were the adventures he had 
about which he has written in his diary. 

Sometimes he slept before the camp-fire or in 
a hut, at others in a tent. Once, he was nearly 
burnt to death when his straw bed caught fire. 
He roasted wild turkeys, and ate off chips for 
plates. He swam his horse through swollen 
streams, and followed the rough roads made by 
the squatters. 

But his most exciting adventure was with 
Indians. 

On the bank of the Potomac stood a little cabin. 
Near it was hung a huge kettle suspended over 
a place always ready for a fire. The cabin be- 
longed to Cresap, a frontiersman, and so did the 
kettle. He kept the fireplace and everything in 
readiness for the passing Indians to cook their 
meals. The grateful Red Skins called him "Big 
Spoon." 



THE BOY IN THE VALLEY 193 

Rain and floods drove Washington to the 
cabin. Big Spoon invited him to stay until the 
bad weather was past. 

On the third day, Washington looked out and 
saw a band of Indians carrying a scalp, come 
toward the cabin. It was a war-party returning 
from a raid. 

Big Spoon greeted them heartily, for every- 
body was welcome at his place. The Indians built 
a fire, sat down in a circle, and held a big cele- 
bration. Then they performed a war-dance, while 
their musicians played on drums made of pots 
half full of water, with deerskin stretched tightly 
over them. 

And as Washington watched their savage 
antics, he little dreamed how soon he himself 
would be fighting with Red Skins. 

When his surveying was finished, he returned 
home to make his report. Lord Fairfax was 
delighted with his careful work and fine maps. 
In fact, to-day the surveys Washington made 
when a boy, stand unquestioned; they are so 
perfect. 

Roughing it in the Shenandoah Valley was not 
the last of Washington's adventures in the Wil- 
derness. He was appointed public surveyor. 
For the next three years, he spent a great deal 
of time in the wilds, with settlers, frontiersmen, 
trappers, and Indians. 



194 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

He grew to be over six feet tall, and remark' 
ably strong and rugged. He overcame difficulties 
and faced dangers through pluck and perse- 
verance. 

He became a Colonel of a Virginia regiment. 
He acquired military training and widened his 
knowledge of handling all sorts of men. 

What he learned about Indian warfare and 
life in the forests and in the Wilderness, taught 
him the caution and knowledge which he showed 
while guarding the retreat of what was left of 
Braddock's troops. 

So his adventures while a boy in the Valley, 
and his experiences as a young man roughing it 
on the frontier, fighting with Indians, carrying 
messages through the Wilderness, and serving 
as a soldier, — all prepared Washington to 
become the Liberator of our Country. 

WASHINGTON'S MOTHER 

Molly Ball of Virginia, Molly Ball with hair 
like flax and cheeks like mayblossoms, — as 
she is described in the fragment of a quaint 
old letter, — married Augustine Washington |of 
Virginia, and became the mother of George 
Washington. 

Washington was like his mother in qualities 
of character. He had her strength of will, love of 



WASHINGTON'S MOTHER 195 

truth, firm purpose, high sense of duty, dignity, 
and reverence. 

All these noble qualities were strengthened and 
made practical by her careful education and 
discipline. 

When he became great, she was quietly proud 
of him. And when people spoke warmly of his 
glory and success, she would say : — 

"But, my good sirs, here is too much flattery. 
Still, George will not forget the lessons I early 
taught him. He will not forget himself, though 
he is the subject of so much praise." 

When she was informed by si>ecial messenger 
that Cornwallis had surrendered, she exclaimed: 

"Thank God! war will now be ended, and 
peace. Independence, and happiness, bless our 
Country!" 

After the surrender of Cornwallis, Washington 
visited his mother at Fredericksburg, where she 
was living in her own little house. She was about 
seventy -five years old. 

He reached Fredericksburg surrounded by his 
numerous and brilliant suite. He dismounted, 
and sent to inquire when it would be her pleasure 
to receive him. 

Afoot and alone, he walked to her house. She 
was by herself, employed in a household task, 
when she was told that the victor-chief was 
waiting at her door. She bade him welcome by 



196 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

a warm embrace, calling him "George," the dear 
familiar name of his childhood. 

She spoke to him of old times and old friends, 
but of his glory, not one word. 

Meanwhile, in the town of Fredericksburg 
there was excitement and rejoicing. The place 
was crowded with foreign and American officers. 
Gentlemen from miles around were hastening 
into town to congratulate the conquerors of 
Yorktown. 

The citizens got up a splendid ball in Washing- 
ton's honour, to which his mother was specially 
invited. 

The foreign officers were eager to meet their 
Chief's mother. They had heard of her remark- 
able character. They expected to see her enter 
the ballroom in glittering attire, clad in rich 
brocades, like the noble ladies of Europe. 

How surprised they were, when, leaning on her 
son's arm, she entered dressed simply. She was 
dignified and imposing. She received quietly all 
the compliments and attentions showered upon 
her. At an early hour she wished the company 
much pleasure, saying that it was time for old 
folk to be in bed. 

She retired leaning on the arm of her son. 

"If such are the matrons in America," ex- 
claimed the foreign officers, "well may she boast 
of illustrious sons!" 
, George Washington Parke Custis and Other Sources 



WASHINGTON AND THE CHILDREN 197 

WASHINGTON'S WEDDING DAY 

Washington plighted his troth with Martha 
Dandridge, the charming widow of Daniel Parke 
Custis. She was young, pretty, intelligent, and 
an heiress. 

It was a brilliant wedding party which assem- 
bled on a winter day in the little church near 
Mrs. Custis 's home. There were gathered the 
gay, free-thinking, high-living Governor, gor- 
geous in scarlet and gold; British officers, red- 
coated and gold-laced; an-d all the neighbouring 
gentry in their handsomest clothes. 

The bride was attired in silk and satin, laces 
and brocade, with pearls on her neck and in her 
ears. While the bridegroom appeared in blue and 
silver trimmed with scarlet, and with gold buckles 
at his knees and on his shoes. 

After the ceremony, the bride was taken home 
in a coach and six, Washington riding beside her, 
mounted on a splendid horse, and followed by all 
the gentlemen of the party. 

Henry Cabot Lodge {Arranged) 

WASHINGTON AND THE CHILDREN 

I 

There were two joyous little people who went to 
live with the bride in her new home at Mount 



198 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

Vernon. They were her two children, Jack 
Custis, six years old, and his sister Patsy, just 
four years old. 

Washington gave them little ponies to ride. 
He bought fashionably dressed baby dolls for 
Patsy, silver shoe and knee buckles for Jack, and 
for both of them toys, gingerbread-figures, sugar- 
images, and little books with coloured pictures 
in them. He gave them each a Bible bound in 
turkey leather with their names printed in gilt 
letters on the inside covers. 

* 

n 

Washington loved all children. He always 
smiled at them. He was soecially popular with 
boys. 

When he rode in state to Independence Hall in 
his cream-coloured coach drawn by six bays, 
and with postilions and outriders, boys were 
always at hand to cheer as he drove by. And 
when he returned to Mount Vernon, there were 
other boys waiting to welcome him. He could 
always count on boys, wherever he went, to 
shout and wave their hats. He used to touch 
his own hat to them as politely as if they were 
veterans on parade. 

After his great dinners at Mount Vernon, as 
soon as the guests were done eating, he would 



WASHINGTON AND THE CHILDREN 199 

tell his steward to call in the neighbours' boys, 
who were never far away at such a time. In they 
would come, crowding around the table, and 
make quick work of the cakes, nuts, and raisins 
the guests had left. 

At twilight, Washington had a habit of pacing 
up and down the large room on the first floor 
with his hands behind him. 

One evening, a boy who had never seen him, 
climbed up to a high open window to look in at 
him. 

The boy fell and hurt himself. Washington 
heard him cry, and sent a servant to see what 
was the matter. 

The servant came back and said, "The boy 
was trying to get a look at you, sir." 

"Bring him in," said Washington. 

And when the boy came in, he patted him on 
the head, saying: — 

"You wanted to see General Washington, did 
you? Well, I am General Washington." 

But the little fellow shook his head, and 
replied: — 

"No, you are only just a man. I want to see 
the President." 

Washington laughed, and told him that he was 
the President and a man for all that. Then he had 
the servant give him some cakes and nuts, and 
sent him away happy. 

Grace Greenwood and Other Sources (Retold) 



200 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

THE LITTLE GIRL AND THE RED COATS 

When Washington with the Army entered Bos- 
ton after the British had evacuated the city, he 
made the best tavern in town his Headquarters. 
It had been the British Headquarters. The 
tavern-keeper's Httle girl was running about very 
much interested in all that was going on. 

Washington called her to him, and holding her 
on his knee, asked : — 

"Now that you have seen the soldiers on both 
sides, which do you like best?" 

The little girl hesitated, but like the great 
Washington himself, she could not tell a lie, so 
she said : — 

"I like the Red Coats best." 

Washington laughed at her frankness, and 
said gently : — 

"Yes, my dear, the Red Coats do look the 
best, but it takes the ragged boys to do the 
fighting." 

Wayne Whipple (Retold) 

NELLIE AND LITTLE WASHINGTON 

George Washington loved children, and, as 
he had none of his own, he adopted two of his 
wife's grandchildren, Nellie Custis and George 
Washington Parke Custis. 



NELLIE AND LITTLE WASHINGTON 201 

The little boy was known as "Washington." 
Nellie was a beautiful child with smiling black 
eyes and thick curly brown hair; while her 
brother was of very light complexion. 

They had good times together at Mount 
Vernon. There was a delightfully fearsome pack 
of hounds in the kennel; French dogs, the gift of 
Lafayette, "fierce, big-mouthed, savage." And 
there were litters of beautiful puppies. 

The stables were full of horses, fine creatures 
for pets and playfellows. Nellie liked to be with 
the horses, and was constantly alarming her 
grandmother as she flashed by the windows or 
down the lanes, mounted upon some half-broken 
colt. 

The children loved old Nelson, Washington's 
war horse. They used to climb upon the fence to 
pat his forehead, as he came racing up to greet his 
master. 

There were many other animals — gifts to 
Washington of friends and admirers. 

Among them were Spanish jackasses, Chinese 
pigs, and Chinese geese. 

There was always something going on to inter- 
est the children. They might run down to the 
river-landing to see what strange fish "Daddy 
Jack" had caught; day in and day out, "Daddy 
Jack" was always fishing there in his canoe. Or 
they might go to meet the hunter "carrying his 



202 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

gun and pouch, his body wrapped with strings 
of game, his dogs at heel." They liked to look 
at the game, and smooth the thick feathers or 
soft fur. There were birds, squirrels, wild turkeys, 
molly cotton-tails, wily 'possums, and canvas- 
back ducks. 

Coaches of company, too, were coming and 
going. State dinners were cooked and served to 
nobles and dignitaries. 

And when the children ran about the gar- 
dens, they saw rare things growing — "fig-trees, 
raisins, limes, oranges, large English mulberries, 
artichokes." 

Then there were the mills to visit, the smithy, 
the shops, the fields, and the negro-quarters, all 
in company with their dear adopted father, 
Washington himself. 

But the children and indeed every one looked 
forward to the evening, when Washington sat with 
them. This was the children's hour, when by the 
uncertain twinkle of the home-made candles, they 
danced and sang their little songs. 

The curled darling of the house was "Master 
Washington " — George Washington Parke Cus- 
tis. Many years later, when Lafayette visited 
Master Washington, then grown up, he told how 
he had first seen him on the portico of Mount 
Vernon, a little boy, a very little gentleman, 
with a feather in his hat, holding fast to one 



SEEING THE PRESIDENT 203 

finger of Washington's hand, which finger was so 
large that the little boy could hardly hold on to it. 

As for Nellie, she wanted to romp and play 
from morning till night. She did not like to have 
her hair dressed with feathers and ribbons. She 
did not enjoy her books and music. And she used 
to cry for hours together, while her determined 
grandmother stood guard over her, keeping her 
at practice on the beautiful harpsichord, which 
Washington had given her. 

As for Washington, he tried to lighten little 
Nellie's tasks, and used to carry her off for a 
gallop or brisk outdoor walk. 

He was always extremely fond of little girls. 
He liked other little girls beside Nellie. He had 
with him her pretty sister, Elizabeth, when he 
sat for one of his portraits. And in the most 
critical week of his Presidency, Washington went 
to the house of one of his cabinet o£Scers, and 
played with his little daughters. 

Harriet Taylor Upton (Retold) 

Many of the stories in this book are from the Life of 
Washington, by his adopted son, George Washington Parke 
Custis. 



SEEING THE PRESIDENT 

Sometimes, when President Washington went 
on a journey in his state-coach, he wanted to 



204 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

travel quietly, without attracting people's atten- 
tion. So he charged his courier, who rode on 
ahead, to make all necessary arrangements at 
inns, but to tell no one but the landlords, that 
the President was coming. 

Often, however, the news leaked out, and was 
flashed throughout the countryside. Trumpets 
were blown, as the veterans of the War for 
Independence gathered to welcome their Chief. 
Village cannon roared. Every village and hamlet 
poured out its folk to greet the man who was 
"first in the hearts of his countrymen." 

As for the school children, how eagerly they 
hurried to get their lessons, so that as a reward, 
they might see General Washington. 

And when at last he did come, how happy the 
children were to be presented to him. With 
delight, they listened to his kind voice, felt the 
kindlier touch of his hand, and even climbed on 
his knee to look up into his smiling face. 

George Washington Parke Custis (Retold) 

NELSON THE HERO 

There was one old horse at Mount Vernon, 
after the War for Independence, who was a hero. 
He was never ridden. He was cared for kindly. 
He grazed in a pleasant paddock. 

That was Nelson, Washington's favourite and 



CARING FOR THE GUEST 205 

splendid charger, which he had ridden on the 
day of the surrender at Yorktown. He was a 
light sorrel, with white face and legs. 

Now that he was old, he was petted and cared 
for. Whenever Washington made the rounds of 
his kennels and stables, he stopped at the pad- 
dock. Then the old war-horse would run neighing 
up to the fence, proud to be caressed by the hand 
of his master. 

. George Washington Parke Custis (Retold) ' 

CARING FOR THE GUEST 

Told by the Guest Himself 

I HAD feasted my imagination, for several days, 
on the near prospect of a visit to Mount Vernon, 
the seat of Washington. No pilgrim ever ap- 
proached Mecca with deeper enthusiasm. 

The first evening I spent under the wing of his 
hospitality, we sat a full hour at table, by our- 
selves, without the least interruption after the 
family had retired. 

I was extremely oppressed with a severe cold 
and excessive coughing, contracted from the ex- 
posure of a harsh winter journey. He pressed me 
to use some remedies, but I declined doing so. 

As usual, soon after retiring, my cough 
increased. 

When some time had elapsed, the door of my 



206 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

room was gently opened. And, on drawing back 
my bed-curtains, to my utter astonishment, I be- 
held Washington himself standing at my bedside 
with a bowl of hot tea in his hand. 

Elkanah Watson (Condensed) 

THOUGHTFUL OF OTHERS 

Once, when Washington was stopping for re- 
freshment at a house in Jersey, some one told 
him that a wounded officer was there, who could 
not bear the slightest sound. 

During the meal, Washington spoke in an 
undertone, and was careful to make no noise. 

After he had left the table, however, his officers 
began to talk in loud voices. Instantly, Wash- 
ington softly opened the dining-room door, 
entered on tip-toe, took a book from the mantel- 
piece, and stole out of the room without uttering 
a word. 

His officers took the hint, and were silent. 

THE CINCINNATUS OF THE WEST 

A man who^d fovght to free the land from woe. 
Like me, had left his farm a-soldiering to go; 
But having gained his point, he had, like me. 
Returned his own potato-ground to see; 
But there he could nH rest; — with one accord 
He's called to he a kind of — , not a Lord, — 
/ don't know what — he's not a great man, sure. 
For poor men love him, just as he was poorl 
They love him like a father or a brother 1 



THE CINCINNATUS OF THE WEST 207 

This little verse is from "Darby's Return," a play that President 
Washington went to see. The moment he entered the theatre the whole 
audience rose to its feet and cheered. And when "Darby" said these 
lines, the audience stared hard at Washington to see how he would 
take them. He looked horribly embarrassed. But when "Darby" 
quickly added that he had not seen the "man" at all at all because 
he teas so plainly dressed that he parsed by unnoticed, Washington 
burst into a hearty laugh. 

In the ancient days of Rome, a terrible enemy 
threatened the city. There was no Roman 
general wise enough to lead the army against the 
foe. There was just one plain Roman citizen 
whom the people trusted. They believed that he 
had the wisdom to save them. This was Cincin- 
natus the Curly-haired. They sent hasty messen- 
gers to bid him come to the aid of Rome. ^ 

The messengers found him tilling his land, for 
he was a farmer. His feet were heavy with damp 
earth and his clothes covered with soil. He 
listened to their message, and to the request of 
the Roman Senate that he should come at once 
to the aid of his Country. 

He called his wife to bring his toga from their 
hut. After he had wiped off the dust and sweat, 
he put on his toga and went with the messengers. 

So he saved Rome. 

Thus it was with Washington. 

When the call came for him to save his 
Country, he left his plantation. So did many 
farmers and planters; at a moment's notice they 
left their farms and plantations, took up their 



208 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

muskets and answered the call of their Country. 
They became officers in Washington's Army. 

After the war, these officers formed a society, 
called the Society of the Cincinnati, naming it 
after the patriotic old Roman farmer. 

To it belonged Washington, Hamilton, Lafay- 
ette, Kosciuszko, and many other American and 
foreign officers, who had served with honour in 
the Continental army. To-day their descendants, 
one representing each officer, belong to the 
Society of the Cincinnati. 

The French members presented Washington 
with a magnificent badge of the Order, studded 
with about two hundred precious stones — 
diamonds, rubies, emeralds, and amethysts. 

Washington himself is called : — 

" Yes — one — the first — the last — the best. 
The Cincinnatus of the West." 

BROTHER JONATHAN 

I do hereby earnestly recommend it to all . . . to meet together for 
social prayer to Almighty God . . . that He would . , . preserve our 
precious Rights and Liberties . . . and make us a People of his 
praise, and blessed of the Lord, as long as the sun and the moon shall 
endure. 

Jonathan Trumbull, 
to the People of Connecticut, June 18, 1776 

Patriotic and plucky was Connecticut, the State 
of the Charter Oak. It had been a liberty-loving 
Colony from the days when its first settlers, with 



BROTHER JONATHAN 209 

their wives, children, household goods, and cattle, 
came through the howling Wilderness — literally 
howling with savage Pequot Indians — and 
settled on the banks of the beautiful Connecticut 
River, whose name in the Indian language means 
Long River. 

Those brave settlers came into the Wilderness 
so that they might have religious and civil 
Liberty. Almost their first act was to frame in 
1639, a Constitution for their own government. 
It was the first Constitution in America to make 
no mention of allegiance to King or Great Britain. 
It breathed the free spirit of American Inde- 
pendence over a hundred years before the Decla- 
ration of Independence. 

Is it strange, then, that Jonathan Trumbull, 
Governor of Connecticut under King George, 
should have been a Patriot? 

He was more than loyal to American freedom. 
He was Washington's friend and supporter. He 
supplied Washington with soldiers and ammuni- 
tion. He supplied more than half the powder 
used at Bunker Hill. 

There is a tale, that once when Washington 
was hard put to it for ammunition, and it looked 
as though the campaign would fail for lack of 
powder and shot, Washington said to his officers, 
"We must consult Brother Jonathan." 

Then Washington consulted Governor Trum- 
bull;, and got his powder and shot. 



210 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

After that, whenever a difficulty -arose in the 
Army, the men would say, "We must consult 
Brother Jonathan." So the saying became a 
byword. 

Later, people nicknamed the United States, 
"Brother Jonathan," just as England is called 
"John Bull." 

THE BLOODY FOOTPRINTS 

It was the terrible winter of 1777. The snow lay 
thick on the ground, and the cold was piercing. 
Through the snow, a detachment of Patriot 
troops was wearily plodding toward winter- 
quarters at Valley Forge. Half-naked, hungry, 
and numb with cold, they pushed on. 

Presently Washington rode slowly up after 
them. He was eying the snow intently through 
which they had marched. There was something 
on its frozen surface, something red that he had 
tracked for many miles. 

Saluting the commanding officer, Washington 
drew rein. 

"How comes it, sir," he said, "that I have 
tracked the march of your troops by the blood- 
stains of their feet upon the frozen ground? 
Were there no shoes in the commissary's stores, 
that this sad spectacle is to be seen along the 
public highways.'^" 



AN APPEAL TO GOD 211 

"Your Excellency may rest assured," replied 
the ojQBcer, "that this sight is as painful to my 
feelings as it can be to yours. But there is no 
remedy within our reach. When the shoes were 
issued, the different regiments were served in 
turn. It was our misfortune to be among the 
last to be served, and the stores became exhausted 
before we could obtain even the smallest supply." 

Washington's lips compressed, while his chest 
heaved with the powerful emotions that were 
struggling in his bosom. Then turning toward the 
troops, with a trembling voice, he exclaimed: — 

"Poor fellows!" 

Then giving his horse the rein, he rode sadly on. 

During this touching interview, every eye had 
been bent upon him; and as those two words 
warm from the heart of their beloved commander 
and full of commiseration for their sufferings, 
reached the soldiers, there burst gratefully from 
their lips : — 

"God bless your Excellency, your poor sol- 
diers' friend!" 

George Washington Parke Custis {Arranged) 

AN APPEAL TO GOD 

On a cold wintry journey to Valley Forge, Mrs. 
Washington rode behind her husband on a pillion. 
He was on his powerful bay charger, and accom- 
panied by a single aide-de-camp. 



212 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

On his arrival at Valley Forge, Washington 
placed her in the small but comfortable house of 
Isaac Potts, a Quaker preacher. 

So in all the trials of that Winter at Valley 
Forge, Washington had the most earnest sym- 
pathies, cheerful spirit, and willing hands of his 
loving wife to sustain him and share in his cares. 

She provided comforts for the sick soldiers. 
Every day except Sundays, the wives of officers,, 
and other women too, assisted her in knitting 
socks, patching garments, and making shirts for 
the poor soldiers. 

Every fair day, she might be seen, basket in 
hand and with a single attendant, going among 
the huts and giving comfort to the most needy 
sufferers. 

On one occasion, she went to the hut of a dying 
sergeant, whose young wife was with him. His 
misery touched the heart of Mrs. Washington, 
and after she had given him some food prepared 
with her own hands, she knelt down by his straw 
bed, and prayed earnestly for him and his wife, 
in her sweet serious voice. 

But it was not only women who prayed in 
those terrible days at Valley Forge. 

The cold and suffering increased. One day 
Friend Potts was walking by the creek not far 
from his house, when he heard a solemn voice 
speaking. He went quietly in its direction, and 



FRIEND GREENE 213 

saw Washington's horse without a rider tied to 
a sapling. 

He stole nearer, and saw Washington himself, 
kneeling in a thicket. He was on his knees in 
prayer to God asking Him for help. Tears were 
on Washington's cheeks. 

And quietly the Friend stole away. On enter- 
ing his house, he burst out weeping. When his 
wife asked him what was the matter, he said : — 

"If there is any one on this earth whom the 
Lord will listen to, it is George Washington. And 
I feel a presentiment that under such a Com- 
mander there can be no doubt of our eventually 
establishing our Independence, and that God in 
His providence has willed it so." , 

, Benson J. Lossing (Arranged) 

FRIEND GREENE 

At Eutaw Springs the valiant died; 

Their limbs with dust are covered o'er. 
Weep on, ye springs, your tearful tide; 

How many heroes are no more! 



Led by thy conquering genius, Greene, 

The Britons they compelled to fly; 
None distant viewed the fatal plain. 

None grieved, in such a cause to die. 

From Eutaw Springs, by Philip Fbeneau 

It was at the Siege of Boston. The troops of the 
Colonies were raw and uncouth. They were 
camping separately. Washington was inspecting 



214 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

their camps for the first time. He saw that their 
shelters were made of anything the soldiers could 
lay hands on, turf, bricks, sail-cloth, boards, or 
brushwood. Each soldier seemed to live and do 
as he pleased. 

But when Washington reached the camp of 
the Rhode Island troops, he perceived neat 
tents pitched, soldiers well drilled and equipped, 
and under perfect discipline. He was pausing to 
look around him with pleasure and approval, 
when a young officer, vigorous and finely built, 
stepped forward to greet him, his frank manly 
face beaming with a cordial welcome. 

The young man was Nathanael Greene, Com- 
mander of the Rhode Island troops. It was he 
who had trained them, after studying the ma- 
noeuvres of the British troops in Boston. 

Nathanael Greene was born a Friend or Quaker. 
When a boy, he worked in his father's forge, 
and helped on the farm. 

He was eager to read. He got together a little 
library of his own. He studied hard. He liked 
best to read about military heroes. When he 
grew older, although he was a Friend, he joined 
the Rhode Island militia. Later he was appointed 
Rhode Island's Commander, and led her troops 
to Bunker Hill and the Siege of Boston. 

Washington liked and trusted him at first 
sight. Later his confidence became friendship. 



FRIEND GREENE 215 

At Valley Forge, Nathanael Greene gave up 
active duty in the field, much to his sorrow and 
regret, and became Quartermaster-General. He 
gave up his ambitions, in order to help Wash- 
ington relieve the sufferings of the troops. As 
Quartermaster-General, he was soon able to 
supply them with some blankets, clothes, and 
food, all of which Congress had failed to deliver. 

Later Greene's reward of faithful service came. 
Washington appointed him Commander of the 
Army in the South. It was a post of great 
danger; but he conducted his military operations 
with such courage and sagacity that they led on 
to completed victory for the American arms at 
Yorktown. 

This is what John Fiske says of Nathanael 
Greene: — 

"The intellectual qualities which he showed in 
his southern campaign were those which have 
characterized some of the foremost strategists of 
modern times. . . . Nor was Greene less notable 
for the sweetness and purity of his character, than 
for the scope of his intelligence. From lowly 
beginnings he had come to be . . . the most 
admired and respected citizen of Rhode Island.'* 



216 GEORGE WASHINGTON 



LIGHT HORSE HARRY 

The American Congress to Henry Lee, Colonel of Cavalry: — 

" N otvnthstanding rivers and intrenchmenls, he with a small band 
conquered the foe by warlike skill and ■prowess, and firmly bound by 
his humanity, those who had been conquered by his arms." 

In memory of the conflict at Paulus's Hook, 
.: nineteenth of August, 1779^ 



The most dashing and romantic young soldier 
of the Continental Army, was Light Horse 
Harry. His real name was Henry Lee. 

He was a small, alert, young man, mischievous 
sometimes, but always brave. He was a cavalry- 
leader. He commanded the famous Legion of 
Light Horse, which took part in so many heroic 
battles. He was one of Washington's most 
trusted generals. 

His charm and dauntlessness delighted Wash- 
ington, who showed warm interest in his pro- 
motion; perhaps this was because Light Horse 
Harry's mother had been Washington's young 
sweetheart in his schoolboy days. "My lowland 
beauty," he had called her. But she had married 
a Lee, and not Washington. 

Light Horse Harry had many adventures as 
romantic and daring as himself. 

II 

Light Horse Harry was a favourite at Mount 



LIGHT HORSE HARRY 217 

Vernon. He did not stand in any reverential awe 
of the great Washington. 

One day, as they sat at table, Washington 
mentioned that he wanted a pair of carriage 
horses, and asked the young man if he knew 
where they might be bought. 

"I have a fine pair, General," rephed he, "but 
you cannot get them." 

"Why not.?" 

"Because you will never pay more than half 
price for anything; and I must have full price 
for my horses." 

This bantering reply set Mrs. Washington 
laughing; and her parrot, perched beside her, 
joined in the laugh. 

Washington took this familiar assault upon his 
dignity with great good humour. 

"Ah, Lee, you are a funny fellow!" said he, 
"See, that bird is laughing at you!" 

m 

When Washington died, it was Light Horse 
Harry who was chosen by Congress to deliver the 
funeral oration before both Houses. It was in 
this oration that he said those famous words : — 
"He survives in our hearts — in the growing 
knowledge of our children, in the affection of 
the good throughout the World, — ... first in 
war, first in peace, and first in the hearts of his 



218 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

countrymen . . . pious, just, humane, temper- 
ate and sincere, uniform, dignified and command- 
ing . . . the purity of his private character 
gave effulgence to his pubHc virtues." 

Washington Irving and Other Sources (Retold) 

CAPTAIN MOLLY 

Proudly floats the starry banner; Monmouth'' s glorious field is toon; 
And in triumph Irish Molly stands beside her smoking gun. 

Moll Pitcher, twenty-two years old, was 
dubbed Captain at the Battle of Monmouth, and 
very proud she was of the title. Her real name 
was Molly Hays. She carried drinking-water on 
the battle-field, to refresh the soldiers; so they 
nicknamed her Moll Pitcher. 

At Monmouth, her husband, a Patriot, be- 
longed to Proctor's artillery. Moll was with him 
on the field. Six men, one after another, were 
killed or wounded at her husband's gun. 

"It's an unlucky gun," grumbled the soldiers, 
"draw it aside and abandon it." 

Just at that moment, while Moll was serving 
water to the soldiers, her husband received a 
shot in the head, and fell lifeless under the wheels 
of that very gun. 

Moll threw down her pail of water; and crying, 
"Lie there, my darling, while I revenge ye!" she 
grasped the ramrod that the lifeless hand of the 
poor fellow had let fall, and rammed home the 
charge. 



CAPTAIN MOLLY 219 

Then she called to the artillerymen to prime 
and fire. 

It was done. Pushing the sponge into the 
smoking muzzle of the gun, she performed the 
duties of an expert artilleryman, while loud 
shouts from the soldiers passed along the line. 

The gun was no longer thought unlucky. The 
fire of the battery became more vivid than ever. 

Moll kept to her post till night closed the 
action, and the British were driven back by 
the Patriots, Washington himself leading them to 
the attack. 

It was then that General Greene complimented 
Moll on her courage and conduct. The next 
morning he presented her to Washington, v/ho 
received her graciously, and gave her a piece of 
gold, assuring her that her services should not be 
forgotten. 

Washington conferred upon her the commission 
of sergeant, and placed her name on the half -pay 
list for life. 

The French oflBcers, charmed with her bravery, 
gave her many presents. She would sometimes 
pass along the French line with her cocked hat, 
and get it almost filled with crowns. 

She was always welcome at Headquarters. 
She wore a cocked hat and feather, and an 
artilleryman's coat over her petticoat. 

One day, Washington found her washing 
clothes, and stopped to chat with her. 



220 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

"Well, Captain Molly," he said, "are you not 
almost tired of this quiet way of life; and longing 
to be once more on the field of battle?" 

"Troth, your Excellency," replied she, "and 
ye may say that ! for I care not how soon I have 
another slap at them Red Coats, bad luck to 
them!" 

"But what is to become of your petticoats, in 
such an event. Captain Molly?" 

"Oh, long life to your Excellency!" said she, 
" and never de ye mind them at all at all ! Sure, 
and it is only in the artillery, your Excellency 
knows, that I would sarve, and divil a fear but the 
smoke of the cannon will hide my petticoats!" 
George Washington Parke Custis, and Other Sources 

THE SOLDIER BARON 

The good Baron found time to prepare a new code of discipline and 
tactics . . . and this excellent manual held its place, long after the 
death of its author, as the Blue Book of our Army. 

John Fiske 

While the ragged Patriot Army with Wash- 
ington starved, froze, and suffered at Valley 
Forge, there was speeding down from Boston on 
a fast saddle-horse, a man who was to help them 
win the war. 

His keen hazel eyes looked pleasantly out from 
under bushy brows. His mouth smiled with good 
cheer; but he held his head in military fashion. 
The glittering star of a foreign Order was on his 



THE SOLDIER BARON 221 

breast, and he carried a letter of recommendation 
from Benjamin Franklin to George Washington, 
Commander-in-Chief of the American Army. 

He was Baron Steuben, a famous soldier and 
German hero of the Seven Years' War. He had 
offered his services to Washington to train the 
Army, explaining that he wished to deserve the 
title of a citizen of America, by fighting for her 
Liberty. 

At his side rode his young and waggish French 
interpreter in scarlet regimentals faced with blue. 
His bright eyes were always on the watch for a 
glimpse of pretty American maidens. Behind 
the two came their servants with the baggage. 

It began to snow heavily. Night fell. They 
drew rein at an inn. It had a bad name; and it 
was kept by a Tory. 

"I've no beds, bread, meat, drink, milk, or 
eggs for you," said the sullen Tory landlord. 

And neither Steuben's remonstrances nor oaths 
could make him change his mind. 

Steuben's blood began to boil. "Bring me my 
pistol!" he cried in German to his servant. 

And the landlord, who was smiling maliciously, 
suddenly felt a pistol pressed against his breast. 

"Can you give us beds?" shouted Steuben. 

"Yes!" cried the affrighted man. , 

"Bread?" 

"Yes!" 

"Meat — drink — milk — eggs?" 



m GEORGE WASHINGTON 

" Yes ! — yes ! — yes ! — yes ! " 

And the trembling landlord scurried around. 
The table was quickly laid, and food set out. 
Then after a substantial supper, a comfortable 
night and a hearty breakfast, the Baron and his 
men mounted and were off again. 

To cut the story short, he was soon at Valley 
Forge, serving with Washington, and training 
the troops. They had had little expert military 
training before. The Baron drilled the soldiers 
himself. He took a musket in hand and showed 
them how to advance, retreat, or charge without 
falling into disorder. 

Not only the soldiers, but the generals, colonels, 
and captains, watched him eagerly and with 
enthusiasm. Soon the camp was a bustling 
military training school. The men almost forgot 
their sufferings, so intent they were on learning. 
They worked incessantly and with tremendous 
energy. 

But the Baron made it lively for them, for he 
had a quick temper. He swore at them in three 
languages; and, when they did not understand 
that, he called his aide to help him out in English. 

Some of the men had thrown away their bay- 
onets, and some had used them for roasting meat. 
But the Baron soon drilled them to use bayonets 
with such good effect that when later a column of 
them stormed Stony Point they took it in a 
bayonet charge. 



FATHER THADDEUS 223 

He — the bluff Steuben — never failed in 
bravery on the battle-field. At Monmouth, while 
the American troops were fleeing in panic, the 
Baron kept doggedly on with his face to the foe. 
Meanwhile, Washington, furious and fiery, rallied 
the soldiers and led them back to victory. "It 
was now," says John Fiske, "that the admirable 
results of Steuben's teaching were to be seen. 
The retreating soldiers immediately wheeled and 
formed under fire, with as much coolness and 
precision as they could have shown on parade." 

Bluff, generous, kindly, old Steuben still served 
the Country after peace and Independence came. 
Then he settled down on his farm of sixteen 
thousand acres, the gift to him from the State 
of New York, in recognition of his patriotic 
services. "Throughout the war," says John 
Fiske, ",Steuben proved no less faithful than 
capable. He came to feel a genuine love for his 
adopted Country." 

FATHER THADDEUS 

Hope, for a season, bade the world farewell. 
And Freedom shrieked, as Kosciuszko felll 

Thomas Campbell 

"What do you wish to do.^*" said Washington. 

The young Polish officer with a rugged face, 
held himself erect. 

"I come," answered he, "to fight as a volun- 
teer for American Independence." 



224 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

"Wliat can you do?" asked Washington. 

"Try me!" said the young Pole, his dark eyes 
flashing pleasantly. 

So Washington tried him. 

He was Thaddeus Kosciuszko, born in Lith- 
uania, and a Patriot of unhappy Poland. 

Poor Poland ! Dismembered, patriotic Poland ! 
Again and again she had been betrayed, and 
divided by her greedy neighbours, Russia, 
Prussia, and Austria. But always the fires of 
Patriotism had burned in the hearts of the 
Poles, and though they had been forced to bow 
their necks to their enemies they had never 
bowed their hearts. 

And it was a romantic story that had sent 
young Kosciuszko post-haste from Poland to 
America. He was poor but of good blood. He 
had fallen in love with a beautiful and clever 
Polish girl. Her father was a haughty, rich 
State official. He would not give his consent to 
their marriage. So the young lovers eloped. 
The father pursued them with his men. Kos- 
ciuszko fought like a lion to defend his beloved 
Ludwika. But her father's men wounded him 
so severely that he fell senseless on the field. 
Then her father carried Ludwika home, and 
married her to another man. 

When Kosciuszko came to his senses, his Love 
was gone. Her handkerchief stained with his 



FATHER THADDEUS 225 

own blood, lay beside him. He took it up rev- 
erently and placed it in his bosom. 

Thus disappointed in love, he had left Poland 
and come to America to forget his grief in fighting 
for Freedom. For Kosciuszko had been a Patriot 
and a lover of Liberty for all men, since his early 
boyhood. 

Washington placed him on his own staff. 
Soon he found that the young man had talent, 
and was an experienced army engineer. He 
commissioned him Chief Engineer. Kosciuszko 
rendered great service to America, but his most 
important work was on the defenses of West 
Point. 

When our War for Independence was over, he 
returned to Poland. He became her leading 
Patriot, defending her against the invasions of 
Russia, Prussia, and Austria. "Father Thad- 
deus" his men called him, as he led them into 
battle. 

During his famous defense of Warsaw,^ he was 
badly wounded on the battle-field, and captured 
by Cossacks. He was thrown into a Russian 
prison; and there he was kept until after the 
death of Catherine the Great. 

He was released by the new Czar, who ad- 
mired him, and wished to give him a brilliant 
commission in the Russian Army. But Kos- 
ciuszko refused his offer, and went into vol- 



226 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

untary exile. He still hoped that some day 
again he' might serve Poland. 

His womids were yet unhealed. There was a 
sabre-cut across his forehead. There were three 
bayonet-thrusts in his back. A part of his thigh 
had been torn away by a cannon ball. Around 
his forehead, he kept a black band tied over the 
sabre-cut. 

He went into exile, and the people of Poland 
believed that he was dead. 

It was nearly seventy-five years after that 
red-letter day in Lithuania, on which Thaddeus 
Kosciuszko had been born. 

It was in 1814, France and Russia were at war. 
The Russian Army, as it advanced against Paris, 
was barbarously pillaging the valley of the 
Seine. The soldiers were burning the cottages 
of the poor peasants over their heads, and ill- 
treating the children, women, and aged folk. 

Among the Russian troops was a Polish Regi- 
ment. And while its soldiers were savagely 
burning and looting the little houses, an old man 
with a scar across his forehead, rushed suddenly 
in among them. 

Raging like a lion, he shouted in Polish : — 

"When I commanded brave soldiers, they 
never pillaged — I should have punished them 
severely! And still more severely would I have 



FATHER THADDEUS 227 

punished oflScers who allowed such disorders as 
you are all now engaged in!" 

"And who are you, my pretty old man," cried 
the officers with sneers and laughter, "who are 
you that you dare to speak to us in such a tone, 
and with such boldness!" 

"I am Kosciuszko," was the quick reply. 

Each man stood fixed to the spot. Each was 
paralyzed with astonishment. 

There, before them with flashing eyes, stood 
Poland's hero — the Polish soldiers' "Father 
Thaddeus." 

Then the men threw down their arms to the 
ground. They cast themselves at his feet. They 
sprinkled dust upon their heads as was their 
wild custom at home. They crept close to him, 
hugging his knees and begging for his forgiveness 
— for the forgiveness of their "Father Thaddeus." 

When Kosciuszko died in Switzerland, in 1817, 
there was found in his bosom next his heart, the 
blood-stained handkerchief which his lost love 
Ludwika had dropped beside him, so long before. 

To-day, in a little chapel at the foot of the lime- 
planted Hill, the Lindenhof, there is a bronze 
urn, in which lies the once brave heart of 
Thaddeus Kosciuszko. 



228 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

THE LITTLE FRIEND IN 
FRONT STREET 

Be entitled himself to the gratitude of the entire Country. 

Ex-President Wilxjam H. Taft 

He was only a little man in his office on Front 
Street, Philadelphia. 

Only a little man — but how great! Without 
his help our War for Independence might have 
been lost. He helped to save the Country not 
with a sword, but by giving all the means that 
he had and expecting nothing in return. 

This little man — his "little friend in Front 
Street," as James Madison called him — was 
Haym Salomon, a Polish Jew and a Patriot. 

Through Robert Morris, who was Superin- 
tendent of Finance, during the War for In- 
dependence, Haym Salomon loaned money to 
establish the Government and to pay the soldiers. 
Without his money, Washington could scarcely 
have held the Army together. And all the while, 
the little friend in Front Street was refusing any 
interest on his loans; and some of these loans were 
never repaid at all. 

And he not only financed the Nation, but 
generously made personal advances of money 
without interest to members of the Government, 
in order that they might keep on in their patriotic 
work. "When any member was in need, all that 



THE LITTLE FRIEND 229 

was necessary was to call upon Salomon," said 
James Madison. 

But it was not only by financing our 
young Nation, that Haym Salomon showed 
his Patriotism. 

He was born in Poland of an intelligent 
educated family. He knew many languages. 
He was a friend of Kosciuszko and Pulaski. 
Because of oppression, he left Poland and came 
to New York City. He married and settled 
down to business. He soon found, however, 
that the Americans were heavily oppressed by 
England. So he threw himself heart and soul 
into the cause for Independence. 

He became a Patriot. He was arrested by the 
British, imprisoned, tortured, and condemned to 
death. He managed to escape, and reached 
Philadelphia safely. There he opened his broker's 
office in Front Street. He became a great fi- 
nancier. Henceforward he unselfishly devoted 
his brains, his energy, and his wealth to help win 
the War for Independence and build up our 
Republic. 



230 GEORGE WASPIINGTON 

FAREWELL! MY GENERAL! 
FAREWELL! 

December 4, 1783 

The War for Independence was over. 

Thursday the 4th of December was fixed upon 
for the final leave-taking of Washington with his 
ofiicers. 

This was the most trying event in his whole 
career, and he summoned all his self-command 
to meet it with composure. 

Knox and Greene, and Hamilton and Steuben, 
and others assembled in Fraunces Tavern,^ and 
waited with fast-beating hearts the arrival of 
their Chief. 

Not a sound broke the silence as he entered, 
save the clatter of scabbards as the whole group 
rose to do him reverence. Casting his eye around, 
he saw the sad and mournful countenances of 
those who had been his companions-in-arms 
through the long years of darkness that had 
passed. Shoulder to shoulder, they had pressed 
by his side through the smoke of the conflict. 
He had heard their battle-shout answer his call 
in the hour of deepest peril, and seen them bear 
his standard triumphantly on to victory. Brave 

^ Fraunces Tavern is still standing on the corner of Pearl and 
Broad Streets, New York City. It has been restored by the Sons 
of the Revolution. 



FAREWELL! MY GENERAL! 231 

hearts were they all and true, on whom he had 
leaned and not in vain. 

Advancing slowly to the table, Washington 
lifted the glass to his lips and said in a voice 
choked with emotion : — 

"With a heart full of gratitude and love, I now 
take leave of you. I most devoutly wish that 
your latter days may be as prosperous and happy 
as your former ones have been glorious and 
honourable." 

A mournful, profound silence followed this 
short address, when Knox advanced to say fare- 
well. But neither could utter a word, — Knox 
reached forth his hand, while Washington, open- 
ing his arms, took him to his heart. 

In silence, that was more eloquent than all 
language, each advanced in turn and was clasped 
in his embrace. 

Washington dared not trust himself to speak, 
and looking a silent farewell, turned to the door. 
A corps of light infantry was drawn up on either 
side to receive him, and as he passed slowly 
through the lines, a gigantic soldier, who had 
moved beside him in the terrible march on 
Trenton, stepped from the ranks, and reaching 
out his arms, exclaimed : — 

"Farewell! my dear General, farewell!" 

Washington seized his hand in both of his and 
wrung it convulsively. In a moment all discipline 



232 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

was at an end; and the soldiers broke their order, 
and rushing around him, seized him by the hands, 
covering them with tears. 

This was too much for even his strong nature, 
and as he moved away his broad chest heaved, 
and tears rolled unchecked down his face. 

Passing on to Whitehall, he entered a barge, 
and as it moved out into the bay, he rose and 
waved a mute adieu to the noble band on shore. 

The impressive scene was over. 

J. T. Headley (Condensed) 

FROM "WASHINGTON'S LEGACY" 

OR HIS LI3TTER TO THE GOVERNORS OF ALL 
THE STATES 

I NOW make it my earnest prayer that God would 
have you, and the State over which you preside, 
in His holy protection; that He would incline 
the hearts of the Citizens to cultivate a spirit 
of subordination and obedience to government; 
to entertain a brotherly affection and love for 
one another, for their Fellow-citizens of the 
United States at large, and particularly for their 
brethren who have served in the field; — and 
finally that He would most graciously be pleased 
to dispose us all to do justice, to love mercy, and 
to demean ourselves with that charity, humility, 
and pacific temper of mind, which were the 
characteristics of the Divine Author of our 



A KING OF MEN 233 

blessed Religion, and without an humble imita- 
tion of whose example in these things, we can 
never hope to be a happy Nation. 

George Washington 

8 June, 1783 

A KING OF MEN 

Hand in hand with . . . rare soundness of 
judgment there went a completeness of moral 
self-control which was all the more impressive 
inasmuch as Washington's was by no means a 
tame or commonplace nature, such as ordinary 
power of will would suffice to guide. 

He was a man of intense and fiery passions. 
His anger when once aroused had in it something 
so terrible, that strong men were cowed by it 
like frightened children. This prodigious animal 
nature was habitually curbed by a will of iron 
and held in the service of a sweet and tender soul, 
into which no mean or unworthy thought had 
ever entered. 

Whole-souled devotion to public duty, an 
incorruptible integrity, which no appeal to am- 
bition or vanity could for a moment solicit — 
these were attributes of Washington, as well 
marked as his clearness of mind and his strength 
of purpose. 

And it was in no unworthy temple, that Nature 



234 GEORGE WASHINGTON 

had enshrined this great spirit. His lofty stature 
— exceeding six feet — his grave and handsome 
face, his noble bearing, and courtly grace of 
manner, all proclaimed in Washington a king of 
men. 

John Fiske 

WHEN WASHINGTON DIED 

Crape enshrouded the Standards of France, and 
the Flags upon the victorious ships of England 
fell fluttering to half-mast at the tidings of his 
death. 

Chief Justice Fuller 

Let his countrymen consecrate the memory of 
the heroic General, the patriotic Statesman, and 
the virtuous sage. Let them teach their children 
never to forget that the fruits of his labours and 
his example, are their inheritance. 

The Senate of the United States, 1799 , 

The following stories about Washington, and the War far 
Independence, may be found in "Good Stories for Great 
Holidays": Three Old Tales (the Cherry -Tree Tale); Young 
George and the Colt; Washington the Athlete; Washington's 
Modesty; Washington at YorJdown; Washington and the 
Cowards; Betsy Ross and the Flag; A Brave Girl {General 
Schuyler's Daughter); A Gunpowder Story (Elizabeth Zane); 
The Declaration of Independence; Signing of the Declaration 
of Independence. 



FEBRUARY 25 

JOSE DE SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 
THE PROTECTOR 

Jose de San Martin, a strong and silent man, whose character 
and achievements have been little known or appreciated outside 
his own country . . . comes nearer than any one else to being 
the George Washington of Spanish America. 

LoBD Bryce 



San Martin, the great Liberator, loved men of audacity and 
courage. Besides, he was just and compassionate . . . cour- 
teous to gentle and simple alike . . . generous and brave 
San Martin. 

Joseph Conrad 

The white-soided San Martin who was unthout fear and 
almost without reproach. 

William Spence Robertson 

The moral grandeur of San Martin consists in this: that 
nothing is known of the secret ambitions of his life; that he 
was in everything disinterested; that he confined himself 
strictly to his mission; and that he died in silence, shounng 
neither weakness, pride, nor bitterness at seeing his work 
triumphant and his part in it forgotten. 

Bartolome Mitre 



San Martin was born in Spanish America, Feb- 
ruary 25, 1778 

Became the Liberator of Argentina, 1812 

Was the Hannibal of the Andes, 1817 

He and O'Higgins liberated Chile, 1817-20 

San Martin resigned after the meeting with Bolivar, 
1822 

In voluntary exile, he died at the age of 72, August 
17, 1850 

His body was brought in state to Argentina, 1880 

He is called Protector of Peru 

His name is pronounced — Hosay de San Marteen 



THE BOY SOLDIER 

This boy soldier, who became a great general 
and American Patriot, was born in the Indian 
village of Yapeyu, in the district of Misiones, 
which is now a part of Argentina. 

Misiones is a land of thousands of bright but- 
terflies and brilliant flowers, of plantations and 
wide forests. In it are abandoned groves of wild 
oranges and lemons, once belonging to the Jesuit 
Missions, that gave the name of Misiones to the 
region. 

Though he was born among Indians, the boy 
soldier was not an Indian. He was of pure 
Spanish blood. His father was an ofiicer of the 
Spanish Crown, and was Governor of Misiones. 
Spain ruled all Spanish America in those days. 

The boy soldier's name was Jose de San 
Martin. Jose, is Spanish for Joseph. 

It was an exciting life for Jose, with Indian 
boys to show him how to shoot wild game, and 
how to fish in the Uruguay River. Then, there 
were his father's soldiers to tell him about mili- 
tary life. 

Before Jose was eight years old, his father was 
transferred, and the boy was sent overseas to 
Spain to attend school in Madrid. 



238 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

But such an active American boy, accustomed 
to Indians and frontier life, could not stay long 
contented in a school in old Madrid. Besides, he 
had soldiers' blood in his veins. He grew restless. 
He was only eleven; but he petitioned the Spanish 
Government to be allowed to enlist in the army. 

His petition was granted, and he became a 
boy soldier. 

His uniform was white and blue. His first 
campaign was in Africa. His first battle was 
with the Moors. 

During the next few years he served so gal- 
lantly, that at sixteen he was made a lieutenant. 
So he became a boy oflScer. 

THE PATRIOT WHO KEPT FAITH 

In romantic Spain, there was everything to 
entice young San Martin to forget his native 
land so far away, and the little Indian village on 
the Uruguay. 

The crimson and gold banners of Spain waved 
over victorious battle-fields, the drums beat tri- 
umphantly, the trumpets sounded to the charge. 
There was glamour of combat with Moors and 
other brave enemies. There were romances of 
knights and ladies, and legends of Aragon, Castile, 
and the Alhambra. There were serenades, fan- 
dangoSy and feasts. While in the quaint Spanish 



THE PATRIOT WHO KEPT FAITH 239 

towns, maidens with dark witching eyes half hid- 
den by mantillas, peeped through the latticed 
casements. And they must have peeped out joy- 
ously whenever the stalwart, handsome, young 
San Martin went by. 

But he never forgot his native land. 

As the years passed, he kept deep in his mind 
the memories of his childhood. He heard that 
some of his countrymen in Argentina had formed 
a Patriot Army, and were trying to gain their 
independence from Spanish rule. He learned of 
their unsuccessful attempts and of their sufferings. 

San Martin heard, too, that the English 
Colonies of North America had cast off the rule 
of their mother-country, England, and had estab- 
lished a free government of the People under a 
Constitution. 

Meanwhile, Napoleon Bonaparte was throwing 
Europe into confusion, pulling down Kings from 
their thrones, and setting up whomsoever he 
wished in their stead. He forced the King of 
Spain to abdicate, and proclaimed his own 
brother Joseph Bonaparte, King of Spain. 

Now the Spanish-American Colonies were the 
property of the Kings of Spain, "the most pre- 
cious jewel in their crown." Some of the Colo- 
nists had remained loyal, but when they heard 
how their King had weakly abdicated many of 
them, in disgust, went over to the Patriots' side. 



240 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

It was then that San Martin, although he 
had opportunities for rising much higher in the 
Spanish Army, decided to return to Argentina. 
He landed on Argentine soil, March 9, 1812- 
As a little boy, he had left Argentina. Now he 
was returned as a man, offering her his sword, 
his life, his all. "Forsaking my fortunes and my 
hopes," said San Martin later, "I desired only 
to sacrifice everything to promote the Liberty 
of my native land. I arrived at Buenos Aires in 
the beginning of 1812 — thenceforward I con- 
secrated myself to the cause of Spanish America." 

WHEN SAN MARTIN CAME 

To-day, the Republic of Argentina is an immense 
rich land. It stretches from the Atlantic Coast 
westward nearly to the Pacific. Its broad pampas, 
or plains, roll almost from the very doors of the 
beautiful city of Buenos Aires to the foothills 
of the Andes Mountains. The mighty frozen 
peaks of the Andes form a wall between the two 
sister Republics, Argentina and Chile. 

Though the breadth of Argentina is so great, 
its length is even more tremendous. North to 
South, the Republic stretches from tropic regions 
of intense heat to the far distant Patagonian land 
with its sheep-ranches, salt-licks, and arid plains, 
and still farther southward the Republic stretches 
toward the Antartic Circle. 



WHEN SAN MARTIN CAME 241 

The pampas are like our prairies. On them 
herds of cattle graze; and the gauchos Argentine 
cowboys, round up the cattle on the wealthy 
estancias or ranches. On many of these ranches, 
grow wide acres of the finest wheat and of other 
grains. 

And through the city of Buenos Aires, which 
has been called the "Paris of America," pass 
shipments of beef and wheat to help feed the 
world. In the city's roadstead, are ships from 
many countries waiting to carry away not only 
beef and grain, but hides, sugar, and other Argen- 
tine produce, as well as Patagonian mutton and 
wool. 

There are flourishing towns and cities in Argen- 
tina, and great wealth. Buenos Aires alone has 
about two million inhabitants. And to Buenos 
Aires come throngs of immigrants from Europe 
and Asia, seeking their fortunes in Argentina; 
just as immigrants land in the City of New York, 
to find their fortunes in our country. 

An immense and rich land is the Republic of 
Argentina to-day; and her native citizens are 
one hundred per cent American ! 

But when San Martin stepped upon Argen- 
tine soil over a hundred years ago, there was no 
great wealthy Republic. There were only some 
poor Provinces, struggling with Spain for their 



242 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

Liberty. Buenos Aires was but a Colonial town 
on the bank of the River of Silver. 

There was no forest of foreign ships in the 
roadstead; for Spain had forbidden trading with 
any land except herself. There were no great 
estancias helping to feed the world. The whole 
country was groaning under oppression. Colo- 
nists, Indians, and gauchos, were in arms to 
defend her. 

The land was swarming with Spanish soldiers 
and Royalists. The patriot Army was small, scat- 
tered, and poorly equipped, and undisciplined. 
San Martin, with all his military knowledge, came 
as a Liberator to his Country. 

The Patriot Government appointed him to 
train soldiers and organize the army. He opened 
a military school. To it thronged the gauchos, 
those daring riders of the plains, also Creoles as 
the Colonists of pure Spanish blood were called, 
and Indians, and even slaves, to whom San Mar- 
tin had promised their freedom. 

The Patriots wore cockades of white and sky- 
blue, the Argentine colours. In time, San Martin 
had mobilized a well-disciplined army of earnest 
courageous men. 

At San Lorenzo, San Martin won a famous 
victory. The enemy retreated in headlong flight, 
leaving behind banner, guns, and muskets. After 
the battle, San Martin sent supplies to the enemy 



A GREAT IDEA 243 

for the wounded, and exchanged prisoners with 
them. 

This victory put heart into the entire Patriot 
Army, and assured the final success of the Patriot 
cause. 

ARGENTINA'S INDEPENDENCE DAY 

July 9, 1916 

The Birthday of the Argentine Republic was 
really May 25, 1810, before San Martin came to 
Argentina. For on that day a group of patriotic 
citizens of Buenos Aires braved the anger of 
Spain, set up a People's Government, and con- 
vened the first Colonial Assembly in Argentina. 

But on July 9, 1816, while San Martin's soldiers 
were harassing the Spaniards, there assembled 
at the city of Tucuman, delegates from a number 
of the Provinces, who declared the "Independ- 
ence of the United Provinces of the River of 
Silver (or Rio de la Plata)." The name "Argen- 
tine Republic" was not given the Argentine 
Union until some years later. 

Thus, Argentina, while Spain was yet on her 
soil, bravely declared her Independence. 

'A GREAT IDEA 

Gold, Jewels, spices, and costly woods, in fact 
much of the stupendous wealth of Spanish Amer- 



244 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

ica, flowed yearly into Lima, "the City of the 
Kings" in Peru, on the Pacific, the city founded 
by Pizarro the gold-hunter. 

Triumphantly, Lima lifted the picturesque 
towers and domes of her palaces, convents, 
monasteries, and religious schools, and of her 
ancient cathedral, for Lima ruled not only the 
Pacific coast of Spanish America, but the whole 
of Spanish America as well. She was the centre 
of Spain's power, strength, religion, and wealth 
in the New World. There, with pomp and pag- 
eant, lived the most influential of the Spanish 
Viceroys, whose word was law. From Lima went 
forth Spain's armies to crush the Patriots in 
Argentina and Chile. 

So long as Spain should hold Lima, the Patriot 
cause would be hopeless. On the other hand, 
if Lima might be taken by the Patriots, then 
the stronghold of Spanish tyranny would be 
destroyed. 

So thought San Martin; and he began to lay 
plans to capture Lima, although the city was 
seemingly inaccessible and lay beyond the Andes 
Mountains far to the northwest on the Pacific 
Coast. 

The Argentine Government transferred San 
Martin to the Province of Cuyo, and made him 
its Governor. There in the lovely city of Men- 
doza, the city of vineyards, at the very foot of 



THE MIGHTY ANDES 245 

the Andes, he set about raising revenues, and 
training and equipping an army — a small but 
strong army of devoted men. 

But how to reach Lima? questioned San Martin 
to himself. Any attempt to lead the army north- 
ward to Upper Peru, and over the Andes to Lima, 
was sure to bring down upon the small body of 
Patriots, Spain's seasoned troops who held Upper 
Peru and a part of Argentina. 

The only way, thought San Martin, is to cross 
the Andes, drive the Spaniards out of Chile, then 
joining our forces with those of the Chilean 
Patriots, go by sea to Lima, and take her from 
Spain. Peru will yield, and our continent will 
be free! 



THE MIGHTY ANDES 

"What spoils my sleep, is not the strength of 
the enemy, but how to pass those immense 
mountains," said San Martin, as from Mendoza 
he gazed upon the snow-clad summits of the 
mighty Andes, whose giant wall separated the 
wide plains of Argentina from the sunny smiling 
valleys of Chile on the Pacific. 

Terrible seemed the Andes stretching from 
North to South like an impassable barrier. Near 
Mendoza, the barren foothills resembled waves 
of a petrified sea. Above them soared the central 



246 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

lofty mountain-ranges of conical, sharply defined 
peaks white with everlasting snow. Over the 
precipices, wheeled the condors at dizzy height. 
And down the chasm-rent sides of the mountains, 
rushed dark torrents of melted snow. 

San Martin knew of the rugged defiles, the 
narrow paths winding along the edges of preci- 
pices, the ice-choked passages, the gloomy gorges, 
and the many unbridged torrents to be crossed, 
torrents tossing rocks about like straws. 

Nevertheless, he determined to lead his Army 
across the Andes, rescue Chile, and go by sea to 
Lima. 

So without haste, he carefully laid his plans 
in every detail. He spent two years in raising 
the Army of the Andes and equipping it. He 
kept his project of crossing into Chile, secret, 
lest the enemy should hear of it and guard the 
mountain-passes. 

The enthusiastic and loyal men of Mendoza 
and of the whole Province of Cuyo, helped him 
with money and labour. Many of them enlisted. 
Even the children wanted to help; so San Martin, 
to keep up their Patriotism, formed them into 
little regiments and let them drill and carry 
banners. Their mothers, led by San Martin's 
wife, a lovely Argentine lady, took off their 
Jewels and sold them. If it had not been for the 
cheerful spirit of cooperation among the folk 



THE REAL SAN MARTIN 247 

of Cuyo, San Martin could not have mobilized 
his men. For this reason, Mendoza is called 
"The Nest of the Argentine Eagle." 

Bartolome Mitre (Retold) 

THE REAL SAN MARTIN 

And what was General San Martin like? 

Why did the good folk of Mendoza love him 
and hasten to do all that he asked? 

Why did his troops cheerfully submit to terrible 
privations, and willingly plunge into danger and 
death if San Martin was with them? 

Why, to-day, do the boys and girls of Argen- 
tina wish to be like their great and beloved hero 
— San Martin? 

First, because San Martin never thought of 
himself. The folk of Mendoza offered him a 
handsome house to live in. He quietly refused it. 
He gave up to the cause half of his salary as 
Governor. He accepted the rank of general with 
the understanding that he might lay it down 
as soon as Argentina was free. He steadfastly 
refused all other promotions from his Govern- 
ment. He sent his wife back to Buenos Aires, 
so that he might live more simply. 

He lived frugally, ate little, and worked hard. 
And what did he look like, this General so strong 
yet so simple? He wore the plain uniform of the 



248 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

Mounted Grenadiers, with the white and sky-blue 
cockade in his hat. 

He was fine-looking, tall, and muscular. His 
complexion was olive, his jaw strong, and his 
lips firm, his black hair thick. His large, jet 
black eyes looked out from under bushy eye- 
brows; eyes now kindly and humorous, now 
piercingly observant. But when he met treachery 
or cowardice those eyes could frown terribly, and 
when he faced dangers or great emergencies, they 
expressed a fiery determined spirit. 

A man nobly unselfish, gentle yet forceful, 
modest, patient, whimsically humorous at times, 
but always of few words was San Martin. Even 
strangers who met him were filled with respect 
and affection for him. 

His motto was: — 

Thou shall he what thou oughtest to he. 
Or thou shall he nothing. 

THE FIGHTING ENGINEER 
OF THE ANDES 

Among the Patriots of Mendoza was a begging 
Friar, named Luis Beltran. He had fought in 
Chile against the Spaniards. He had returned 
across the Andes to Mendoza with a kit of tools 
on his back. 

He was a clever fellow, a mathematician, a 



THE HANNIBAL OF THE ANDES 249 

chemist, an artilleryman, a maker of watches 
and fireworks, a carpenter, an architect, a black- 
smith, a draughtsman, a cobbler, and a physician. 
He was strong and rugged. San Martin made 
him chaplain. But on learning of his extraor- 
dinary gifts, he appointed him to establish an 
arsenal. 

Soon Friar Beltran had tliree hundred work- 
men under him, all of whom he taught. He cast 
cannon, shot, and shell, melting down church- 
bells when his metal gave out. He made limbers 
for the guns, saddles for the cavalry, knapsacks, 
shoes, and other equipment for the soldiers. He 
forged horseshoes and bayonets and repaired 
damaged muskets. 

If he stopped to rest at all, he drew designs on 
the walls of his grimy workshop, for special 
caissons and wagons to transport army-supplies 
over the steep passes of the Andes. 

Then, he took off his frock, put on the uniform 
of a lieutenant of the artillery, and became the 
fighting engineer of the Army of the Andes. 

Bartolome Mitre (Retold) ^ 

THE HANNIBAL OF THE ANDES 
I 

Everything was ready. 

Friar Beltran's forges, blazing night and day. 



250 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

had turned out thirty thousand horseshoes. His 
arsenal had produced bullets by the hundreds of 
thousands. Friar Beltran's carriages for artillery, 
specially designed for mountain-passes, stood 
waiting. The guns themselves were to be carried 
on the backs of mules. Slings had been prepared 
to hoist the mules over dangerous places; also 
sleds of rawhide in which the guns might be 
hauled up inclines too steep for heavily laden 
mules to climb. 

The women of Mendoza, led by Bernardo 
O'Higgins's mother and sister who were exiles 
from Chile, had prepared a store of bandages 
and medicines, and had made uniforms for the 
soldiers. 

All was ready — tents, provisions, herds of 
cattle, saddles, arms, clothes, water-bottles, 
cables and anchors for a portable bridge, mule- 
teers and artisans. Nothing was overlooked by 
the vigilant San Martin. 

Silent and reserved, he inspected everything. 
For he knew too well that the mountains over 
which he was about to lead his Army, were more 
lofty and dangerous than the famous Alps. He 
planned to send the Army through two passes, 
the highest of which was nearly 13,000 feet above 
sea-level. The troops would be long on the way, 
he knew, and the dangers would be terrific. 

In January 1817 — January is summertime in 



THE HANNIBAL OF THE ANDES 251 

Argentina — the good folk of Mendoza gathered 
to say farewell to the Army that they had helped 
to mobilize, and to which so many of their own 
men belonged, some of whom they should never 
see again. 

The Army broke up its cantonments, and 
began its march in three divisions, carrying the 
new flag of the Republic. The women of Mendoza 
had made it. It was white and sky-blue, like 
San Martin's first uniform when he was a boy 
soldier, while on it was emblazoned the face of 
the Rising Sun. 

So with provisions for many days, with arma- 
ment, munitions, baggage, and great herds of 
cattle for food, the Army followed the trails that 
led through the barren foothills toward the high 
Andes. 

The lofty central ranges of the gloomy moun- 
tains frowned down upon the soldiers, while the 
dark passes seemed yawning pitilessly to devour 
them. But nothing daunted, they courageously 
continued to climb the foothills toward the 
mountains. 

Bernardo O'Higgins, the Chilean Patriot, led 
one of the divisions; for Chile had now joined 
forces with Argentina against Spain. 

Higher and higher the Army climbed, scouts 
clearing the way before it, until it began to enter 
the passes of the Cordilleras. Then San Martin, 



252 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

who was still tarrying at Mendoza, wrote to a 
friend : — 
/ "This afternoon I leave to join the Army. 
God grant me success in this great enterprise!" 

Then saying good-bye to the folk of Mendoza, 
by whom he was so much beloved, he hastened 
to join one of the divisions. 

Day after day, the troops followed the steep 
ascents and descents, walking close to roaring 
torrents, crossing craggy peaks and narrow 
chasms, skirting edges of precipices, wading 
through snow, and hauling heavy guns and 
supplies up steep inclines. 

Great mountain-ridges, with canons between, 
ran north and south, beside numerous lesser 
ridges; all these had to be crossed to reach Chile. 
The intense cold on the summits, killed many of 
the soldiers. While the rarefied air caused num- 
bers to drop down and die from heart failure and 
exhaustion. Of the nine thousand two hundred 
and eighty-one mules and the sixteen hundred 
horses Friar Beltran had in charge, over half 
perished. 

The soldiers, surrounded by the mountain 
peaks that seemed to touch the sky with their 
snow-bound jagged tops, were depressed by the 
aw^ul loneliness. Now and then, a condor wheeled 
above them. Strange noises, made by gusts of 
wind in the canons, sounded like the wails of 



THE HANNIBAL OF THE ANDES 253 

lost souls. Every step the soldiers took, con- 
vinced them that should they be attacked, it 
would be impossible to retreat. Such were some 
of the terrible hardships uncomplainingly suffered 
by the Army of the Andes. 

But the soldiers laughed at despair; a spirit 
of union and comradeship upheld them. Each 
corps tried to outdo the others in cheerful en- 
durance. 

At last, after more than three weeks, the Army 
began to defile from the passes into Chile. Then 
San Martin and O'Higgins, in the great battle of 
Chacabuco and later at Maipu, won the victory 
and drove the Spanish Army from Chile. 

General Miller and Bartolome Mitre (Retold) 

n 

Thus was accomplished one of the most heroic 
military feats in history. "The passage of the 
Andes by the Army of San Martin," says Lord 
Bryce, "has been pronounced by military his- 
torians of authority to have been one of the 
most remarkable operations ever accomplished 
in mountain warfare. The forces which he led 
were no doubt small compared ... to those 
which Hannibal and Napoleon carried across 
the Alps. But . . . the passes to be crossed 
were much higher." 

Lord Bryce also says that San Martin comes 



254 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

nearer than any one else to being "the George 
Washington of Spanish America." 

And San Martin has been called, " the Hannibal 
of the Andes.'* 



NOT FOR HIMSELF 

Honours were showered on San Martin after 
the battle of Chacabuco. News of his successful 
crossing of the Andes and of his victory, reached 
Buenos Aires. All day long shouts sounded 
through the streets. Cannon roared from the 
fort and from the squadron in the roadstead. 
San Martin's portrait was hung where all could 
see it, draped in flags captured from the enemy. 

The Argentine Government decreed a sword 
and badge for San Martin, and struck medals for 
his soldiers. They voted a pension of six hundred 
dollars a year for his little daughter, Maria 
Mercedes. They also sent him a commission as 
Brigadier-General, the highest rank in the 
Argentine service. 

San Martin accepted the pension for his little 
daughter, and laid the money aside for her 
education. But he refused the commission, ask- 
ing only for more arms, money, and men, to 
carry on the campaign. 

Meanwhile, the grateful Chilean Government 
offered to make him ruler of all Chile. But this 



COCHRANE, EL DIABLO 255 

honour, too, he declined. So his friend and com- 
panion-at-arms, Bernardo O'Higgins, in his stead, 
was elected Supreme Ruler of the country. 



COCHRANE, EL DIABLO 

"On to Lima! On to Lima!" was now the cry 
of the Argentine and Chilean soldiers. "Let us 
drive out the Spaniards ! Let us expel them from. 
Spanish America for ever!" 

"On to Lima by sea," was San Martin's de» 
cision. Meanwhile, O'Higgins was busy equipping 
a fleet to carry the troops to Peru. 

There was, at that time, in England a daunt- 
less, dashing naval-oflScer, Lord Thomas Coch- 
rane, who was famous for his extraordinary 
courage and adventures. He gladly accepted the 
invitation of San Martin and O'Higgins, to be- 
come Admiral of the Chilean Navy. And because 
excitement and danger were as meat and drink 
to him, he hastened to Chile. 

He was welcomed with great rejoicings. His 
beautiful young wife became one of the belles of 
Santiago. English, Irish, and American officers, 
drawn by the fame of Lord Cochrane's daring 
exploits, arrived in numbers offering their swords 
to Chile to help win her Freedom. 

Then, with the single-star Flag of Chile 
nailed to his mastheads. Admiral Cochrane swept 



256 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

the Pacific clean of Spanish war- vessels. And so 
fiery were his attacks, that the Spaniards nick- 
named him, "^/ Diablo.'" "For the very Devil 
himself, he is," said they. 

OUR BROTHERS, YE SHALL BE FREE! 

*'The Peruvians are our brothers," proclaimed 
San Martin to his soldiers. 

"Remember that you are come not to conquer 
but to liberate a People ! " he proclaimed as soon 
as the Liberating Army was landed in Peru. For 
Lord Cochrane had brought them safely thither 
aboard the Chilean fleet. 

Then to the Peruvians, San Martin sent broad- 
cast a proclamation : — 

You shall be free and independent. You shall 
form your government and your laws according to 
the spontaneous wish of your own representatives. 
The soldiers of the Army of Liberation, your 
brothers, will exert no influences, military or civile 
direct or indirect, in your social system. Whenever 
it suits you, dismiss the Army which marches to 
protect you. A military force should never occupy 
the territory of a Free People, unless invited by its 
legitimate magistrates. 

This proclamation aroused the patriotism of 
many Peruvians, who brought quantities of food 
and supplies to the Army. While numbers of 



FALL OF THE CITY OF KINGS 257 

them joined the Army, including six hundred 
slaves, to whom San Martin promised their 
freedom. 

Then San Martin prepared to invest Lima, 
with the help of Lord Cochrane's fleet. 

THE FALL OF THE CITY OF 
THE KINGS 

Lima, "the City of the Kings," stands not far 
from the sea on a plain near the foot of the 
Cordilleras. 

When San Martin landed in Peru, Lima the 
proud, the rich, was the seat of the Spanish 
Viceroy's Court with all its pomp and vices. 
She was shut in by walls above which rose her 
turrets and domes. Many of her people were 
slaves, Indians, or freedmen; the rest were 
haughty Spanish grandees and rich royalists. 
Lima was the civil, and military, despot of all 
Spanish America. 

San Martin had now but one thought and aim 
— to drive the Spaniards from Lima, and make 
the city independent. He besieged her by sea 
and land. Through proclamations sent far and 
wide, he urged the Peruvians to rise up and help 
gain their own Freedom. Peruvian Colonists, 
Indians, and slaves flocked to his standard. 

The siege began to tell on Lima. Her pride 



258 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

was humbled to the dust. Her food was ex- 
hausted. Fresh supphes were cut off by the 
blockade. The poor suffered dreadful want. The 
rich were deprived of their luxuries. Rich and 
poor alike lived in terror of their lives. To add 
to the miseries of the unhappy city, her officials, 
who should have protected her, fell to quarrelling 
among themselves. 

On the Fifth of July, universal terror reigned. 
The Spanish Viceroy had announced that he was 
about to abandon the city to her fate. Every 
one believed that San Martin's troops would fall 
upon her to pillage and burn. At dawn the Vice- 
roy marched out with his troops. 

There was one mad rush to escape to Callao, 
the port of Lima, several miles away. All the 
people who could, hastened to leave. Crowds of 
fugitives hurried along the highways, people on 
foot, in carts, on horseback; men, women, and 
children, with bundles and household goods, with 
horses and mules, and with slaves bending under 
heavy burdens of baggage and treasure. 

Inside the city, there was pandemonium. 
Women were seen fleeing toward the convents. 
The narrow streets were choked with loaded 
wagons and mounted horsemen. 

By midday, scarcely a person was to be seen. 
Those who had been forced to remain, had 
barred their doors and closed their shutters, and 



FALL OF THE CITY OF KINGS 259 

were waiting with fear and trembling for San 
Martin's troops to fall upon the city. 

In the midst of this confusion, the few officials 
who had not fled, gathered together to consult 
as to what should be done. They feared an up- 
rising of the slaves or an attack by a mob. But, 
greater still was their fear of the multitude of 
San Martin's armed Indians, savage and undis- 
ciplined, who were surrounding the city. For 
though the Indians were under the command of 
San Martin's officers, they seemed likely at any 
moment, to break loose from restraint and 
massacre the helpless people of Lima. The 
Indians were so near that they could plainly 
be seen, perched on the heights that overhung 
the city. 

The officials, in great terror of mind, wrote a 
letter to San Martin, entreating him to enter 
Lima and protect her. The letter was despatched 
by a messenger. 

All night long, a profound silence brooded over 
the city. 

The next morning San Martin's answer came. 

It was brief. He would enter the city, he said, 
only if it was the real wish of the People of Lima 
to declare their Independence. He had no desire 
to enter as a conqueror, he declared, but would 
come only if invited by the People, 

And added he, that the People, in the mean- 



260 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

while, might give whatever orders they desired 
to his troops surrounding the city; and the orders 
should be obeyed. 

His answer stunned the officials. They could 
not believe that a conquering general could be 
so humane to a helpless foe. They thought that 
San Martin was mocking them. But to put the 
matter to the test, they sent an order to a com- 
manding officer of a regiment stationed near the 
city gate, asking him to withdraw his men to a 
spot a league away. The officer immediately 
withdrew them. 

The good news flew through the city. People 
went almost mad with joy. Confidence was 
restored; and parties of picked soldiers were 
invited in to guard the city. 

In a day or two everything was as before. 
The shops were opened again. Women were seen 
stealing from the convents. Men ventured into 
the square to smoke their cigars. The streets 
were lined with refugees returning to their homes, 
bringing back bundles, trunks, and treasures. 
The street criers were bawling their wares; and 
the city was restored to its usual noise and 
bustle. 

Then a deputation of citizens waited upon 
San Martin to invite him to enter Lima and 
proclaim her Independence. 

Captain Basil Hall (Retold) 



SAN MARTIN THE CONQUEROR 261 

SAN MARTIN THE CONQUEROR 

A Retreat 

The people watched eagerly to see San Martin 
enter in state as a conquering general should. 
The day passed, and he did not come. When it 
began to grow dark, he rode in through the gate 
attended by a single aide-de-camp. 

And he would not have come then, if he could 
have helped it. It was his plan to slip unobserved 
into the city early in the morning before people 
were up. 

But the reason why he had to enter at evening, 
was this : — 

He was tired, and he had just settled down for 
the night in the corner of a little cottage outside 
the walls. He was blessing his stars that he was 
well out of the reach of business, when in came 
two Friars, who had discovered his hiding place. 

Each one made him a long tedious speech; one 
likened him to Caesar and the other to Lucullus. 

"Good heavens!" exclaimed San Martin, when 
the Friars had left. "What are we to do? This 
will never answer!" 

"O sir," replied the aide-de-camp, "there are 
two more of the same stamp close at hand." 

" Indeed ! Then saddle the horses again, and let 
us be off!" exclaimed San Martin. 

So it happened that the conquering General 



262 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

was forced to retreat, and enter Lima before 
people were asleep. 

The Mother and her Three Sons 

When he entered the city, instead of going 
directly to the palace where he was to lodge, he 
stopped to call on the Governor. 

In a moment, the news of his arrival sped 
through the city. People came thronging into 
the Governor's house, and even filled the court 
and street. 

San Martin was forced to stand in the audience- 
chamber and receive the crowds. Old people 
and young people pressed fast upon him. But 
though he was so modest and heartily disliked 
any show or pretension, he received their praises 
patiently and kindly. 

A handsome middle-aged woman approached 
him, and as he leaned forward to greet her, she 
threw herself at his feet. There, clinging to his 
knees, she looked up into his face, and exclaimed 
that she had three sons at his service, who, she 
hoped, would become useful citizens. 

San Martin listened to her with respect. As 
he gently raised her from the floor, she flung her 
arms around his neck and finished her speech. 
He replied to her with great earnestness ; and the 
poor woman's heart seemed bursting with grati- 
tude for his attention and kindness. 



SAN MARTIN THE CONQUEROR 263 

The Little Girl Who Was Bashful 

San Martin then seeing a little girl about ten 
or twelve years old, who was too bashful to come 
forward, lifted the astonished child and kissed 
her cheek. When he set her down again, the little 
thing was in such ecstasy that she scarcely knew 
what to do. 

Another Little Girl 

San Martin established his headquarters a little 
beyond the city-wall. There he was completely 
surrounded by business. But every man coming 
out of San Martin's presence, seemed pleased 
whether he had succeeded in his petition or not. 
Among others, an old man came into head- 
quarters holding a little girl in his arms. He had 
just one request, would the great General please 
kiss his child? San Martin good-naturedly kissed 
her, and the father went away radiantly happy. > 

The Best Cigar 

San Martin lived on the friendliest terms with 
his officers. 

One day, at his own table, he opened his pouch 
and took out a cigar, rounder and firmer than the 
rest. He gave it a look of unconscious satis- 
faction. Just then a voice called: — 

"My General!" 

San Martin started from his revery, and raised 
his head. 



264 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

"Who spoke?" he said. 

"It was I," said an officer who had been watch- 
ing him. "I merely wished to beg the favour of 
one cigar from you." 

"Ah ha!" said San Martin smihng good- 
naturedly with an assumed look of reproach. 
And at once he tossed his chosen cigar to the 
officer. 

Dutij Before the General 

At another time, San Martin was entertaining a 
visitor on board a schooner. While they were 
walking up and down, the sailors began to swab 
the deck. 

"What a plague it is," said San Martin, "that 
these fellows will insist on washing their decks at 
this rate." Then turning to one of the men, he 
said, "I wish, my friend, you would not wet us 
here, but go to the other side." 

The sailor, who had his duty to perform and 
who was too well accustomed to the General's 
gentle manner, went on with his work, and 
soundly splashed him and his guest. 

"I am afraid," cried San Martin, "we must go 
below, although our cabin is but a miserable 
hole! For really there is no persuading these 
fellows to go out of their usual way." 

Captain Basil Hall and Other Sources {Retold) 



LIMA'S GREATEST DAY 265 

LIMA'S GREATEST DAY 

July 28, 1821, Peru's Independence Day 

It was Lima's greatest day. It was the 28th of 
July. It was her Independence Day. 

Flowers and perfumes were being showered 
down from palace- windows and balconies. They 
fell on the heads of San Martin and many officers, 
clergy, and officials who were marching through 
cheering crowds. 

They marched to the great square, and 
mounted a platform. The troops were drawn 
up in the square. 

The Declaration of Independence of Peru was 
read aloud. 

Then San Martin, standing on the platform, 
unfurled the new flag of the Republic of Peru. 
As he shook out its scarlet and white folds on 
which was the face of the Sun rising over the 
Andes with a tranquil river at their base, he 
called in a loud voice: — 

"From this moment Peru is free and inde- 
pendent by the common wish of the People, and 
by the justice of her cause, which God defend!" 

Then waving the flag on high, he shouted: — 

" Long live the Fatherland ! Long live Libertj' ! 
Long live Independence!'* 

"Long live the Fatherland!" shouted the 



266 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

crowds, as they caught up his words and passed 
them along from the square to the streets beyond. 

The bells of the city rang out a joyous peal. 
Cannon were fired. And such a roar of voices 
Went up as was never heard before in Lima. 

Then from the platform silver medals were 
rained down on the crowds. On each was in- 
scribed: — 

Lima, being liberated, swore its Independence on the 
28th of July, 1821, under the protection of the Liberat- 
ing Army of Peru, commanded by San Martin. 

San Martin adopted the title of "Protector of 
Peru." He took upon himself the temporary 
government of the country until its Independence 
should be assured. 

'*I do not want military renown," said San 
Martin, "I have no ambition to be the conqueror 
of Peru. I want solely to liberate the country, 
from oppression." 

HAIL! NEIGHBOUR REPUBLICS! 

San Martin continued to wage his successful 
campaign against the Spaniards. Now, let us 
leave him and Peru for a moment. 

Let us turn to the United States and see what 
we were doing about all this. 

We recognized our sister Republics for the 
first time on March 8, 1822. 



HAIL! NEIGHBOUR REPUBLICS 2C7 

On that day President Monroe sent a special 
message to Congress saying, "the Provinces 
belonging to this hemisphere are our neighbours." 
He recommended that Congress should recognize 
as independent Nations, Colombia, Chile, Peru, 
Mexico, and Argentina, then called La Plata. 

Brazil had already acknowledged them; so the 
United States was the second Power to hold out 
the hand of fellowship to our neighbours. Eng- 
land followed soon after. 

This acknowledgment of a brave People's 
struggle for freedom, came after more than 
twenty years of terrible warfare. 

Our neighbour Republics — recognized in 1822, 
— have the honour of having won their own 
Liberty without the aid of foreign Allies. For 
though they had the sympathy of all free Peoples, 
and the moral support of both the English and 
the United States Governments, and though 
hundreds of foreign young men — whole legions 
of them — volunteered in the Patriot Armies 
and shed their blood for Spanish-American In- 
dependence, yet the Patriots of the Southern 
Republics had to stand up alone and unaided 
by any Government. 

They won their Independence by patient en- 
durance of every conceivable suffering, by rising 
above momentary defeats, and by courageously 
persisting to the end under the command of 
their devoted Liberators. 



268 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

In the language of San Martin, "God granted 
them success." 



AMERICA FOR THE AMERICANS 

So at last, the Spanish- American Republics were 
recognized. Their Freedom was practically won. 

But the Kings of Continental Europe felt their 
thrones tottering and their crowns loosened. 

After the wars of Napoleon, the whole of 
Europe was in political ferment. So it always 
happens after long wars. 

The Peoples of Continental Europe, who for 
generations had been down-trodden by Kings 
and Emperors, had learned from the United 
States and France, of such things as Liberty, 
Constitutions, and the right of Peoples to a 
voice in their own government. Everywhere 
the Peoples of Europe were preparing to demand 
constitutional governments. Then, too, a wave 
of infidelity was sweeping through the world, the 
result of the terrible French Revolution. 

Then, in 1815, the three Kings of Russia, 
Prussia, and Austria, formed a league called the 
Holy Alliance. 

Its original purpose was lofty. It was at first, 
a very pious affair. 

The Holy Allies agreed to take under their 
Christian protection the Kingdoms of Europe, 



AMERICA FOR THE AMERICANS 269 

and to govern their three Peoples as one People 
by the dictates of the Holy Religion of Christ. 
They pledged themselves to bring about a reign 
of charity, justice, and peace for Europe. The 
Holy Allies claimed to be divinely appointed to 
do all this. Spain, France, Naples, and Sardinia 
joined them. England did not become a member 
for though she has a monarch, she has a Consti- 
tutional Government. 

It was not long before this Holy Alliance be- 
came a hotbed of European intrigue, and de- 
veloped into a subtle political league to destroy 
the awakening liberties of the World. 

The Holy Allies conspired to put down all 
democratic principles, and stamp out all rep- 
resentative government from Europe. They 
also conspired to prevent the formation of any 
new Republics in other parts of the World, and 
to chain the liberty of the Press, which is the 
Voice of the People. Thus these Holy Allies 
joined forces to uphold the divine right of Kings 
and the tyranny of absolute monarchies. 

Their next move was to promise Spain to help 
destroy the Spanish- American Republics, and thus 
restore to her her lost Colonies. 

This was after we had acknowledged the In- 
dependence of those Republics. 

The Holy Allies planned to invade America 
with their Army. 



270 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

When this news reached the United States, 
there was a furore. And, when added to this 
news, it was announced that Russia was laying 
plans to colonize the Pacific coast of North 
America, there was great indignation in this 
country. 

It was then, that President Monroe, on De- 
cember 2, 1823, gave to the World the famous 
Monroe Doctrine, which is this: — 

To the defense of our own [Government], which has 
been achieved by the loss of so much blood and treasure 
. . . and under which we have enjoyed unexampled 
felicity, this whole Nation is devoted. 

That the American continents, by the free and inde^ 
'pendent conditions which they have assumed and main- 
tained, are henceforth not to be considered as subjects 
for future colonization by any European Powers. . . . 

We should consider any attempt on their part to 
extend their system to any portion of this hemisphere, 
as dangerous to our peace and safety. . . . 

But with the Governments (the Spanish American 
Republics) who have declared their Independence and 
maintained it, and whose Independence we have . . . 
acknowledged, we could not view any interposition for 
the purpose of oppressing them, or controlling in any 
other manner their destiny by any European Power, in 
any other light than as the manifestation of an unfriendly 
disposition toward the United States. . . , 

This is the Monroe Doctrine. 
America for the Americans, American In- 
dependence, is what it means. 



WHAT ONE AMERICAN DID 271 

WHAT ONE AMERICAN DID 

October 9, 1820 

Now, to return to South America and its struggle: 

"That was bravely and cleverly done!" ex- 
claimed Joseph Villamil. 

Villamil was an American, a citizen of the 
United States, who had cast in his lot with the 
Spanish-American Patriots. At his house in 
Guayaquil (a city now a part of Ecuador) the 
local Patriots met to discuss plans. 

The Province and city of Guayaquil lay on the 
northern border of Peru. They were still under 
Spanish rule. They were garrisoned by 1500 
Spanish soldiers. 

The Patriots decided to capture the garrison. 
So while San Martin was preparing to besiege 
Lima, they set out from Villamil's house, led by 
a Venezuelan officer. Villamil accompanied them 
with a band of Englishmen and North Americans, 
who were eager to help in the attack. 

They took the garrison in double-quick time, 
and with very little bloodshed at that, for 
scarcely eight men were killed. 

"That was bravely and cleverly done!" said 
Villamil. 

And that he himself had fought bravely and 
cleverly during the attack, was soon proven, for 



272 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

the Provisional Government of Guayaquil des- 
patched him aboard a schooner to carry the good 
news to Lord Cochrane and San Martin. 

Some time after, there took place at Guayaquil 
one of the most amazing meetings the world has 
ever seen. 

THE AMAZING MEETING 

This amazing meeting at Guayaquil, was like the 
dramatic climax of an exciting story. 

There was a mystery in it. 

It happened a few months after the freeing of 
Guayaquil. The people of the city, dressed in 
their gayest clothes, were crowding along the 
streets, and craning their necks to watch for a 
procession. 

Triumphal arches spanned the streets. On 
each arch was inscribed: — 

BOLIVAR! 

And while the people watched eagerly, lo, the 
new white and blue flag of independent Guayaquil 
was hauled down from the gunboats on the river, 
and in its place were run up the red, yellow, and 
blue colours of the great new Republic of Colom- 
bia, which had just been formed to the North of 
Guayaquil. 

Then there was a sudden burst of military 



THE AMAZING MEETING 273 

music, and under the triumphal arches marched 
a procession of officers in brilHant uniforms and 
soldiers with bayonets. And astride his war-horse, 
cocked hat in hand, rode Simon Bolivar, the 
Venezuelan Liberator, small, erect, and elegant. 

He had been leading his conquering Army 
down from the North, driving out the Spaniards; 
while at the same time, San Martin had been 
freeing the Republics of Argentina and Chile 
and convoying his Army up from the South to 
the liberation of Peru. 

It was General Bolivar who had founded the 
new and great Republic of Colombia, and had 
given it a constitutional government. He was now 
come to Guayaquil on his way to liberate Peru. 

He rode thus proudly under the arches that 
bore his name. His alert, bright, black eyes 
turned to the right and left as he took in every 
detail around him. 

Soon after this, the Amazing Meeting took 
place. 

San Martin the Protector arrived at Guayaquil 
to confer with Bolivar. 

Strong Spanish forces were gathering in Peru, 
concentrating for a terrible, and final struggle. 
San Martin's Army had been weakened by disease 
and losses. He was now come to ask Bolivar to 
join his forces with the Patriot Army in Peru and 
so help bring the war to a quick, decisive end. 



274 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

Thus the two great Patriots met in the gayly 
decked tropic city. One had Hberated all the 
northern part of Spanish America, the other had 
brought Independence to two southern Re- 
publics: Bolivar small, alert, sagacious, of vivid 
personality and iron will impatient of restraint, 
elegantly clad in full dress uniform; San Martin, 
stalwart, earnest, simple, yet strong, dressed in 
plain garments. 

On the result of their conference, hung the 
completed Freedom of all Spanish America. 

They were left alone. 

They conferred for more than an hour. 

No one knew what they discussed. But those 
who caught glimpses of them, said that Bolivar 
seemed agitated, while San Martin was grave 
and calm. 

After the conference, San Martin sent his 
baggage back to the ship. 

The next day, they conferred again. 

Again, nobody knew what they discussed. 

That night, San Martin went aboard his ship, 
and sailed for Peru. 



WHAT HAPPENED AFTERWARD 

Then came the results of that Amazing 
Meeting. 

San Martin returned to Peru, and announced 



WHAT HAPPENED AFTERWARD 275 

that Bolivar was coming with his Army to aid the 
Country. He then resigned his command, refus- 
ing all the honours heaped upon him by the 
grateful Peruvian Government. But, he said, 
that if the Republic of Peru were ever in danger, 
he would glory in joining as a citizen in her 
defense. 

Then, to the sorrowing Peruvian People, he 
issued a farewell address, assuring them, that 
since their Independence was secured, he was now 
about to fulfil his sacred promise and leave them 
to govern themselves, adding: — 

"God grant that success may 'preside over your 
destinies, and that you may reach the summit of felicity 
and peace" 

That same night, San Martin mounted his 
horse and rode way into the darkness. He had 
left Peru forever. 

He passed through Chile and laid down his 
command; then he crossed the Andes to rest for 
a while on his little farm at Mendoza. 

There the terrible news reached him that his 
wife had died in Buenos Aires. All that she had 
meant to him, he himself expressed in the simple 
words : — 

"The wife and friend of General San Martin." 

His trials were not yet over. For on his reach- 
ing Buenos Aires, its oflScials met him coldly and 
scornfully. Then San Martin, ill, sorrowful, and 



276 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

forsaken, took his little daughter in his arms, 
and going aboard a ship sailed for Europe. Thus 
he left Argentina, and went into voluntary exile. 

He never saw Buenos Aires again. Five years 
later, longing to retire quietly on his farm at 
Mendoza, he returned to Argentina. He never 
left the ship. He learned that if he did so, old 
political factions would rise up again, and civil 
war might threaten Argentina. So he sailed back 
to Europe. 

There he looked after his daughter's education. 
And in his old age, he lived comfortably in a 
small country house on the bank of the Seine. 
He cared for his garden, tended his flowers, and 
read his books, until his sight began to fail. 

At the age of seventy-two, still a voluntary 
exile for the good of his Country, he died in his 
dear daughter's arms. 

"I desire," said he, "that my heart should rest 
in Buenos Aires." 

THE MYSTERY SOLVED 

What was the mystery, that had made San 
Martin at the height of his success, bow his head 
in silence and go into voluntary exile? 

His enemies reviled him. Even some of his 
friends accused him of deserting his post in time 
of need. But he neither complained nor explained. 



THE MYSTERY SOLVED 277 

A great act of self-abnegation may not be 
hidden forever. Years passed by, then San 
Martin's noble purpose came to light. 

At that Amazing Meeting, after he and Bolivar 
had exchanged opposing views as to the best 
form of government for Spanish America, they 
began to discuss the liberation of Peru. 

Bolivar refused to enter Peru or to allow his 
Army to do so without the consent of the Con- 
gress of Colombia. He politely offered to lend 
San Martin a few troops, altogether too few to 
aid in the subjection of the large Spanish forces 
gathering in Peru for the final decisive struggle. 

San Martin, at a glance, read the Liberator's 
purpose. He saw before him a brilliant General 
"of a constancy to which diflBculties only added 
strength," who by joining his Army to that of 
Peru, Argentina, and Chile, could make sure for 
all time to come, the liberation of the whole of 
Spanish America. But it was also plain to San 
Martin that Bolivar would never consent to share 
his command with any other man. 

Therefore, San Martin offered to lay down the 
sword of supreme command of his forces in Peru, 
and serve as an ordinary officer under Bolivar. 

This Bolivar refused. 

San Martin was pushed to the wall. There was 
left only one of two things for him to do — either 
to return to Peru and wage an unequal and 



278 SAN MARTIN OF ARGENTINA 

possibly losing warfare against the Spaniards 
without the help of Bolivar, — or to withdraw. 

He withdrew in silence. 

But why in silence? Why did he not explain 
so that people might understand and not mis- 
judge him? 

In a letter that he wrote from Peru to Bolivar, 
giving his reasons for retiring, he told why he was 
silent: — 

" The sentiments which this letter contains will remain 
buried in the most profound silence. If they were to 
become public, our enemies might profit by them and 
injure the cause of Liberty; while ambitious and intrigu- 
ing people might use them to foment discord." 

Again he said, "It shall not be San Martin who 
will give a day's delight to the enemy." 

And on leaving Peru, he said in his farewell to 
the People, "My countrymen, as in most affairs, 
will be divided in opinion — their children will 
give a true verdict." 

And their children have justified his faith. 

To-day, his body rests in the Cathedral of 
Buenos Aires. 

And to-day every school-child in Argentina is 
taught to love and reverence the Father of their 
Country who never thought of himself — Jose 
de San Martin. 



MARCH 15 

ANDREW JACKSON 
OLD HICKORY 

Our Federal Union: It must and shall he preserved! 

Andrew Jackson's Toast on Jeferson's Birthday 



/ want to say that Andrew Jackson was a Tennessean; hut 
Andrew Jackson was an American, and there is not a State 
in this Nation thai cannot claim him, that has not the right 
to claim him as a national hero. . . . 

I should not say that Old Hickory was faultless. I do not 
know very many strong men tliai have not got some of the 
defects of their qualities. But Andrew Jackson was as up- 
right a Patriot, as honest a man, as fearless a gentleman, as 
ever any Nation had in public or private life. 

President Theodore Roosevelt 



Andrew Jackson was born in the Carolipas, March 

15, 1767 
Won the Battle of Talladega aganst the Creeks, 1813 
Won the Battle of New Orleans against the British, 

January 8, 1815 
Was made Governor of Florida, 1821 
Was elected President, 1828; agam, 1832 
He died, June 8, 1845 
He is sometimes called "Old Hickory" 



MISCHIEVOUS ANDY 

"Set the case! You are Shauney Kerr's mare, 
and me Billy Buck. And I should mount you, 
and you should kick, fall, fling, and break your 
neck, should I be to blame for that? " 

Imagine this gibberish, roared out by a sandy- 
haired boy, as he came leaping from the door of 
a log-schoolhouse, ready to defy all the other boys 
to a race, a wrestle, or a jumping match, while he 
playfully laid sprawling as many of his friends as 
he could trip unawares. 

There you have Andy Jackson ! 

Andy, tall, lank, red-headed, blue-eyed, 
freckled, barefoot, and dressed in coarse cop- 
peras-coloured clothes, was the son of a poor 
Scotch Irish widow. He was born and reared in 
the Carolinas. He lived with his mother in the 
Waxhaws Settlement. His home was a log-cabin 
in a clearing. 

His mother earned her living and that of her 
two youngest boys. She had great ambitions for 
Andy. She sent him to school in the little log- 
schoolhouse. And, when she had earned enough 
money, she paid his tuition at a country academy. 

No boy ever lived who liked fun better than 
Andy. He ran foot-races, leaped the bar, and 



282 ANDREW JACKSON 

high-jumped. To the younger boys, who never 
questioned his mastery, he was a generous pro- 
tector. There was nothing he would not do to 
defend them. 

But boys of his own age and older, found him 
self-willed, somewhat overbearing, easily of- 
fended, very irascible, and on the whole difficult 
to get along with. 

He learned to read, write, and cast accounts 
— little more. 

James Parton (Retold) 

READING THE DECLARATION 

Andy was nine years old when the Declaration of 
Independence was signed at Philadelphia. 

In August, some one brought a Philadelphia 
newspaper to the Waxhaws. It contained a 
portion of the Declaration. A crowd of Waxhaw 
Patriots gathered in front of the country store 
owned by Andy's Uncle Crawford. They were 
eager to hear the Declaration read aloud. Andy 
was chosen to read it. 

He did so proudly in a shrill, penetrating voice. 
He read the whole thing through without once 
stopping to spell out the words. And that was 
more than many of the grown men of the Wax- 
haws could do in those pioneer days, when frontier 
log-schoolhouses were few and far between. 



OUT AGAINST TARLETON 283 

OUT AGAINST TARLETON 

Andrew Jackson was little more than thirteen, 
when the British Tarleton with his dragoons, 
thundered along the red roads of the Waxhaws, 
and dyed them a deeper red with the blood of the 
surprised Patriot Militia. For Tarleton fell upon 
the Waxhaws settlement, and killed one hundred 
and thirteen of the Militia, and wounded a 
hundred and fifty more. 

The wounded men were abandoned to the care 
of the settlers, and quartered in the cabins, and 
in the old log Waxhaw meeting-house, which was 
turned into a hospital. 

Andrew's mother was one of the kind women 
who nursed the soldiers in the meeting-house. 
Andrew and his brother Robert assisted her in 
waiting upon them. Andrew, more in rage than 
pity, though pitiful by nature, burned to avenge 
their wounds and his brother's death. For his 
eldest brother, Hugh, had mounted his horse the 
year before, and ridden southward to join the^ 
Patriot forces. He had fought gallantly, and 
had died bravely. 

Tarleton's massacre at the Waxhaws, had 
kindled the flames of war in all that region of the 
Carolinas. The time was now come when Andrew 
and Robert were to play men's parts. Carrying 
their own weapons, they mounted their grass 



284 ANDREW JACKSON 

ponies — ponies of the South CaroHna swamps, 
rough, Shetlandish, wild — and rode away to join 
the patriots. 

Andrew and Robert served in a number of 
actions, and were finally taken captive. 

They were at length rescued by their mother. 
This heroic woman arrived at their prison, and by 
her efforts and entreaties, succeeded in bringing 
about an exchange of prisoners. 

Andrew and Robert were brought out of 
prison and handed over to her. She gazed at 
them in astonishment and horror, — so worn 
and wasted the boys were with hunger, wounds, 
and disease. They were both ill with the small- 
pox. Robert could not stand, nor even sit on 
horseback without support. 

Two horses were procured. One, Mrs. Jackson 
rode herself. Robert was placed on the other, and 
held in his seat by some of the prisoners to whom 
Mrs. Jackson had just given liberty. 

Behind the sad procession poor Andrew 
dragged his weak and weary limbs, bare-headed, 
bare-footed, without a jacket, his only two gar- 
ments torn and dirty. 

The forty miles of lonely wilderness to the 
Waxhaws were nearly traversed, and the fevered 
boys were expecting in two hours more, to enjoy 
the comfort of home, when a chilly, drenching 
rain set in. The smallpox had reached that stage 



AN ORPHAN OF THE REVOLUTION 285 

when a violent chill proves wellnigh fatal. The 
boys reached home and went to bed. 

In two days Robert Jackson was dead, while 
' Andrew was a raving maniac. But the mother's 
nursing and his own strong constitution brought 
i Andrew out of his peril, and set him on the way , 
to slow recovery. 

•James Parton {Retold) 



AN ORPHAN OF THE REVOLUTION 

Andrew Jackson was no sooner out of danger, 
than his courageous mother resolved to go to 
Charleston, a distance of nearly two hundred 
miles, and do what she could for the comfort of 
the prisoners confined on the reeking, disease- 
infested prison-ships. 

Among the many captives on the ships, suffer- 
ing hunger, sickness, and neglect, were Mrs. 
Jackson's own nephews and some of her Waxhaw 
neighbours. She hoped to obtain their release, 
as she had that of Andy and Robert. 

She arrived at Charleston, and gained ad- 
mission to the ships. She distributed food and 
medicines, and brought much comfort and joy 
to the haggard prisoners. 

She had been there but a little time when she 
was seized by ship-fever. After a short illness 
she died. She was buried on the open plain, and 



286 ANDREW JACKSON 

her grave was lost sight of. Her clothes, a sorry 
bundle, were sent to her boy at the Waxhaws. 

And so Andrew Jackson, before reaching his 
fifteenth birthday had lost his father, mother, and 
two brothers. He was an orphan, a sick and 
sorrowful orphan, a homeless orphan, an orphan 
of the Revolution. 

Many years later on his birthday, on the very 
same day when he disbanded the Army with 
which he had won the Battle of New Orleans, he 
said of his mother: — 

"How I wish she could have lived to see this 
day! There never was a woman like her. She 
was gentle as a dove and brave as a lioness. . . . 

"Her last words have been the law of my life. 
When the tidings of her death reached me, I 
at first could not believe it. When I finally 
realized the truth, I felt utterly alone. . . . Yes, 
I was alone. With that feeling, I started to make 
my own way. . . . 

" The memory of my Mother and her teachings, 
were after all the only capital I had to start in 
life with, and on that capital I have made my 
way." 

James Parton and Other Sources. 

THE HOOTING IN THE WILDERNESS 

It was night in the Tennessee Wilderness. A 
train of settlers from the Carolinas, with four- 



HOOTING IN THE WILDERNESS 287 

wheeled ox-carts and pack-horses, and attended 
by an armed guard, was winding its way along 
the trail through the forest toward the frontier- 
town of Nashville. They had marched thirty-six 
hours, a night and two days, without stopping 
to rest. They were keeping a vigilant outlook 
for savages. 

At length, they reached what they thought 
was a safe camping-ground. The tired travellers 
hastened to encamp. Their little tents were 
pitched. Their fires were lighted. The ex- 
hausted women and children crept into the 
tents, and fell asleep. 

The men, except those who were to stand 
sentinel during the first half of the night, wrapped 
their blankets around them and lay down under 
the lee of sheltering logs with their feet to the 
fir 

Silence fell on the camp. 

All slept except the sentinels and one young 
man. He sat with his back to a tree, smoking a 
corn-cob pipe. He was not handsome; but the 
direct glance of his keen blue eye and his reso- 
lute expression, made him seem so in spite of a 
long thin face, high forehead somewhat narrow, 
and sandy-red hair falling low on his brow. 

This young man was Andrew Jackson, — 
mischievous Andy of the Waxhaws, — now 
grown to be a clever, licensed, young lawyer. 



288 ANDREW JACKSON 

He was going with the emigrant train to Nash- 
ville in order to hang out his sign and practise 
on the frontier. 

He sat there in the Wilderness, in the dark- 
ness, peacefully smoking. He listened to the 
night sounds from the forest. He was falling 
into a doze, when he noted the various hoots of 
owls in the forest around him. 

"A remarkable country this, for owls," he 
thought, as he closed his eyes and fell asleep. 

Just then an owl, whose hooting had sounded 
at a distance, suddenly uttered a peculiar cry 
close to the camp. 

In a moment, young Jackson was the widest 
awake man in Tennessee. 

He grasped his rifle, and crept cautiously to 
where his friend Searcy was sleeping, and woke 
him quietly. 

"Searcy," said he, "raise your head and make 
no noise." 

"What's the matter?" asked Searcy. 

"The owls — listen — there — there again! 
Isn't that a little too natural?" 

"Do you think so?" asked Searcy. 

"I know it," replied young Jackson. "There 
are Indians all around us. I have heard them 
in every direction. They mean to attack before 
daybreak." 

In a few minutes, the men of the camp were 



FORT MIMS 289 

aroused. The experienced woodsmen among 
them Hstened to the hooting, and agreed with 
young Jackson, that there were Indians in the 
forest. Jackson advised that the camp should 
be instantly and quietly broken up, and the 
march resumed. 

This was done, and the company heard nothing 
more of the savages. 

But a party of hunters who reached the same 
camping-ground an hour after the company had 
left it, lay down by the fires and slept. Before 
day dawned, the Indians were upon them, and 
killed all except one of the party. 

But the long train of emigrants, men, women 
and children, were safely continuing their weari- 
some journey through the Wilderness. At last 
they reached Nashville to the joy of the settlers^ 
there. 

And a great piece of news young Andrew 
Jackson brought with him to Nashville — the 
Constitution of the United States had just been 
ratified and adopted by a majority of the States 
of the Union. 

James Parton (Retold) 



FORT MIMS 

The War of 1812 was made terrible by an up- 
rising of the Indians. The Creeks, incited and 



290 ANDREW JACKSON 

armed by British officers, attacked Fort Mims 
in Alabama, and, with unspeakable atrocities, 
massacred over five hundred helpless men, 
women, and children. 

The howling savages at their bloody work 
made so hideous a scene, that even their Chief, 
a half-breed Indian named Weatherford, was 
filled with horror. He tried to protect the women 
and children. But his savage followers broke all 
restraint, and nothing could stop their cruel 
butchery. The Creeks ended by setting fire to 
the ruins of the fort. 

This Indian massacre at Fort Mims was one 
of the bloodiest in history. 

The news reached Tennessee, arousing the 
country. Andrew Jackson rose from a sick-bed, 
called together an army of volunteers, and led 
them against the Creeks. 

DAVY CROCKETT 

"Go ahead J" Davy Crockett's motto 

When Andrew Jackson called for volunteers to 
punish the Creeks, Davy Crockett, the famous 
Tennessee bear-hunter, came hurrying to enlist. 
He was a backwoodsman, born and reared in a 
log cabin in the Wilderness. 

Armed with his long rifle and hunting-knife, 
dressed in a hunting-shirt and fox-skin cap with 



CHIEF WEATHERFORD 291 

the tail hanging down behind, he was a pictur- 
esque figure. 

He was merry as well as fearless, and kept the 
soldiers in a constant roar of laughter with his 
jokes and funny stories. He was kind-hearted, 
and gave away his money to any soldier who 
needed it. 

"Go ahead!" was his motto whenever facing 
difficulty or dangers. 

Some years after the Creek War, he took part 
in the struggle for Liberty in Texas. 

With Travis and Bowie, he defended the 
Alamo. 

"Go ahead! Liberty and Independence for 
ever!" wrote Davy Crockett in his diary just 
before the Alamo fell. 



CHIEF WEATHERFORD 

Andrew Jackson carried forward his Indian 
campaign with crushing effect. Blow after blow 
fell upon the doomed Creeks, and at the Battle 
of the Horseshoe, he annihilated their power for 
ever. 

The Creeks were conquered; but their Chief, 
Weatherford, was still at large, Andrew Jackson 
gave orders for his pursuit and capture. He 
wished to punish him for his part in the massacre 
at Fort Mims. 



292 ANDREW JACKSON 

The Creek force under Weatherford had 
melted away. The warriors who were left after 
the battle, had taken flight to a place of safety, 
leaving him alone in the forest with a multitude 
of Indian women and children, widows and 
orphans, perishing for want of food. 
" It was then that Weatherford gave a shining 
example of humanity and heroism. He might 
have fled to safety with the rest of his war- 
party. He chose to remain and to attempt, at 
the sacrifice of his own life, to save from starva- 
tion the women and children who were with him. 

He mounted his gray steed, and directed his 
course to General Jackson's camp. When only 
a few miles from there, a fine deer crossed his 
path and stopped within shooting distance. 
Weatherford shot the deer and placed it on his 
horse behind the saddle. 

Reloading his rifle with two balls, for the 
purpose of shooting Big Warrior, a leading Chief 
friendly to the Americans, if he gave him any 
trouble, Weatherford rode on. He soon reached 
the outposts of the camp. He politely inquired 
of a group of soldiers where General Jackson 
was. An old man pointed out the General's 
tent, and the fearless Chief rode up to it. 

Before the entrance of the tent sat Big Warrior 
himself. Seeing Weatherford, he cried out in au 
insulting tone: — 



CHIEF WEATHERFORD 293 

"Ah! Bill Weatherford, have we got you at 
last?" 

With a glance of fire at Big Warrior, Weather- 
ford replied with an oath : — 

"Traitor! if you give me any insolence, I will 
blow a ball through your cowardly heart!" 

General Jackson now came running out of the 
tent. 

"How dare you," exclaimed the General furi- 
ously, "ride up to my tent after having murdered 
the women and children at Fort Mims?" 

"General Jackson," replied Weatherford with 
dignity, "I am not afraid of you. I fear no man, 
for I am a Creek warrior. 

"I have nothing to request in behalf of my- 
self. You can kill me if you desire. But I come 
to beg you to send for the women and children 
of the war-party, who are now starving in the 
woods. Their fields and cribs have been de- 
stroyed by your people, who have driven them 
to the woods without an ear of corn. I hope 
that you will send out parties who will conduct 
them safely here, in order that they may be fed. 

"I exerted myself in vain to prevent the 
massacre of the women and children at Fort 
Mims. I am now done fighting. The Red Sticks 
are nearly all killed. If I could fight you any 
longer, I would most heartily do so. 

" Send for the women and children. They never 



g94 ANDREW JACKSON 

did you any harm. But kill me, if the white 
people want it done." 

While he was speaking, a crowd of officers and 
soldiers gathered around the tent. Associating 
the name of Weatherf ord with the of t- told horrors 
of the massacre, and not understanding what was 
going forward, the soldiers cast upon the Chief 
glances of hatred and aversion. Many of them 
cried out: — 

"Kill him! Killhun! Kill hun!" 

"Silence!" exclaimed Jackson. 

And the clamour was hushed. 

"Any man," added the General, with great 
energy, "who would kill as brave a man as this, 
would rob the dead!" 

He then requested Weatherford to alight, and 
enter his tent. Which the Chief did, bringing in 
with him the deer he had killed by the way, and 
presenting it to the General. 

Jackson accepted the gift, and invited Weather- 
ford to drink a glass of brandy. But Weatherford 
refused to drink, saying: — 

"General, I am one of the few Indians who do 
not drink liquor. But I would thank you for a 
little tobacco." 

Jackson gave him some tobacco, and they 
then discussed terms of peace. Weatherford 
explained that he wished peace, in order that 
his Nation might be relieved of their sufferings 
and the women and children saved. 



SAM HOUSTON 295 

** If you wish to continue the war,'* said General 
Jackson, "you are at Hberty to depart unharmed; 
but if you desire peace you may remain, and you 
shall be protected." 

And as Weatherford desired peace. General 
Jackson sent for the women and children and 
had them fed and cared for. 

When the war was over, Weatherford again 
became a planter, for he had been a prosperous 
one before he led his Nation, the Creeks, on the 
war-path. 

He lived many years in peace with white men 
and red, respected by his neighbours for his 
bravery, honour, and good native common-sense. 

To the day of his death, Weatherford deeply 
regretted the massacre at Fort Mims. "My 
warriors," said he, "were like famished wolves. 
And the first taste of blood made their appetites 
insatiable." 

James Parton and Other Stories 

SAM HOUSTON 

Years before the fall of the Alamo, during the 
Creek War, at the Battle of the Horseshoe, 
Andrew Jackson had just given the order for a 
part of his troops to charge the Indian breastwork. 
The troops rushed forward with loud shouts. 
The first in that rush was a young Lieutenant, 



296 ANDREW JACKSON 

Sam Houston.* As he led the way across the 
breastwork, a barbed arrow struck deep into his 
thigh. He tried to pull it out, but could not. 
He called to an officer, and asked him to draw 
it out. 

The officer tugged at its shaft twice, but failed. ' 

"Try again!" shouted Sam Houston, lifting 
his sword, "and if you fail this time, I will 
smite you to the earth!" 

The officer, with a desperate effort, pulled out 
the arrow. A stream of blood gushed from the 
wound. Sam Houston recrossed the breastwork 
to the rear, to have it dressed. 

A surgeon dressed it and staunched the flow 
of blood. Just then Andrew Jackson rode up to 
see who was wounded. Recognizing his daring 
lieutenant, he forbade him to return to the fight. 

Under any other circumstances, Sam Houston 
would have obeyed without a word. But now he 
begged the General to allow him to go back to 
his men. General Jackson ordered him most 
peremptorily not to cross the breastwork again. 

But Sam Houston was determined to die in 
that battle or win fame for ever. And soon after, 
when General Jackson called for volunteers to 
storm a ravine, Sam Houston rushed into the 
thick of the fight, and the next minute he was 
leading on his men. He received two rifle-balls in 

* Pronounced Hewston. 



JACKSON NAMED OLD HICKORY 297 

his right shoulder, and his left arm fell shattered 
at his side. At last, exhausted by the loss of blood 
he dropped to the ground. 

He eventually recovered; and the military 
prowess and heriosm which he had displayed 
throughout this battle, secured for him the lasting 
regard of Old Hickory. 

Retold from the "Life of Sam Houston" 

WHY JACKSON WAS NAMED 
OLD HICKORY 

When Andrew Jackson, with his Tennessee 
riflemen, was camping at Natchez waiting for 
orders to move on to New Orleans, he received 
a despatch from the War Department. It ordered 
him to dismiss his men at once. 

Jackson's indignation and rage knew no 
bounds. Dismiss them without pay, without 
means of transportation, without provision for 
the sick! Never! He himself would march them 
home again through the savage Wilderness, at 
his own expense! Such was his determination. 

And when his little Army set out from Natchez 
for its march of five hundred miles through the 
Wilderness, there were a hundred and fifty men 
on the sick-list, of whom fifty-six could not raise 
their heads from the pillow. There were but 
eleven wagons to convey them. The most des- 



298 ANDREW JACKSON 

perately ill were placed in the wagons. The rest 
of the sick were mounted on the horses of the 
officers. 

General Jackson had three fine horses, and 
gave them up to the sick, himself briskly trudging 
on foot. Day after day, he tramped gayly along 
the miry roads, never tired, and always ready 
with a cheering word for others. 

They marched with extraordinary speed, aver- 
aging eighteen miles a day, and performing the 
whole journey in less than a month. And yet the 
sick men rapidly recovered under the reviving 
influence of a homeward march. 

"Where am I?" asked one young fellow who 
had been lifted to his place in a wagon, when 
insensible and apparently dying. 

"On your way home!'' cried the General 
merrily. 

And the young soldier began to improve from 
that hour, and reached home in good health. 

Many of the volunteers had heard so much 
of Jackson's violent and hasty temper, that 
they had joined the corps with a certain dread 
and hesitation, fearing not the enemy, nor the 
marches, nor diseases and wounds, so much as 
the swift wrath of their Commander. How sur- 
prised were they to find, that though there was 
a whole volcano of wrath in their General, yet 
to the men of his command, so long as they did 



THE COTTON-BALES 299 

their duty and longer, he was the most gentle, 
patient, considerate, and generous of friends. 

It was on this homeward march that the 
nickname of Old Hickory was bestowed upon 
Andrew Jackson by his men. First of all the 
remark was made by a soldier, who was struck 
with his wonderful pedestrian powers, that the 
General was tough. Next it was observed of him 
that he was as tough as hickory. Then he was 
called Hickory. Lastly the affectionate adjective 
old was prefixed. And ever after he was known as 
Old Hickory. 

James Parton {Retold) 



THE COTTON-BALES 

We have all heard tell that Andrew Jackson 
and his riflemen fought the Battle of New Orleans 
from behind cotton-bales. 

This is a mistake. Yet it is true that Old 
Hickory did commandeer a whole cargo of cotton- 
bales, and with them built a bastion in front of 
his guns. But at the very first bombardment, 
the balls from the British batteries knocked 
the bales in all directions, while wads from the 
American guns and spurting flames from the 
muzzles of the rifles set some of the bales afire. 
They fell smouldering into the ditch outside, and 
lay there sending up smoke and choking odours. 



K 



300 ANDREW JACKSON 

When the bombardment was over, the Amer- 
ican soldiers dragged the unburnt cotton-bales 
to the rear. They cut them open and used the 
layers of cotton for beds. 



AFTER THE BATTLE OF NEW ORLEANS 

The British troops had retreated before the 
savage crackling of the Tennessee and Kentucky 
rifles. The American artillery, which had con- 
tinued to play upon the British batteries, ceased 
their fire for the guns to cool and the dense smoke 
to roll away. 

The whole American Army crowded in triumph 
to the parapet, and looked over into the field. 

What a scene was gradually disclosed to them ! 
The plain was covered and heaped with the 
British dead and wounded. The American sol- 
diers, to their credit be it repeated, were appalled 
and silenced at the sight before them. 

Dressed in their gay uniforms, cleanly shaven 
and attired for the promised victory and tri- 
umphal entry into New Orleans, these stalwart 
men lay on the gory field frightful examples of 
the horrors of war. Strangely did they contrast 
with those ragged, begrimed, long-haired pioneer 
men who, crowding the American parapet, stood 
surveying the destruction their long-rifles had 
caused. 



AFTER NEW ORLEANS BATTLE 301 

On the edge of the woods, there were many- 
British soldiers who, being sHghtly wounded, had 
concealed themselves under brush and in the 
trees. And it was pitiable to hear the cries for 
help and water that arose from every quarter of 
the field. 

As the Americans gazed on this scene of desola- 
tion and suffering, a profound and melancholy 
silence pervaded the Army. No sounds of exul- 
tation or rejoicing were heard. Pity and sym- 
pathy had succeeded to the boisterous and savage 
feelings which a few minutes before had possessed 
their souls. 

Many of the Americans stole without leave 
from their positions, and with their canteens gave 
water to the dying, and assisted the wounded. 
Those of their enemy who could walk, the Ameri- 
cans led into the lines, where they received 
attention from Jackson's medical staff. Others, 
who were desperately wounded, the Americans 
carried into camp on their backs. 

Jackson sent a message to New Orleans to 
despatch all the carts and vehicles to the lines. 
Late in the day, a long procession of these carts 
was seen slowly winding its way along the levee 
from the field of battle. They contained the 
British wounded. 

The citizens of New Orleans, men and women, 
pressed forward to tender every aid to their 



302 ANDREW JACKSON 

suffering enemies. By private subscription, the 
citizens supplied mattresses and pillows, lint and 
old linen; all of which articles were then exceed- 
ingly scarce in the city. Women-nurses cared 
for the British, and watched at their bedsides 
night and day. Several of the officers, who were 
grievously wounded, were taken to private resi- 
dences and there provided with every comfort. 
Such acts as these ennoble humanity, and 
soften the horrors of war. 

James Parton {Retold) 



APRIL 13 

THOMAS JEFFERSON 

THE FRAMER OF THE DECLARATION 

OF INDEPENDENCE 

All honour to Jefferson — to the man, who, in the concrete 
pressure of a struggle for National Independence by a single 
People, had the coolness, forecast, and capacity to introduce 
into a merely revolutionary document an abstract truth appli- 
cable to all men and all times; and so to embalm it there, that 
to-day and in all coming days, it shall be a rebuke and a stum- 
bling-block to the very harbingers of reappearing tyranny and 
oppression. 

Abraham Lincoln 



THE FOURTH OF JULY 

1826 

*'/« it the Fourth?" "No, not yet" they answered, "but 

't will soon be early morn. 
We will wake you, if you slumber, when the day begins to 

dawn." 
Then the statesman left the present, lived again amid the past. 
Saw, perhaps, the peopled Future, lived again amid the Past, 
Till the flashes of the morning lit the far horizon low. 
And the sun's rays, o'er the forest in the East, began to glow. 

Evening, in majestic shadows, fell upon the fortress^ walls; 
Sweetly were the last bells ringing on the James and on the 

Charles. 
'Mid the choruses of Freedom, two departed victors lay. 
One beside the blue Rivanna, one by Massachusetts Bay. 

Hezekiah Butterworth {Condensed) 



Thomas Jefferson was born in Virginia, April 13, 

1743 
Framed the Declaration of Independence, 1776 
Was elected Governor of Virginia, 1779 
Appointed Secretary of State in Washington's Cab- 
inet, 1789 
Elected third President of the United States, 1800 
He died on the Fiftieth Anniversary of the Signing 
of the Declaration of Independence, the Fourth 
of July, 1826 
He was called the Sage of Monticello. Monticello 
was the name of his fine country estate. 



THE BOY OWNER OF 
SHAD WELL FARM 

Thomas Jefferson was a boy of seventeen, tall, 
raw-boned, freckled, and sandy-haired. He came 
to Williamsburg from the far west of Virginia, 
to enter the College of William and Mary. 

With his large feet and hands, his thick wrists, 
and prominent cheek bones and chin, he could 
not have been accounted handsome or graceful. 
He is described, however, as a fresh, bright, 
healthy-looking youth, as straight as a gun- 
barrel, sinewy and strong, with that alertness of 
movement which comes of early familiarity with 
saddle, gun, canoe, and minuet. His teeth, too, 
were perfect. His eyes, which were of hazel-gray, 
were beaming and expressive. 

His home, Shadwell Farm, was a hundred and 
fifty miles to the north-west of Williamsburg 
among the mountains of central Virginia. It 
was a plain, spacious farmhouse, a story and 
a half high, with four large rooms and a wide 
entry on the ground floor, and many garret 
chambers above. The farm was nineteen hundred 
acres of land, part of it densely wooded, and some 
of it so steep and rocky as to be unfit for culti- 
vation. The farm was tilled by thirty slaves. 



306 THOMAS JEFFERSON 

And Thomas Jefferson, this student of seven- 
teen, through the death of his father, was aheady 
the head of the family, and under a guardian, 
the owner of Shadwell Farm, the best portion of 
his father's estate. 

His father, Peter Jefferson, had been a won- 
der of physical force and stature. He had the 
strength of three strong men. Two hogsheads 
of tobacco, each weighing a thousand pounds, 
he could raise at once from their sides, and stand 
them upright. When surveying in the Wilderness, 
he could tire out his assistants, and tire out 
his mules; then eat his mules, and still press 
on, sleeping alone by night in a hollow tree 
to the howling of the wolves, till his task was 
done. 

From this natural chief of men, Thomas Jeffer- 
son derived his stature, his erectness, and his 
bodily strength. 

James Parton (Arranged) 

A CHRISTMAS GUEST 

Shadwell Farm was a good farm to grow up 
on. Thomas Jefferson and his noisy crowd of 
schoolfellows hunted on a mountain near by, 
which abounded in deer, turkeys, foxes, and 
other game. Jefferson was a keen hunter, eager 
for a fox, swift of foot and sound of wind, coming 



A CHRISTMAS GUEST 307 

in fresh and alert after a long day's clambering 
hunt. 

He studied hard, for he liked books as much 
as fox-hunting. Soon he began to be impatient 
to enter college. Then, too, he had never seen 
a town nor even a village of twenty houses, and 
he was curious to know something of the great 
world. His guardian consenting, he bade fare- 
well to his mother and sisters, and set off for 
Williamsburg, a five days' long ride from his 
home. 

But Just before he started for college, he 
stayed over the holidays at a merry house in 
Hanover County, where he met, for the first 
time, a jovial blade named Patrick Henry, noted 
then only for fiddling, dancing, mimicry, and 
practical jokes. 

Jefferson and Henry became great friends. 
Jefferson had not a suspicion of the wonderful 
talent that lay undeveloped in the prime mover 
of all the fun of that merry company. While 
as little, doubtless, did Patrick Henry see in this 
slender sandy-haired lad, a political leader and 
associate. 

Yet only a few years later, in May 1765, 
Patrick Henry was elected a member of the 
House of Burgesses, and Jefferson was become 
a brilliant law student. 



808 THOMAS JEFFERSON 

In 1775, Jefferson was elected a delegate to 
the Continental Congress, that declared the In- 
dependence of the United States of America. 

James Parton {Arranged) 



THE AUTHOR OF THE DECLARATION 

The English settlers of Virginia, brought with 
them English rights and liberties. The settlers 
and their descendants were "forever to enjoy 
all liberties, franchises, and immunities enjoyed 
by Englishmen in England." They received from 
England the right to make their own laws, if 
not contrary to the laws of England. 

It was a Governor of Virginia who summoned 
the first representative Assembly that ever met 
in America, the first American Colonial Legis- 
lature. This happened about a year before the 
Pilgrim Fathers reached the New World, and 
drew up the Mayflower Compact. 

It was not strange, therefore, that Thomas 
Jefferson, born and reared in the atmosphere of 
Virginia Freedom, should have been a Patriot 
who fearlessly defended American Liberty. 

He was also a man of unusual intellectual 
power and a writer of elegant prose. So when 
Congress appointed a Committee to draft the 
Declaration of Independence, he was made a 
member of that Committee. 



PROCLAIM LIBERTY 809 

When the Committee met, the other members 
asked Thomas Jefferson to compose the draft. 
He did so. The Committee admired his draft 
so much, that with but few changes, they sub- 
mitted it to Congress. 

After a fiery debate, some alterations being 
made. Congress adopted Thomas Jefferson's 
draft, as the Declaration of Independence of the 
"United States of America. 

PROCLAIM LIBERTY 

July 4, 1776 
The Declaration was signed! America was free! 

Joyously the great bell in the steeple of the 
State House at Philadelphia, swung its iron 
tongue and pealed forth the glad news, pro- 
claiming Liberty throughout all the land. 

The tidings spread from city to city, from 
village to village, from farm to farm. There was 
shouting, rejoicing, bonfires, and thanksgiving. 
Copies of the Declaration were sent to all the 
States. Washington had it proclaimed at the 
head of his troops; while far away in the Wax- 
haws, nine year old Andrew Jackson read it 
aloud to an eager crowd of backwoods settlers. 

The great bell — the Liberty Bell — that had 
proclaimed Liberty, was carefully treasured. 
To-day, it may be seen in Independence Hall, as 
the old State House is now called. 



310 THOMAS JEFFERSON 

Around the crown of the Liberty Bell are 
inscribed the words which God Almighty com- 
manded the Hebrews to proclaim to all the 
Hebrew People, every fifty years, so that they 
should not oppress one another: — 

Proclaim Liberty throughout all the Land, 
Unto all the inhabitants thereof. 

Twenty-three years before the Declaration of 
Independence was signed, these prophetic words 
from the Bible had been inscribed upon the 
crown of that great Bell. 

ONLY A REPRIEVE 

Fondly do we hope, — fervently do we pray, — that this mighty scourge 
of War may speedily pass away. Yet, if God wills that it continue 
until all the wealth piled by the bondsman's two hundred and fifty 
years of unrequited toil shall be sunk, and until every drop of blood 
drawn by the lash shall be paid by another drawn with the sword, 
as was said three thousand years ago, so still it must be said, " The 
judgments of the Lord are true and righteous altogether." 

Abraham Lincoln 

There were two statements in the Declaration 
of Independence, which must have profoundly 
disturbed its Signers : — 

"All men are created equal,'* and have the 
right "to Life, Liberty, and the pursuit of 
Happiness." 

Many of the Signers were slave-holders. 

Thomas Jefferson of Virginia, the Framer of 
the Declaration, was an Abolitionist, and an 



ONLY A REPRIEVE Sll 

active one, throwing the weight of his great 
influence against the institution of slavery. 

He earnestly believed that all men — white 
and black alike — are born equal. So, when he 
was asked to frame the Declaration of Inde- 
pendence, he put into it a clause condemning 
the slave- trade, as an "assemblage of horrors." 
During the debate in the Convention, this clause 
was stricken out. 

Though Jefferson had his reasons for not free- 
ing his own slaves, he continued to speak and 
write against slavery as a violation of human 
rights and liberties. 

"This abomination must have an end," he 
said. 

There were other Americans who believed as 
he did. 

George Washington, in his Will, left their 
freedom to his slaves, to be given them after his 
wife's death. He ordered a fund to be set aside 
for the support of all his old and sick slaves, and 
he bade his heirs see to it that the young negroes 
were taught to read and write and to carry on 
some useful occupation. 

Kosciuszko was Jefferson's intimate friend, 
and like him a believer in Freedom for all men, 
without regard to race or colour. Before he left 
America, Kosciuszko made a will turning over 
his American property to Jefferson, for the pur- 



312 THOMAS JEFFERSON 

chase of slaves from their owners and for their 
education, so that when free, they might earn 
their Hving and become worthy citizens. 

From the time of Jefferson until the Civil 
War, slavery to be or not to be, was the burn- 
ing question. Men and women, specially those 
belonging to the Society of Friends, devoted 
their lives to the abolition of slavery. 
' Many of these Abolitionists were mobbed, and 
otherwise persecuted, because of their humane 
efforts. William Lloyd Garrison was the great 
leader of the Abolitionists. "The Quaker Poet" 
Whittier was also a leader in the agitation against 
slavery. 

But to go back to Thomas Jefferson: When 
the Missouri Compromise went into effect, and 
"the house was divided against itself," Jefferson 
was deeply and terribly stirred. He looked far 
into the future. 

"This momentous question," he wrote, "like a 
fire-bell in the night, awakened and filled me with 
terror. I considered it at once as the knell of the 
Union. It is hushed, indeed, for the moment. 
But this is a reprieve only — not a final sentence." 

And again he said : — 

"I tremble for my Country, when I reflect 
that God is just; that His justice cannot sleep 
for ever." 

First the reprieve! Then as the crime was 



ON THE FOURTH OF JULY 313 

continued, the execution of the sentence! Nearly 
a hundred years of slavery passed after the fram- 
ing of the Declaration, then on North and South 
fell the terrible retributive punishment of the 
Civil War. 

ON THE FOURTH OF JULY 

1826 

It was the Fourth of July, the fiftieth anni- 
versary of the Signing of the Declaration of 
Independence. 

In his home at Monticello, Thomas Jefferson 
had closed his eyes for ever on the Fourth of 
July, the fiftieth anniversary of the Signing of 
the Declaration of Independence. 



MAY 29 

PATRICK HENRY 

THE ORATOR OF THE WAR FOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

I know not what course others may take; but as for me, give 
me Liberty or give me Deathl 

Pateick Henby 



TO THE READER 

Whether {Independence) will prove a blessing or a curse will 
depend upon the use our People make of the blessings which a 
gracious God hath bestowed on us. 

If they are vrise, they unll be great and happy. If they are 
of a contrary character, they will be miserable. Righteousness 
alone can exalt them as a Nation. 

Reader! — whoever thou art, remember this; and in thy 
sphere practice virtue thyself, and encourage it in others. 

Patrick Henry 



Patrick Henry was born in Virginia, May 29, 

1736 
He was elected Governor of Virginia, 1776 
He died June 6, 1799 



THE ORATOR OF THE WAR FOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

A Surprise to All 

In 1765, there was an important meeting of the 
House of Burgesses of Virginia, as the law- 
making body of that Colony was called. They 
had come together to debate upon a great ques- 
tion, that of the Stamp Act passed by the British 
Parliament for the taxation of the Colonies. 

Most of the members were opposed to it, but 
they were timid and doubtful, and dreadfully 
afraid of saying or doing something that might 
offend the King. They talked all round the sub- 
ject, but were as afraid to come close to it as if 
it had been a chained wolf. 

They were almost ready to adjourn, with 
nothing done, when a tall and slender young 
man, a new and insignificant member whom few 
knew, rose in his seat, and began to speak upon 
the subject. 

Some of the rich and aristocratic members 
looked upon him with indignation. What did 
this nobody mean in meddling with so weighty 
a subject as that before them, and which they 
had already fully debated? But their indignation 
did not trouble the young man. 



318 PATRICK HENRY 

He began by offering a series of resolutions, in 
which he maintained that only the Burgesses and 
the Governor had the right to tax the People, 
and that the Stamp Act was contrary to the Con- 
stitution of the Colony, and therefore was void. 

This was a bold resolution. No one else had 
dared to go so far. It scared many of the mem- 
bers, and a great storm of opposition arose, but 
the young man would not yield. 

He began to speak, and soon there was flowing 
from his lips a stream of eloquence that took 
every one by surprise? Never had such glowing 
words been heard in that old hall. His force and 
enthusiasm shook the whole Assembly. 

Finally wrought up to the highest pitch of 
indignant Patriotism, he thundered out the 
memorable words: — 

"Caesar had his Brutus, Charles the First his 
Cromwell, and George the Third — " 

"Treason ! Treason ! " cried some of the excited 
members. 

But the orator went on: 

" — may 'profit by their example. If Ihis be 
Treason, make the most of it!" 

His boldness carried the day. His words were 
irresistible. The resolutions were adopted. Vir- 
ginia took a decided stand. 

And Patrick Henry, the orator, from that 
time was of first rank among American speakers. 




"'treason! treason!' cried some of the 

EXCITED members '* 



\ 



THE ORATOR OF THE WAR 319 

A zealous and daring Patriot, he had made him- 
self a power among the People. 

A Failure that was a Success 

Who was this man that had dared hurl defiance 
at the King? 

A few years before he had been looked upon 
as one of the most insignificant of men, a failure 
in everything he undertook, an awkward, ill- 
dressed, slovenly, lazy fellow, who could not 
even speak the king's English correctly. He was 
little better than a tavern lounger, most of his 
time being spent in hunting and fishing, in play- 
ing the flute and violin, and in telling amusing 
stories. 

He had tried farming and failed. He had made 
a pretense of studying law, and gained admittance 
to the bar, though his legal knowledge was very 
slight. Having almost nothing to do in the law, 
he spent most of his time helping about the 
tavern at Hanover Court House, kept by his 
father-in-law, who supported him and his family, 
for he had married early. 

One day there came up a case in court which 
all of the leading lawyers had refused. What was 
the surprise of the people, when the story went 
around that Patrick Henry had offered himself 
on the defendants' side. His taking up the case 
was a joke to most of them, and a general burst 



320 PATRICK HENRY 

of laughter followed the news. Yet Patrick Henry 
won the case! 

He was a made man. He no longer had to 
lounge in his office waiting for business. Plenty 
of it came to him. He set himself for the first 
time to an earnest study of the law. He im- 
proved his command of language, the dormant 
powers of his mind rapidly unfolded. Two years 
after pleading his first case, he was elected a 
member of the House of Burgesses. 

We have seen how, in this body, he "set the 
ball of the Revolution rolling."^ 

Give me Liberty or Give me Death! 

Patrick Henry, in his spirit-stirring oration 
before the House of Burgesses, had put himself 
on record for all time. His defiance of the King 
stamped him as a warrior who had thrown his 
shield away and thenceforward would fight only 
with the sword. 

The Patriot leaders welcomed him. He worked 
with Thomas Jefferson and others upon the Com- 
mittee of Correspondence, which sought to spread 
the story of political events through the Colonies. 
He was sent to Philadelphia as a member of the 
first Continental Congress. In fact, he became 
one of the most active and ardent of American 
Patriots. 

It was in 1775 that Patrick Henry, in a con- 



THE ORATOR OF THE WAR 321 

vention, presented resolutions in favour of an open 
appeal to arms. To this the more timid spirits 
made strong opposition. The fight at Lexington 
had not yet taken place, but Henry's prophetic 
gaze saw it coming. In a burst of flaming elo- 
quence, he laid bare the tyranny of Parliament 
and King, declared that there was nothing left 
but to fight, and ended with an outburst thrilling 
in its force and intensity :- 

"There is no retreat but in submission and 
slavery! Our chains are forged! Their clanking 
may be heard on the plains of Boston! The war 
is inevitable — and let it come! 

"I repeat it, sir, let it come! It is in vain, 
sir, to extenuate the matter ! Gentlemen may cry 
Peace, peace! but there is no peace. The war is 
actually begun. The next gale that sweeps from 
the North, will bring to our ears the clash of 
resounding arms. Our brethren are already in 
the field! Why stand we here idle? What is it 
that gentlemen wish? What would they have? 
Is life so dear or peace so sweet as to be pur- 
chased at the price of chains and slavery? 

"Forbid it. Almighty God! I know not what 
course others may take; but as for me, give me 
Liberty or give me Death!" 

Charles Morris (Condensed) 



322 PATRICK HENRY 

FACING DANGER 

It was the last day of August, 1774. The Poto- 
mac was flowing lazily past Mount Vernon. The 
door of the large mansion on the high river-bank 
stood open. Before it were three horses saddled 
and bridled. Three men came out of the house. 

One was George Washington, large, handsome, 
resolute, dressed for a long journey. With him, 
was a tall, angular, raw-boned man, slightly 
stooping, carelessly dressed, whose dark, deep-set 
eyes flashed with peculiar brilliance. The third 
man was equally striking in appearance, well- 
proportioned and graceful, his face serene and 
thoughtful. 

The tall raw-boned man with deep glowing 
eyes, was Patrick Henry; the elegant stranger, 
Edmund Pendleton. They were two of Virginia's 
most devoted Patriots. 

As the three vaulted into their saddles, Wash- 
ington's wife stood in the open doorway, trying 
to conceal her anxiety for him under a cheerful 
manner. Her heart was very heavy. But as 
the three gave spurs to their horses, she called 
out: — 

"God be with you. Gentlemen!" 

And so they rode away. It was dangerous 
business on which they were bent, as Martha 
Washington well knew. They were going to 



FACING DANGER 323 

attend the First Continental Congress at Phila- 
delphia. They were about to defy England. 

But the three rode away from Mount Vernon 
fearlessly, with her words ringing in their ears: — 

"God be with you, Gentlemen! " 



JUNE 9 

FRANCISCO DE MIRANDA OF VENEZUELA 
THE FLAMING SON OF LIBERTY 

He took 'part in three great political movements of his age: — 
the Independence of the United States of North America; the 
French Revolution; and the Independence of South America. 
From an inscription to Miranda, by the 
Venezuelan Government 



The Prince of Filibusters, the Chief of the Apostles of Spanish- 
American Independence, and one of the founders of the Re- 
public of Venezuela, Francisco de Miranda will long live in 
song and story. . . . 

The career of this Knight-Errant of Venezuela has fired the 
imagination of many filibusters and revolutionists. 

William Spence Robertson 



Miranda was born in Venezuela, June 9, 175G 

Flew Venezuela's first flag of Freedom, the Red, 
Yellow, and Blue, March 12, 180G 

Signed the Declaration of Independence of Vene- 
zuela, July 5, 1811 

He died in Spanish chains, July 14, 1816 



THE SPANISH GALLEONS 

I 

Have you ever read the voyages and adventures 
of the handsome young Amyas Leigh, who sailed 
the Spanish Main with the Seawolf, Sir Francis 
Drake? Have you read of Ayacanora the 
Indian Princess with the blowgun, of Salvation 
Yeo, of the lost Rose of Devon, of the old Mono 
of Panama, and how Amyas and his fellows 
seized a gold pack-train and captured a Spanish 
Treasure-Galleon ? 

One of the most thrilling tales of adventure, 
of Spanish Gold and Spanish Galleons, is "West- 
ward Ho!" the story of Amyas Leigh. But before 
the days of Amyas, Knight of Devon, and of the 
English Seawolves, the Spanish Treasure Ships 
began to sail upon the Spanish Main. 

These Galleons were like huge floating castles, 
and were manned by armed Spaniards. They 
were filled with bars of glittering gold and silver 
and with other treasure of the New World. 

For after Columbus's discovery, there had 
come to the New World, greedy pearl-seekers 
and even greedier gold-hunters and slave-traders. 
They exploited the mines and pearl-fisheries, and. 



328 FRANCISCO DE MIRANDA 

capturing thousands of helpless Indians, sold 
them to Spanish masters, to do all kinds of hard 
labour. 

Thus Spanish America became a vast treasure- 
house for the Spanish Crown. Pack-trains of 
Indian and negro slaves and mules under guard, 
carrying bullion, gems, fragrant spices, and 
costly woods, toiled along the steep and narrow 
trails of the Andes, or threaded the dangerous 
mountain-passes. These miserable slaves, groan- 
ing under their heavy burdens, cringed beneath 
the lashes of their drivers' whips. They shivered 
in the piercing cold of the high mountains, and 
panted from tropic heat, as the pack-trains 
wound their way across the Isthmus of Panama 
to the Atlantic side. 

There the great Galleons took aboard the gold, 
silver, emeralds, pearls, spices, and woods, as 
well as cargoes of slaves, then sailed away with 
them across the Spanish Main. 

But gold breeds robbers. And along the coast 
and on the Caribbean Sea, swarmed pirate ships 
waiting to swoop down upon the Galleons. 
Oftentimes, buccaneers grappled with the Treas- 
ure-Ships, putting the Spaniards to the knife, 
and carrying off the booty to their pirate-islands. 
So not every Galleon came safely to its Spanish 
port. 



THE SPANISH GALLEONS 329 

n 

And in order that this stupendous wealth of the 
West Indies and of Tierra Firma, as South Amer- 
ica was then called, should belong to no country 
but herself, Spain sent out Governors to rule 
with iron hand her Spanish-American Colonies. 
For the Spanish Crown had Colonies in South 
America, just as England had in North America. 
In South America were many important cities 
and towns. 

These Governors were, for the most part, 
gold-grasping officials. They oppressed the Cre- 
oles, as the native-born Americans of pure 
Spanish blood were called. And besides the 
Creoles, there were in Spanish America, Indians, 
negro-slaves, and people of mixed blood, all 
subjects of the Crown. 

Laws were enforced taxing the People heavily, 
closing their ports to foreign trade, and forbidding 
them to manufacture commodities which Spain 
herself wished to make and sell to the Colonists 
at exorbitant prices. 

Not even the rich Creoles were allowed to 
travel abroad without permission from the 
Crown. When in Spain they were treated with 
contempt. Their education was limited, higher 
education is not for Americans, decreed the 
Spanish King. And they might not read books 



330 FRANCISCO DE MIRANDA 

forbidden by Spain. And at that time, the Roman 
Catholic Church was exercising its power in 
Spanish America, in much the same fashion as 
the Established Church of England was misusing 
its function at the time of the Pilgrim Fathers, 
Roger Williams, and William Penn. 

If any of the Colonists raised their voices in 
protest, their property was confiscated, and they 
were arrested. The slightest rebellion was merci- 
lessly punished. Many of the captured rebels 
were either flung into filthy dungeons to die or 
were executed. 

Large numbers of Indians, negroes and people 
of mixed blood, perished miserably in the mines 
and on the plantations, or while deep-sea diving 
for pearls, — all this to fill the Spanish Galleons 
with treasure. 

m 

Then came the Liberators, facing death or cruel 
imprisonment. But they were strengthened by 
the justice of their cause, and by the fact that 
the United States of America had succeeded in 
separating from her Mother Country, and had 
established a Republic in which the citizens, rich 
and poor alike, had a voice in their own govern- 
ment. 

It is the story of some of these Liberators that 
is told here, the Washingtons and Lincolns of 



THE ROMANCE OF MIRANDA 331 

their native lands, who freed their countrymen 
from the curse of the Spanish Treasure-Ships, and 
who estabhshed the Latin American RepubHcs. 



THE ROMANCE OF MHIANDA 

This is the romance of Francisco de Miranda of 
Venezuela, the Flaming Son of Liberty, the 
Knight-Errant of Freedom, who made Spain 
tremble. 

Romance was in his blood, for Alvaro, his great 
Spanish ancestor, had won the family coat-of- 
arms, by rescuing five Christian maidens from 
pagan Moors. And Miranda's father, an adven- 
turous, bold Spaniard, had crossed the Atlantic in 
those dangerous days of pirates to seek his fortune 
in Venezuela. 

So the boy, who was to make Spain tremble, 
was born in Venezuela, and grew up in the City 
of Caracas. He liked to read and study. He was 
given a classical education. But the call of 
romance and adventure was too loud for him to 
remain quietly at home. When he was sixteen, 
he sailed for Spain to try his own fortune. 

His father was wealthy, and the boy bought 
a captain's commission in the Regiment of the 
Princess. He studied military science and fought 
valiantly against Spain's enemies. He collected 
books. In fact, he spent a great deal of money 



332 FRANCISCO DE MIRANDA 

bringing books from many countries; only to have 
some of Lis precious volumes burned by the 
Spanish Inquisition, because they taught of 
Equality, Fraternity, and Liberty. 

Then came our American War for In- 
dependence. While Washington and the Con- 
tinental Army were fighting for our Liberty, 
Miranda's romantic career as a Knight-Errant 
of Liberty, began. 

For Spain and France were both at war with 
England. They sent troops to the West Indies to 
form an expedition to take away from England, 
Pensacola, in Florida. Miranda, a high-spirited, 
executive young officer was chosen to accom- 
pany the Spanish troops. So for two years he 
took part in our struggle for Independence. 

But he made enemies among the Spanish 
officials stationed in the West Indies. They 
accused him of disloyalty to Spain. He was 
tried, and banished for ten years. Probably he 
had aroused their suspicion because, while 
fighting for our Freedom, he had begun to plan 
for the Independence of Venezuela. 

Thus Miranda became an exile from all of 
Spain's dominions. Filled with his great idea 
of Freedom for his Country, he went wandering 
about Europe armed with papers, maps, and in- 
formation about Spanish America. He went 
from Court to Court, from Country to Country 



THE ROMANCE OF MIRANDA 333 

— he even visited the United States — trying 
to persuade some Government to take up the 
cause of Independence for Spanish America, and 
to lend him money, men, and arms. 

But he found time in the midst of all this 
roving to become a soldier of France, and to 
fight for her Freedom during the French Revo- 
lution. He had many thrilling adventures, and 
was imprisoned and escaped. Then he once 
more took up his wanderings and petitionings. 

He was a handsome man. His courtly manners, 
charm, and eloquence, his burning words of 
Patriotism, everywhere aroused sympathy. He 
told of the sufferings of his countrymen, and of 
the great commercial opportunities which Span- 
ish America offered to whatever friendly Nation 
would help to gain her Freedom. 

Everywhere he was received with attention. 
The Empress Catherine the Great of Russia be- 
came his friend. William Pitt gave him many 
assurances that England would aid him if pos- 
sible; while our own Alexander Hamilton wrote 
him, that he hoped the United States might soon 
come forward openly to the support of Spanish- 
American Independence. 

Time and again, it seemed as though Miranda 
were succeeding. But on each occasion inter- 
national politics interfered, and the Govern- 
ments withdrew their encouragement. 



834 FRANCISCO DE MIRANDA 

Spain feared Miranda. She pronounced him a 
fugitive from justice. Her spies followed him. 
They searched his papers; and would have 
seized him and carried him back to Spain, had 
they not been afraid of his powerful friends in 
Russia and England. 

In Miranda's London home, many Spanish- 
American Patriots met together, and joined a 
secret society founded by him. They planned to 
free Spanish America; and they swore to give 
their lives and their all to the aid of their Country. 

Many years passed by. Miranda was over 
fifty. Yet he had not struck a single blow for 
Venezuela. He determined to wait no longer for 
foreign aid. He believed that the time was ripe 
to declare the Independence of Spanish America. 
He believed that the people there were waiting 
eagerly for him to raise Liberty's standard 
against Spain. 

He had no funds, so he pledged his precious 
library, which, during so many years, he had 
collected with such pains, industry, and affection. 

Then, with the money thus raised, he sailed for 
the City of New York. 



THE MYSTERY SHIP 335 

THE MYSTERY SHIP 

Hail! the Red, Yellow, and Blue! 
The Tri-Colour that flew 

On the winds of the Spanish Main, 

Striking the heart of Spain, 

Breaking the Tyrant-chain, 
With its message of Freedom true! 
The Red, the Yellow, the Blue! 

It was early in the year 1806. Near a wharf in 
Staten Island rode the good ship Leander tugging 
at her anchor. 

A crowd of young men, some of them from 
New York and Long Island, came hurrying onto 
the wharf. Many were college men, others were 
working boys. Some were dressed in fashionable 
clothes; while others, who shouldered their way 
huskily through the crowd, wore plain homespun 
and carried kits of tools or bundles of clothes. 
Among these young men was William Steuben 
Smith, the grandson of John Adams, ex-Presi- 
dent of the United States. With his father's 
permission he had left college to sail on the 
Leander; but he had not consulted his grand- 
father. 

He and the other young men had signed ship's 
papers to sail in the Leander, yet few of them 
knew where they were going. It was to be a 
mysterious voyage. A number of the men had 
been told that they would get much gold, and 
at the same time help to free an unknown suffer- 



336 FRANCISCO DE MIRANDA 

ing people from slavery. Others had been per- 
suaded to join the expedition by being assured 
that they were going south to guard the Wash- 
ington mail. Few, if any, had seen their new 
employer and commander, George Martin. 

The ship's boats filled rapidly and rowed out 
to the Leander. All the men were set on board. 
Then she weighed anchor, and, with sails spread, 
was soon briskly cutting her way through the 
waves of the outer bay. And when Sandy Hook 
was passed, she stood out to sea. 

Then, there appeared on deck a most romantic 
figure, in a red robe and slippers. The word 
went round : — 

"It's our Commander, George Martin." 

And George Martin, though the young men did 
not know it, was Francisco de Miranda. 

The red robe flapped in the wind around his 
well-built form. His gray hair, powdered and 
combed back from his high forehead, was tied 
behind with a ribbon. While from either ear 
stood out large, wiry, gray side- whiskers. As he 
strolled across the deck, examining the young 
men with his piercing, eager, hazel eyes, he 
smiled pleasantly, showing handsome white teeth. 

They crowded around him, hoping to hear 
where they were going. Some even asked the 
question. But he, ignoring it, shook hands with 
each one, and conversed in a delightful manner. 



THE MYSTERY SHIP 837 

now asking the college men about their studies, 
and now speaking to the others about their work. 
Still the mystery remained — whither was the 
ship going? 

Day after day went by, and the mystery 
deepened. The Leander took her course south- 
ward. George Martin, mingling with the men, 
chatted affably. He related his adventures, he 
told of his sufferings, escapes, and many perils, 
and of his friendships at Court and of all the 
romance of his life. Then he waxed warmer, and 
spoke of his great idea — of Equality, Fraternity, 
and Liberty for all men. Thus he aimed to sow 
seeds of heroic deeds and Freedom, in the minds 
of the young men. 

Meanwhile, he began to drill the men on deck, 
assigning oflBcers to duties. He fixed the regi- 
mental uniforms; the infantry dress in blue and 
yellow, the artillery in blue and red; the engineers 
in blue and black velvet; the riflemen in green; 
the dragoons in yellow and blue. 

From sunrise to sunset there was hustle and 
bustle on deck. A printing press was set up. At 
an armourer's bench a man was repairing old 
muskets, sharpening bayonets, and cleaning 
rusty swords. Tailors, sitting cross-legged on the 
deck, were cutting out and stitching uniforms. 
A body of raw recruits were drilling under a 
drill-master who looked as bold as a lion and 
roared nearly as loud. 



338 FRANCISCO DE MIRANDA 

There was buzz everywhere, and excitement 
too, for no one yet knew to what land the ship was 
going. And George Martin, looking mightily 
pleased, stood watching everybody and every- 
thing, and saying, "We shall soon be ready for 
the Main." 

Then a day arrived when several hundred 
proclamations were run off the printing press. 
They were addressed to the People of South 
America, painting strongly their hardships and 
woes, and promising them deliverance from 
Spain. They were signed, "Don Francisco de 
Miranda, Commander-in-Chief of the Colombian 
Army." 

Thereupon George Martin — who was Mi- 
randa — announced that he expected soon to land 
on the coast of Venezuela and strike the first blow 
against Spain. 

Some of the young Americans, who were eager 
to fight anywhere or anybody, and who longed 
for the glint of Spanish Gold, cheered loudly. 
But their mates kept quiet, with heavy hearts, 
for they had begun to wonder whether after all 
they were not a band of mere filibusters instead 
of a noble army, since they were sailing under 
no protecting flag. 

Then, too, rumours were going the round, that if 
any of the men were captured by the enemy, they 
would be given short shrift and hanged as pirates. 



THE END OF THE MYSTERY SHIP 339 

A few days later General Miranda hoisted for 
the first time the new Colombian flag of Freedom 
— a tri-colour, the Red, Yellow, and Blue. And 
as it floated wide on the southern wind, a gun 
was fired and toasts drunk to the banner that 
was long to wave — and is waving to-day — 
over the Republic of Venezuela. 

It was the first Flag of Spanish-American 
Independence. 

After the flag-raising the Leander sped merrily 
on her way, carrying the raw army of about two 
hundred men to fight the whole of Spain. While 
many of them in the gloomy bottoms of their 
hearts, were heartily wishing that they were safe 
at home again in the good old City of New York. 

Retold from accounts by 
James Biggs, and Moses Smith of Long Island, 
two Americans who sailed with Miranda, 1806 

THE END OF THE MYSTERY SHIP 

And what became of the young Americans who 
had been persuaded to ship in the Leander? 

Two English schooners, the Bacchus and the 
Bee, had joined the Leander at one of the West 
Indies. As the latter was overcrowded, some of 
the Americans were transferred to the schooners. 

Then, while this small fleet of three small 
vessels was approaching Venezuela, two Spanish 
revenue-cutters swooped down upon them. The 



340 FRANCISCO DE MIRANDA 

Leander engaged the enemy bravely, firing her 
guns; but the Bacchus and Bee tried to escape 
and became separated from the Leander. The 
revenue-cutters turned, and, pursuing the little 
ships, captured them and all on board. 

Our young Americans fought bravely, but they 
were badly wounded with knives and swords. 
They were captured, and plundered by the Span- 
iards. They were stripped, and tied back to back. 
In this humiliating condition they were carried to 
the Fortress of Puerto Cabello, and thrown into a 
dungeon; where they were chained together, two 
and two, and loaded with irons. 

The dungeon was a living sepulchre, a mere 
cavity in the moss-grown mouldy fortress-wall, 
and below ground at that. The rain soaked 
through the foundations and the poor fellows lay 
wallowing in filth and mire. 

They were tried by a Spanish Court and con- 
demned. Fourteen of them were hanged as 
pirates. 

As for the rest, those who were flung back 
alive into their dungeon, how gladly now would 
they have fought to liberate the Spanish-Amer- 
ican People! They no longer blamed Miranda, 
but wished to aid him with all their might. 

Like a spluttering candle whose flame suddenly 
goes out, so ended the ill-fated career of the 
Mystery Ship. 



GREAT AND GLORIOUS FIFTH 341 

Miranda landed on the coast of Venezuela. He 
and his men fought well. But the people did not 
rise up to join his standard as he had expected. 
Instead they fled from him. They were afraid^ 
Spain was too strong in Venezuela, and the 
Patriot cause too weak. 

So Miranda was driven from the country.' His 
expedition failed. He was, finally, forced to dis- 
band what was left of his little " Colombian Army,'*, 
after which he took refuge again in England. 

As for the poor captive American lads, those 
who had not been hanged as pirates, our United 
States Government could do little to assist them, 
for we were not at war with Spain, and the 
young men had been taken as pirates on the high 
seas. Some of them continued to languish in 
Spanish dungeons, others were put to hard 
labour in the mines, and few of them were ever 
heard of again. 

THE GREAT AND GLORIOUS FIFTH 

Meanwhile, a great change was taking place. 
In Europe, Napoleon had forced the King of 
Spain to abdicate. In Venezuela the people felt 
no longer bound in loyalty to the Spanish Crown. 
Miranda's teachings had made an impression. 
The seeds of Patriotism which he had sown were 
taking root. 



342 FRANCISCO DE MIRANDA 

The Patriot Party in Venezuela grew strong. 
Young Simon Bolivar, a fiery Patriot, was sent 
on a mission to England. While there, he sought 
out Miranda. He invited him to return to Ven- 
ezuela and help the Patriot cause. 

So Miranda returned. 

On the Fifth of July, 1811, a Congress rep- 
resenting the Venezuelan People, assembled and 
voted in the name "of the all-powerful God" a 
Declaration of Independence of the United 
Provinces of Venezuela, which by right and act 
became a free, sovereign, and independent State. 

Miranda was one of the signers. 

It was a great and glorious Fifth — like our 
Fourth — when Liberty enlightened that land. 
For it was the first Declaration of Independence 
in all Spanish America. And the brave delegates, 
who put their names to it, did so at the greatest 
risk of their lives; for Spain was still strong in 
Venezuela. 

On that same day, the Venezuelan Congress 
adopted a flag for the Republic — the tri-colour, 
the Red, Yellow, and Blue, which Miranda had 
flown from the Leander. 

Miranda was made Commander-in-Chief of the 
Patriot Army of Venezuela, and led it against the 
Spanish forces. 



A TERRIBLE THING 343 

A TERRIBLE THING 

But the struggle against Spain was only just 
begun. Her armies were large. Her General, 
Monteverde, was treacherous, crafty, and cruel. 
Much of Venezuela yet groaned beneath the heel 
of Spain. 

Miranda and his soldiers fought valiantly, now 
defeated, now victorious. It began to seem as 
though the Patriot cause might triumph in the end. 

Then a terrible thing happened. 

An earthquake — frightful, tremendous — 
shook the land. The earth heaved like the sea in 
all directions. Churches, houses, and barracks 
swayed, and fell with a roar. Men, women, and 
children were crushed and killed. The Patriot 
arms and supplies were buried under mountains 
of debris. 

In the City of Caracas, the ruins were awful. 
The frantic people ran screaming into the great 
square. The hearts of the bravest were frozen 
with terror. 

But the earthquake had scarcely passed away, 
before Friars, who were loyal to Spain, were 
mounted on a table in the midst of the frightened 
multitude. 

"The earthquake is the judgment of God," 
they cried," and his curse on all who are trying to 
cast off their virtuous King, the Lord's Anointed ! " 



344. FRANCISCO DE MIRANDA 

The people listened in horror. A religious 
panic spread from Caracas throughout Ven- 
ezuela. People forgot that earthquakes had often 
happened before in many parts of the world, 
casting cities into ruins. They believed that God 
Almighty had condemned their struggle for 
Independence. 

Many soldiers of the Patriot Army refused to 
fight any more against Spain. They deserted in 
numbers to Monteverde. In vain Miranda tried 
to rally his troops, he could no longer persuade 
them to believe in the justice of their cause. 
Superstitious terror had made cowards of them 
all. 

Monteverde continued to advance rapidly, 
Miranda saw not only his ranks thinning daily, 
but the country that supplied food and cattle for 
his army, falling into the hands of the enemy. 

Then came a final crushing blow : — 

The strong Fortress of Puerto Cabello fell into 
the hands of Monteverde. 

END OF THE ROMANCE 

"Venezuela is wounded in the heart!" ex- 
claimed Miranda in a deep voice as he read the 
despatch telling of the loss of Puerto Cabello. 

It was Simon Bolivar, the fiery, impetuous, 
young Patriot, who had lost this important 



END OF THE ROMANCE 345 

fortress and city to Monteverde. He was in 
despair, Bolivar said, because his own body had 
not been left under the ruins of that city. 

But the fortress was irretrievably lost, and the 
tide of Fortune was turned against Independence. 
The cause of Venezuela seemed hopeless. Mi- 
randa was worn and weary. So he capitulated. 

He capitulated to Monteverde, with the agree- 
ment that none of the Patriots should be made to 
suffer for their rebellion; and that any of them 
who so wished, might leave the country. 

After signing the capitulation, Miranda pre- 
pared to leave on an English vessel and seek 
refuge in the West Indies. He sent his servants 
with his money and precious papers aboard. He 
then decided to sleep that night on land, and 
embark the next morning. 

But he never embarked. Bolivar, with some 
of Miranda's oflScers, indignant it is said because 
Miranda had capitulated, seized him while he 
was asleep, and threw him into a dungeon. 

After which they surrendered him to Monte- 
verde, who had him transferred in chains to 
Puerto Cabello, the same Fortress in which our 
young Americans from the Mystery Ship had 
suffered so terribly. 

Meanwhile, Simon Bolivar obtained a passport 
from Monteverde and fled to the West Indies. 

As for Miranda, he continued to languish in 



346 FRANCISCO DE MIRANDA 

Spanish-American prisons for some time. Then 
he was carried to Spain and cast into a dungeon. 

Though Miranda's existence was miserable, he 
received comfort from his books, for he delighted 
to read. In his cell after his death, were found 
Horace, Virgil, Cicero, Don Quixote, — and even 
a copy of the New Testament. 

Early on the morning of July 14, 1816, he 
"gave his soul to God, his name to history, 
and his body to the earth." Whether he died by 
poison, execution, or natural death, no one knows. 

Thus perished the Flaming Son of Liberty, 
the Knight-Errant of Freedom, the Chief of the 
Apostles of Spanish-American Independence. 

So his romance was ended. But his work was 
only begun; it lived on for others to finish. 

For how his work lived on, read Simon Bolivar the Lib- 
erator, page 371. 



JUNE 23-24 

ROGER WILLIAMS 
AND THE FOUNDING OF PROVIDENCE 

He has been rightly called " The First American," because he 
was the first to actualize in a commonwealth, the distinctively 
American 'principle of Freedom for mind and body and soul. 

Arthur B. Strickland 



GOD MAKES A PATH 

God makes a path, provides a guide. 

And feeds in Wilderness; 
His glorious Name, while breath remains. 

Oh, that I may confess! 

Lost many a time, I have had no guide. 

No house, but hollow tree! 
In stormy winter night, no fire. 

No food, no company: 

In Ilim, I found a house, a bed, 

A table, company: 
No cup so bitter, but 's made sweet. 

When God shall sweetening be. 

Roger Williams 



The date of Roger Wiluams's birth is unknown, 

probably about 1604 or 1607 
He founded Providence, about June 23-24, 1636 
He died, 1684 
He has been called "The Apostle of Soul Liberty." 



ROGER, THE BOY 

The exact date of Roger Williams's birth is un- 
known. Nor are his historians agreed on the 
place where he was born. It is generally thought 
that he was born in London, where his father 
was a tailor. He is also said to have been dis- 
tantly related to Oliver Cromwell. 

When Roger Williams was a boy, a new system 
of writing had been devised, called shorthand. 
He learned it, and, going to the Star Chamber, 
took down some of the sermons and speeches. 
The Judge, Sir Edward Coke, was so pleased 
with his work, that he became Roger Williams's 
friend and patron, and even gained him admission 
to one of the famous English schools. Later, 
young Roger Williams attended Cambridge Uni- 
versity. 

After leaving Cambridge, he is said to have 
studied law under his friend Sir Edward Coke. 
Then, not being satisfied with law, he studied 
to become a minister. 

Like William Penn, Roger Williams was a 
thoughtful boy, and like William Penn, he had 
a sweet experience in childhood. For Roger 
Williams himself when old, said, "From my 



S50 ROGER WILLIAMS 

childhood, now about three score years, the 
Father of lights and mercies touched my soul with 
a love for Himself, to his Only Begotten, the true 
Lord Jesus, and to his holy Scriptures." 



SOUL LIBERTY 

In those days in England, many members of the 
Established Church believed that the Church 
needed reforming, or purifying. These members 
were called Puritans. 

They were severely persecuted. A number of 
them emigrated from England to Massachusetts 
Bay. One body of these colonists settled in 
Salem, and another founded Charlestown and 
Boston. 

About a year after the settlement of Boston, 
a young man came thither from England. He, 
too, had left home because of religious persecu- 
tion. He was known to be a godly man, and 
thought to be a Puritan. He was warmly wel- 
comed by the Boston folk. He was Roger 
Williams. 

But soon the good folk of Boston were scan- 
dalized. 

The Puritans of Boston had not actually 
separated from the Established Church, as had 
their neighbours, the Separatists of Plymouth; 
they had merely purified their mode of worship. 



SOUL LIBERTY 351 

Tliey had, moreover, decreed that the Govern- 
ment of their Colony should be directed by their 
church. They did not permit any man not in 
good church-standing to have a vote in public 
affairs. They even persecuted folk who did not 
believe as they did, and who would not attend 
their church. 

Roger Williams soon electrijBed them by 
urging not only separation from the Established 
Church, but asserting that no Government had 
a right to interfere with the religious faith of 
any one. The place of the Government, he said, 
was to prevent crime, not to enforce any form 
of religion. Every man had the right to "soul 
liberty" he asserted. 

He also insisted that the King of England had 
no right whatsoever to give away the lands 
belonging to the Indians, without their consent. 

The Puritans bitterly opposed him. After a 
few years, since he continued to preach and 
teach his beliefs, they tried him in their court 
and banished him from the Colony. 

In the middle of a New England Winter, he 
was forced to leave his wife, child, and many 
sorrowing friends, and flee through the snow to 
safety. He had with him to direct his way, only 
a sun-dial and compass. 

His sufferings were terrible. He never got 
over the effects of the cold and hunger which 



352 ROGER WILLIAMS 

he endured on that flight through the Wilderness. 

He had made friends among the Indians, with 
Massasoit and Canonicus. He had most lovingly 
carried the Gospel to them and their peoples. 
He had passed many a night with them in their 
lodges. 

And now that he was in want and distress, it 
was his Indian friends who succoured him. 

In the Spring, he had begun to build and plant 
at Seekonk, when Governor Winslow of Ply- 
mouth, in the kindest of spirits, sent him word 
that Seekonk was within the bounds of Plymouth 
Colony; and in order that there might be no 
trouble with the Massachusetts Bay Colony, he 
advised him to move across the water, where he 
would be as free as the Plymouth folk them- 
selves, adding that then Roger Williams and the 
Plymouth Folk might be loving neighbours 
together. 

WHAT CHEER! 

Providence 
Founded 1636 

Without bitterness or complaint, Roger Williams 
prepared immediately to abandon the cabin he 
had built at Seekonk, and the fields which he had 
so industriously sown and cultivated. 

With five companions who had joined him 



WHAT CHEER! 353 

there, he entered his canoe and dropped down 
the river, watching the bank for an inviting 
landing. 

On approaching a Httle cove, friendly voices 
saluted him. On Slate Rock, Indians were 
waiting to welcome him. 

"What cheer, Netop!" they exclaimed. 

It was a salutation, meaning, "How do you do, 
friend!'* 

Roger Williams and his companions landed, 
but were more pleased with tlie welcome than the 
place. 

Getting into their canoe again, they rounded 
Indian Point and Fox Point, and sailed up a 
beautiful sheet of water, skirting a dense forest, 
to a spot near the mouth of the Mooshausick 
River. 

A spring of fresh water was no doubt one of its 
attractions. Here Roger Williams commenced 
to build again, and to prepare for future planting. 

He gave the place the name of Providence, "in 
grateful remembrance of God's merciful provi- 
dence to me in my distress." 

Z. A. Mudge (Arranged) ' 



354 ROGER WILLLVMS 

RISKING HIS LIFE 
I 

No one can say that Roger Williams was not a 
good Christian, a better one than those who 
drove him from his home, for he soon risked his 
own life to save them from danger. 

The fierce and warlike Indians of the Pequot 
tribe had made an attack on the settlers, and 
were trying to get the large and powerful tribe 
of the Narragansetts to join them. They wished 
to kill all the white people of the Plymouth 
Colony, and drive the pale faces from the 
country. 

The people of Plymouth and of Boston, too, 
were in a great fright when they heard of this. 
They knew that Roger Williams was the only 
white man in that region who had any influence 
with the Indians, and they sent to him, begging 
him to go to the Narragansett camp and ask 
the Narragansetts not to join the Pequots. 

Many men would have refused to go into a 
horde of raging savages, to procure the safety of 
their enemies. But Roger Williams was too noble 
to refuse; though he knew that his life would be 
in the utmost danger, for some of the blood- 
thirsty Pequots were then with the Narra- 
gansetts. 

He promptly went to the Indian camp, and 



RISKING HIS LIFE 355 

spent three days in the wigwams of the Sachems, 
though he expected every night to have the 
treacherous Pequots "put their bloody knives 
to his throat." 

But the Narragansetts were strong friends of 
the honest pastor. They Hstened to his counsel. 
And in the end, they and another tribe, the 
Mohicans, joined the English against the Pequots. 

Thus it was chiefly due to Roger Williams, 
that the Colonists were saved from the scalping 
knives of the Indians. 

n 

Years of peace and prosperity existed in Provi- 
dence plantations. The Colony grew. No man 
interfered with another man's religion. Those in 
the other New England Colonies, who did not 
want to be forced to accept the creed of the 
Puritans, came to the Colony of Roger Williams. 
He was their principal pastor. He was so kind, 
gentle, and good, that everybody resj>ected and 
loved him. His people were his children. He had 
brought them together, and spent his time work- 
ing for their good; and they looked on him as 
their best friend. 

Charles Morris (Arranged) 



JULY 6 

JOHN PAUL JONES 
AMERICA'S IMMORTAL SEA-FIGHTER 

1 have not yet begun to fight! 

Paul Jones 



PAUL JONES 

A song unto Liberti/s brave Buccaneer, 

Ever bright be the fame of the Patriot Rover. 
For our rights he first fought in his "black privateer," 
And faced the proud foe, ere our sea they crossed over 
In their channel and coast. 
He scattered their host. 
•, • • • • •_ 

'T was his hand that raised 
The first Flag that blazed. 
And his deeds 'neath the "Fine Tree" all ocean amazed. 

Ballad (Condensed) 



John Paul Jones was born in Scotland, July 6, 
1747 

Was the first American Naval officer to receive a 
foreign salute for the Stars and Stripes, 1778 

Won the victory over the Serapis, 1779 

He died in Paris, July 18, 1792 

His body was brought to America in 1905 and in- 
terred with honours at the U. S. Naval Acad- 
emy, Annapolis. 



THE BOY OF THE SOLWAY 

Born by the seashore of Scotland where the tide 
heaves up the Solway, living on a promontory 
surrounded by romantic scenery, and with the 
words of seafaring men constantly ringing in 
his ears, the boy, John Paul, longed to be a sailor. 

He was the son of a poor gardener. But he 
was of that poetic romantic temperament, which 
always builds gorgeous structures in the future; 
and no boy, with a fancy like that of John Paul 
could be content to live the humdrum life of a 
gardener's son. So he launched forth with a 
strong arm and resolute spirit to hew his way 
among his fellows. 

John Paul was only twelve or fourteen years 
of age, when he became a sailor on board a ship 
bound to Virginia. 

Thus early were his footsteps directed to 
America, by which his whole future career was 
shaped. 

After reaching America, he took the name of 
Jones. He rendered his new name immortal, 
and the real name John Paul is sunk in that of 
Paul Jones. 

J. T. Headley (Arranged) 



360 JOHN PAUL JONES 

DON'T TREAD ON ME! 

In 1775, when our War for Independence broke 
out, Paul Jones commenced his brilhant career. 

Some men regard him as a sort of freebooter 
turned Patriot — an adventurer to whom the 
American War was a God-send, in that it kept 
him from being a pirate. But nothing could be 
farther from the truth. 

When the War broke out, he offered to serve 
in the Navy. Congress accepted his offer, and 
appointed him first lieutenant in the Alfred. 

As the commander-in-chief of the squadron 
came on board the Alfred, Paul Jones unfurled 
our National Flag — the first time its folds were 
ever given to the breeze. 

What that Flag was, strange as it may seem/ 
no record tells us. It was not the Stars and 
Stripes, for they were not adopted till two years 
after. 

The generally received opinion is, that it was 
a Pine Tree with a rattlesnake coiled at the roots 
as if about to spring, and underneath the motto: 

DON'T TREAD ON INIE ! 

If the Flag bore such a symbol, it was most 
appropriate to Paul Jones, for no serpent was 
ever more ready to strike than he. 

At all events, it unrolled to the breeze, and 



THE FIRST SALUTE 861 

waved over as gallant a young oflScer as ever 
trod a quarterdeck. 

Fairly afloat — twenty-nine years of age — 
healthy, well-knit, though of light and slender 
frame — a commissioned officer in the Amer- 
ican Navy the young gardener saw with joy, 
the shores receding as the fleet steered for the 
Bahama Isles. 

The result of this expedition was the capture 
of New Providence with a hundred cannon and 
abundance of military stores. 

And the capture was brought about by the 
perseverance and daring of young Paul Jones. 

J . T. Headley (Arranged) 

THE FIRST SALUTE 

That Flag and I are twins, horn at the same hour. . . . We can- 
not he 'parted in life or death. So long as we shall float, we shall 
float together. If we sink, we shall go down as one. 

Paul Jones 

June 14, 1777, was a great day for the United 
States and for Paul Jones. 

On that self-same day, Congress passed two 
famous Resolutions; — and Commander Paul 
Jones and the Flag of the Nation were "born at 
the same hour " : — 

Resolved: that the Flag of the Thirteen United 
States be thirteen Stripes, alternate red and 
white; that the Union be thirteen Stars, white 
in a blue field, representing a new Constellation. 



362 JOHN PAUL JONES 

Resolved: that Captain John Paul Jones be 
appointed to conniiand the ship Ranger. 

Thus it came to pass that the gallant young 
Scotchman, eager to fight for Liberty, hastened 
to make the Ranger ready for sea. Then he sailed 
away under orders for France. 

From the harbour of Nantes, he convoyed 
some American ships to place them under the 
protection of the French fleet in Quiberon Bay. 
The commander of the French fleet was Admiral 
La Motte Picquet, who had been ordered by his 
Government to keep the coast of France free from 
British cruisers. 

And it was there in Quiberon Bay, that John 
Paul Jones received the first salute ever given by 
a foreign Nation to our Stars and Stripes — a 
salute that recognized the Independence of the 
United States. 

It was on Washington's Birthday, 1778, that 
Paul Jones wrote to our Government describing 
this great event: — 

"I am happy in having it in my power to con- 
gratulate you," he said, "on my having seen the 
American Flag, for the first time, recognized in the 
fullest and completest manner by the Flag of France. 

"I was off their bay, the 13th, and sent my boat 
in the next day, to know if the Admiral would return 
my salute. 

"He answered that he would return to me, as the 
senior American Continental officer in Europe, the 




PAUL JONES HOISTING THE STARS AND STRIPES 



THE FIRST SALUTE 363 

same salute which he was authorized by his Court to 
return to an Admiral of Holland, or of any other Re- 
public; which was four guns less than the salute given. 

"I hesitated at this; for I had demanded gun for 
gun. - 

"Therefore, I anchored in the entrance of the bay, 
at a distance from the French Fleet. But after a 
very particular inquiry, on the 14th, finding that he 
had really told the truth, I was induced to accept of 
his offer; the more so as it was in fact an acknowledg- 
ment of American Independence. 

"The wind being contrary and blowing hard, it 
was after sunset before the Ranger got near enough 
to salute La Motte Picquet with thirteen guns, which 
he returned with nine. 

"However, to put the matter beyond a doubt, I 
did not suffer the Independence (an American brig 
that was with Paul Jones) to salute till next morn- 
ing, when I sent the Admiral word, that I should sail 
through his Fleet in the brig, and would salute him 
in open day. 

"He was exceedingly pleased, and returned the 
compliment also with nine guns." 

Paul Jones thus had the singular honor of being 
the first to hoist the original Flag of Liberty on 
board the Alfred; first probably to hoist the 
Stars and Stripes, which still wave in pride as 
our national emblem; and first to claim for our 
Flag the courtesy from foreigners due to a Sover- 
eign State. 

A Alexander S. Mackenzie (Retold) 



364 JOHN PAUL JONES 

THE POOR RICHARD 

Paul Jones gave up the command of the Ranger 
in order to take command of a larger ship, 
promised him by the French Government. But 
he had a long discouraging period of waiting for 
tlie new ship. 

It was then that he wrote to a French official, 
those famous words : — 

"I will not have anything to do with ships 
which do not sail fast, for I intend to go in harm's 
way." 

After months of desperate waiting and after 
writing many letters, Paul Jones chanced to be 
reading a copy of Franklin's "Poor Richard's 
Almanack." These words caught his eye: — 

// you would have your business done, go — if 
not, send. 

So he stopped sending letters, and hastened 
to Paris to plead his own cause. 

With the help of Franklin himself, Paul Jones 
got his ship at last. He named it Bon Homme 
Richard, or The Poor Richard. 

It was while commanding The Poor Richard^ 
that Paul Jones gained his famous victory over 
tlie British ship, the Serapis, 



MICKLE'S THE MISCHIEF 365 

MICEXE'S THE MISCHIEF HE HAS DUNE 

With seven ships in all — a snug little squadron 
for Jones, had the different commanders been 
subordinate — he set sail in the Richard from 
France, and steered for the coast of Ireland. The 
want of proper subordination was soon made 
manifest, for in a week's time the vessels, one 
after another, parted company, to cruise by 
themselves, till Paul Jones had with him but the 
Alliance, Pallas, and Vengeance. 

In a tremendous storm he bore away, and after 
several days of gales and heavy seas, approached 
the shore of Scotland. 

Taking several prizes near the Firth of Forth, 
he ascertained that a twenty-four-gun ship and 
two cutters were in the roads. These he deter- 
mined to cut out, and, landing at Leith, lay the 
town under contribution. 

The inhabitants supposed his little fleet to be 
English vessels in pursuit of Paul Jones; and 
a member of Parliament, a wealthy man in the 
place, sent off a boat requesting powder and 
balls to defend himself, as he said, against "the 
pirate Paul Jones." 

Jones very politely sent back the bearer with 
a barrel of powder expressing his regrets that he 
had no shot to spare. 

Soon after this, he summoned the town to 



366 JOHN PAUL JONES 

surrender, but the wind blowing steadily off the 
land, he could not approach with his vessel. 

At length, however, the wind changed and 
the Richard stood boldly in for the shore. The 
inhabitants, as they saw her bearing steadily up 
towards the place, were filled with terror, and 
ran hither and thither in affright; but the good 
minister, Rev. Mr. Shirra, assembled his flock 
on the beach, to pray the Lord to deliver them 
from their enemies. He was an eccentric man, 
one of the quaintest of the quaint old Scot divines, 
so that his prayers, even in those days, were often 
quoted for their oddity and roughness. 

Having gathered his congregation on the beach 
in full sight of the vessel, which under a press of 
canvas, was making a long tack that brought her 
close to the town, he knelt down on the sand and 
thus began : — 

"Now, dear Lord, dinna ye think it a shame 
for ye to send this vile pirate to rob our folk o' 
Kirkaldy; for ye ken they're puir enow already 
and hae nae thing to spare. 

"The wa the wind blaws he'll be here in a 
jijBSe, and wha kens what he may do! He's nae 
too good for ony thing. Mickle's the mischief he 
has dune already. He'll burn their hooses, tak 
their very claes, and tirl them to the sark. And 
waes me! wha kens but the bluidy villain might 
tak their lives? The puir weemen are maist 



PAUL JONES HIMSELF 367 

frightened out o' their wits, and the bairns skirl- 
ing after them. 

" I canna think of it ! I canna think of it ! I hae 
been lang a faithful servant to ye, Lord; but gin 
ye dinna turn the wind about and blaw the 
scoundrel out of our gate, I'll nae stir a foot. 
But will just sit here till the tide comes. Sae tak 
ye'r will o't." 

Now, to the no little astonishment of the good 
people, a fierce gale at that moment began to 
blow, which sent one of Jones's prizes ashore 
and forced him to stand out to sea. 

This fixed for ever the reputation of good Mr. 
Shirra. And he did not himself wholly deny that 
he believed his intercessions brought on the gale, 
for whenever his parishioners spoke of it to him, 
he always replied : — 

"I prayed, but the Lord sent the wind." 

J. T. Headley (Arranged) 

PAUL JONES HIMSELF 

Paul Jones was slight, being only five feet and 
a half high. A stoop in his shoulders diminished 
still more his stature. But he was firmly knit, 
and capable of enduring great fatigue. 

He had dark eyes and a thoughtful, pensive 
look when not engaged in conversation; but his 
countenance lighted up in moments of excitement, 



368 JOHN PAUL JONES 

and in battle became terribly determined. His 
lips closed like a vice, while his brow contracted 
with the rigidity of iron. The tones of his voice 
were then haughty in the extreme, and his words 
had an emphasis in them, which those who heard 
never forgot. 

He seemed unconscious of fear, and moved 
amid the storm of battle, and trod the deck of 
his shattered and wrecked vessel, like one who 
rules his own destiny. He would cruise without 
fear in a single sloop, right before the harbours 
of England, and sail amid ships double the size 
of his own. 

But with all his fierceness in the hour of battle, 
he had as kind a heart as ever beat. 

To see him in a hot engagement, covered with 
the smoke of cannon, himself working the guns, 
while the timbers around him were constantly 
ripping with the enemy's shot; or watch him on 
the deck of his dismasted vessel, over which the 
hurricane swept and the sea rolled, one would 
think him destitute of emotion. But his reports 
of these scenes afterwards, resembled the descrip- 
tions of an excited spectator. He was an old 
Roman soldier in danger, but a poet in his after 
accounts of it. 

Jones had great defects of character; but most 
of them sprang from his want of early education. 
He was not a mere adventurer — owing his 



SOME OF HIS SAYINGS 369 

elevation to headlong daring — he was a' hard 
student as well as a hard jBghter, and had a strong 
intellect as well as strong arm. He wrote with 
astonishing jfluency considering the neglect of 
his early education. He even wrote eloquently 
at times, and always with force. His verses were 
as good as the general run of poetry of that kind. 

Paul Jones was an irregular character, but his 
good qualities predominated over his bad ones. 
And as the man who first hoisted the American 
Flag at sea, and received the first salute ever 
offered it by a foreign Nation, and the first who 
carried it victoriously through the fight on the 
waves, he deserves our highest praise and most 
grateful remembrance. 

With such a Commander to lead the American 

Navy, and stand before it as the model of a brave 

man, no wonder our Navy has covered itself with 

glory. 

J. T. Headley {Condensed) 



SOME OF HIS SAYINGS 

I WILL not have anything to do with ships which 
do not sail fast, for I intend to go in harm's way. 

{During the fight with the Serapis) Don't swear, 
Mr. Stacy, we may at the next moment be in 
Eternity; but let us do our duty. 

I have not yet begun to fight! 



370 JOHN PAUL JONES 

I have ever looked out for the honour of the 
American Flag, 

I can never renounce the glorious title of a 
Citizen of the United States. 

I can accept of no honour that will call in 
question my devotion to America. 



JULY 24 

SIMON BOLIVAR OF VENEZUELA 
THE LIBERATOR 

Colombians! All your beavieoiis Fatherland is now free. 
. . . From the banks of the Orinoco River to the Peruvian 
Andes, the Army of Liberation, marching triumphantly, 
has covered all the territory of Colombia vnth its protecting 
arms. ... 

Colombians of the South! the blood of your brothers has 
redeemed you from the horrors of War! 

BOLIVAB 



BOLIVAR 

Build up a Column to Bolivar/ 
Build it under a tropic star! 
Build it high as his mounting famet 
Crown its head with his noble name! 
Let the letters tell like a light ajar, 

"This is the Column of Bolivar!" 

Raise the Column to Bolivar! 
Firm in peace, and fierce in war! 
Shout forth his noble, noble name! 
Shout till his enemies die in shame! 
Shout till Colombia's woods awaken, 
Like seas by a mighty tempest shaken, — 
Till pity, and praise, and great disdain 
Sound like an Indian hurricane! 
Shout as ye shout in conquering war. 

While ye build the Column to Bolivar! 

Barry Cornwall {Condensed) 



Bolivar was born in Venezuela, July 24, 1783 

Formed the Republic of Great Colombia, 1819 

He died in exile, December 17, 1830 

His full name was Simon Jose Antonio de la San- 
tisima Triaidad de Bolivar y Palacios. But he 
was known as the citizen, Simon Bolivar 

Bolivar's name is pronounced, Seemon Boleevar 
The old-fashioned English way was to pronounce 

it Bollevaar, as in the poem above. 



THE PRECIOUS JEWEL 

Two boys were playing a royal game of tennis in 
the royal tennis court at Madrid in Spain. The 
rich American boy, Simon de Bolivar, from Ven- 
ezuela, was serving swift ball after swift ball to 
Ferdinand, Prince of the Asturias and heir to the 
Spanish throne. The Queen-mother was look- 
ing on. 

The Prince saw that he was losing, and grew 
angry. Bolivar, small, alert, with dark eyes 
flashing, played on, still winning until the Prince 
refused to play any longer. 

But the Queen-mother sternly bade her son 
finish the game. 

So the Prince had to play on, and he lost. 

"Some day,'* exclaimed Bolivar in triumph, 
**I will deprive Prince Ferdinand of the most 
precious jewel in his Crown!" 

Years before this tennis-game, a great thing 
had happened in Venezuela. 

On July 24, 1783, a baby boy was born to a 
rich, noble citizen of the city of Caracas — a 
baby destined to deprive Prince Ferdinand of the 
most precious jewel in his Crown. 



S74 SIMON BOLIVAR 

He was christened Simon Jose Antonio de la 
Santisima Trinidad de Bolivar, and with his 
mother's name added as they do in Spanish 
America, y Palacios. 

A long name for a baby. 

Little Bolivar had everything money could 
buy, and slaves to wait upon him whenever he 
called. Before he was ten years old, his father 
and mother died and he was left heir to several 
large fortunes. He owned many hundreds of 
slaves and a rich plantation called San Mateo. 

He was a restless, adventurous, self-willed boy, 
small but very alert and bright. He did not like 
to study much; but he was always ready to sit and 
listen to his tutor Rodriguez, whom he adored. 
His black eyes sparkled as his tutor told him of 
lands where people governed themselves. Some- 
times Rodriguez explained the meaning of 
Equality i Fraternity, and Liberty. And the little 
boy began to dream of Liberty and Independ- 
ence for his own Venezuela. 

But Bolivar did not spend all his time dream- 
ing, he was far too passionately fond of outdoor 
sports for that. He fished, swam, and learned to 
shoot. He joined the White Militia of the Valleys 
of Aragua. 

Wlien he was sixteen, his guardian sent him to 
Spain. There he went to school and lived with 
his uncle, who was a favourite at Court. 



THE PRECIOUS JEWEL 375 

And there, he beat the sulky Prince Ferdinand 
at tennis. 

And there, he met and loved a noble, little 
Spanish maid, Maria del Toro, just fifteen years 
old. So Bolivar forgot for a while his threat to 
deprive Prince Ferdinand of his most precious 
jewel. 

Bolivar and Maria were married, and went 
on their honeymoon to Venezuela. They reached 
the lovely plantation of San Mateo, where they 
lived and were very happy. But, alas! in a few 
months the girl-bride sickened and died of a fever. 

Then the passionate heart of young Bolivar 
almost broke. He vowed in his grief never to 
marry again. Soon after Maria's death, he went 
back to Europe to try to forget his sorrow in 
travel and study. 

In France he endeavoured to drown his sad 
memories in gay living, but he could not forget 
Maria. Then he met Rodriguez, his old tutor, 
who had been banished from Venezuela. 

This Rodriguez was a strange, rough fellow, 
with many wild ideas and some good ones too. 
From childhood, Bolivar had confided all his 
sorrows and joys to him. And, now, as a young 
man, he was led by his advice. 

Rodriguez saw that Bolivar was wasted and 
consumptive. He persuaded him to go on a 
walking trip. Knapsack on shoulder, the two 



S76 SIMON BOLIVAR 

set off for their tramp. In Milan, they saw 
Napoleon crowned King of Italy. They visited 
many historical spots to which Rodriguez took 
Bolivar on purpose to arouse again his eager 
interest in Equality ^ Fraternity, and Liberty. 

Together they climbed Mount Sacro in Rome. 
And there Bolivar remembered his threat to 
deprive Prince Ferdinand of the most precious 
jewel in his Crown. He seized Rodriguez's hand 
and swore a solemn oath to wrest Venezuela from 
the Crown of Spain. ^ 

For Venezuela — in fact all Spanish America 
• — was the vast treasure-house of Spain, the most 
precious jewel in her Crown. 

THE FIERY YOUNG PATRIOT 

Young Bolivar returned to his estates in 
Venezuela. But he stayed there only for a little 
while. He soon gave up the easy indulgent life 
of wealth to serve the Patriot cause. 

He was sent on a mission to England. In 
London he met Miranda, the Flaming Son of 
Liberty, whose burning, persuasive words blew 
into a flame, the sparks of Liberty which Rodri- 
guez had kindled in Bolivar's bosom. 

Bolivar joined Miranda's secret society. He 
urged Miranda to return at once to Venezuela 
and strengthen the Patriot cause. 

* Read the story of the Spanish Galleons, on page 327. 



THE FIERY YOUNG PATRIOT S77 

And thus it came about that the Flaming Son 
of Liberty went back to his native land, and was 
made Commander-in-Chief of the Venezuelan 
forces. Then it was, that the struggle for Ven- 
ezuela's Independence began to make Spain 
tremble for the most precious jewel in her Crown. 

How the fiery young Bolivar betrayed General 
Miranda, has already been told in The End of the 
Romance, on page 344. After which Bolivar fled 
into exile; and Spain confiscated his estates. 

But Bolivar never gave up his determination 
to free Venezuela. And when opportunity offered, 
he returned and became the head of the Patriot 
Army. 

It is not possible here to tell of all which he 
and his valiant troops accomplished. They 
fought against the Spanish forces, they suffered 
defeats, and they won victories. English, Irish, 
Scotch, and American men, were volunteers in 
Bolivar's Army, and many of them fighting 
bravely, shed their blood for Venezuela's 
Freedom. 

It was a terrific war! Nowhere else in all 
Spanish America was there waged a more fero- 
cious campaign. The wake of the Spanish 
Generals, Monteverde and Boves, was strewn 
with the corpses of innocent non-combatants 
and with the ruins of pillaged towns and burned 
villages. 



378 SIMON BOLIVAR 

"It is war to the death!" exclaimed Bolivar 
fiercely, in answer to these atrocities. 

And war to the death it was, on both sides — 
a war of ruthless retaliation on prisoners and 
neutrals. 

So the struggle went on. All the sufferings 
that accompany warfare were the portion of the 
miserable people, ruined homes, weeping wives 
and mothers, sick and dying children, crippled 
men, starvation, disease, and sorrow-stricken 
hearts. 

SEEING BOLIVAR 

High adventure and spicy dangers were await- 
ing the first corps of hot-headed young English- 
men who volunteered to fight for Venezuela. 

They shipped from England. And after thrill- 
ing escapes on the coast of Spanish Florida and 
among the West Indies, after many feasts of 
venison, wild turkey, turtle, parrots, "tree- 
oysters," and lizard, they reached Venezuela. 

There, higher adventures and spicier dangers 
were waiting. 

They were convoyed by brig and launches up 
the swift river Orinoco. They were marched 
through tropic forest and across llanos or plains, 
to join Bolivar. 

As their boats were rowed through the deep 



SEEING BOLIVAR S79 

water or poled through the shallows of the 
Orinoco, they saw most wonderful sights. 

Lining the banks, the giant mangrove trees 
shooting their gnarled banyan-like roots into 
the water, were linked together by living chains 
of vines, festooned with brilliant flowers as big 
as saucers or teaplates. Herds of red monkeys 
with little ones clinging to their shoulders, chat- 
tered, howled, and leaped from tree to tree, 
following the boats along. Pink flamingoes, 
gigantic cranes, pelicans, and spoonbills were 
wading about fishing. Overhead, flocks of red, 
blue, green, and yellow parrots and macaws 
flashed to and fro filling the air with screams; 
while the metallic note of the bellbird, sounded 
now close to the ear and now far away. 

From island to island in the river, glided evil- 
looking, light-green snakes, lifting their heads 
and part of their bodies out of the water. And 
under the roots of trees and in the stream, 
basked man-eating alligators watching for their 
prey, only their eyes and nostrils showing above 
the water. 

And waiting to drop upon the young English- 
men if their boats came too near, were venomous 
snakes glittering like Jewels, coiled on the man- 
grove limbs or hanging from the branches like 
shining tinsel ribbons. 

Mosquitoes, too, were lively, piercing through 



380 SIMON BOLIVAR 

the young men's blankets and cloaks, so thirsty 
were the insects for a taste of fresh, red English 
blood. 

And the young men were forced to keep a 
careful lookout at night for fear of a visit from 
a python, jaguar, alligator, or electric eel. When 
the sun set, night instantly fell like a black cur- 
tain, for there is no twilight in the tropics. Then 
the howling of wild beasts made the place hideous. 

Finally, after passing Indian villages and 
towns pillaged and burned by the Spanish 
soldiers, after water-trip and march, the young 
Englishmen caught up with Bolivar on a plain 
near the Apure River. 

The young men had long been eager to see 
that remarkable General whose extraordinary 
energy and perseverance had already liberated 
a large portion of Venezuela. And it was a 
picturesque scene that now burst on their sight 
— a band of tropic warriors in a tropic setting. 

Bolivar was surrounded by his officers, many 
of them mounted. A magnificent wild-looking 
band they were in shirts of brilliant colours worn 
over white drawers which reached below the 
knee. Bright bandanas were tied about their 
heads to keep off the sun. Over these handker- 
chiefs were set wide sombreros or hats made of 
split palm-leaves, decorated with plumes of 
variegated feathers. One of the officers wore a 



SEEING BOLIVAR 381 

silver helmet instead of a sombrero, and another 
had on a casque of beaten gold. Some had silver 
scabbards, and heavy silver ornaments on their 
bridles. Almost all wore huge silver or brass 
spurs fastened to their bare feet. 

As soon as they saw the young Englishmen 
approaching, these wild-looking chiefs spurred 
their horses forward uttering shrill shouts of 
welcome. They embraced the young men, like 
long absent friends, and examined their weapons 
and uniforms. 

Bolivar, reigning in his horse, stood looking on 
in silence. He was a small man, with a thin and 
careworn face, which had upon it an expression 
of patient endurance. He appeared refined and 
elegant although simply dressed. He wore a 
dragoon's helmet. His uniform was a blue 
jacket with red cuffs and gilt sugar-loaf buttons; 
coarse blue trousers; and sandals of split aloe- 
fibre. As the young men came up, he returned 
their salute with a peculiar melancholy smile, 
and then rode on. 

He carried in his hand a lance from which 
fluttered a small black banner, embroidered with 
a white skull and cross-bones, and the motto: — 

Death or Liberty 

When they halted for the night, the young 
men were presented to Bolivar as he sat in his 



382 SIMON BOLIVAR 

hammock under the trees. He expressed great 
joy at seeing Englishmen in his army, who might 
train and discipline his troops. After asking 
questions about the condition of affairs in Europe, 
he dismissed them in the charge of his officers. 
These gave the young men lances and fine horses. 
Thus the English lads became a part of 
Bolivar's Army. They and their countrymen, 
forming the English Legion, performed such 
brave deeds and made such gallant charges on 
the battle-fields, that without them Bolivar could 
not so soon have won Venezuela's Independence. 
Retold from the account bv one of the young Englishmen 

UNCLE, PAEZ — THE LION OF THE 
APURE 

Paez was one of Bolivar's most daring and pic- 
turesque generals. It would take a whole book 
to tell of his romantic adventures and how he 
was exiled and came to live in New York. There 
is a painting of him and his dashing cowboys in 
the Municipal Building of the City of New York. 
At first he was a llanero or cowboy of the 
plains. He was of mighty strength, and was a 
magnificent horseman. He knew well how to 
use the llanero' s lance with all its cunning tricks. 
His men were cowboys, horsemen, and fighters 
by instinct. They followed him into battle with 
wild llanero shouts. Uncle Paez, they called him. 



UNCLE PAEZ — THE LION 383 

When Bolivar with his troops reached the 
Apure River, he could not cross for there were 
no boats. A few canoes were drawn up on the 
opposite bank, guarded by six enemy gunboats. 

As Bolivar paced up and down impatiently, 
he exclaimed : — 

"Have I no brave man near me, who can take 
those gunboats .f^" 

"They shall be yours in an hour," said Paez 
coolly, who was standing by. 

"Impossible!" said Bolivar. 

"Leave that to me," said Paez, and off he 
galloped. He soon returned with a body of cow- 
boys picked for their bravery. 

"To the water, lads!" he cried, which was 
what he always said when they went swimming. 

The men immediately unsaddled their horses, 
stripped themselves to their drawers, hung their 
swords about their necks, and stood ready. 

"Let those follow Uncle, who please," cried 
Paez, and urged his horse into the river. 

The men rode in after him straight toward 
the gunboats. 

When the Spanish saw the dreaded cowboys 
approaching, who never gave quarter, they fired 
hurriedly and missed. Then seized with panic, 
some cast themselves into the water, and others 
escaped in canoes. 

Only one prisoner was taken, a woman who 



384 SIMON BOLIVAR 

fired the last gun at the cowboys, but who 
could not stop them from boarding the gun- 
boats. 

Thus Bolivar gained possession of the region 
on both sides of the Apure. 

Paez is sometimes called the "Lion of the 
Apure." 

ANGOSTURA 

February 15, 1819 
Down the upper Orinoco River, Bolivar's canoe 
was slipping quietly past wide savannahs, palm- 
tufted isles, and overhanging trees. 

While reclining in the boat, he dictated to his 
secretary. During the heat of the day they both 
landed, and Bolivar, lolling in a hammock under 
the shadow of the giant trees, one hand playing 
with the lapel of his coat and a forefinger on his 
upper lip, kept on dictating as the mood seized 
him. 

He was composing a new Constitution for the 
Republic of Venezuela, which was to be presented 
at the Congress meeting in the city of Angostura 
on the Orinoco. 

And it was the adoption of this Constitution, 
that made Angostura famous. 

To-day the town is called the City of Bolivar. 

And while the Congress was meeting, Bolivar 
and his chief oflScers held a council of war, sit- 



THE CROSSING 385 

ting on bleached skulls of cattle slaughtered for 
army food. They discussed the dangerous plan of 
crossing the Andes into New Granada, and of 
helping the Patriots there to drive out the Spanish 
Army. 

They decided to attempt the crossing. And 
what that terrible march was like, one of the 
young Englishmen who went with Bolivar, will 
tell in our next story. 

THE CROSSING 

This crossing of the Andes was terrible. The 
hardships which Bolivar's troops endured are 
indescribable. 

At that time of year, the plains were flooded. 
The infantry were obliged to march for hours 
together up to their middle in water. Sometimes 
the men fell into holes, or stuck fast in the 
marshes. 

Many of the soldiers were bitten in their legs 
and thighs by little goldfish, brilliant orange in 
colour and exceedingly voracious. Whole swarms 
of these little fish came rushing through the 
water, with their mouths open, showing their 
broad, sharp teeth like sharks' teeth. Wherever 
they bit, they tore away a piece of flesh. They 
attacked the poor men most savagely. 

As the troops approached the mountains, the 



386 SIMON BOLIVAR 

cold winds began to be felt blowing down from 
the snowy ridges of the Cordilleras. Soon, 
violent mountain torrents swept across the 
Army's path; and the men on horseback were 
forced to carry across stream all the arms and 
baggage of the foot-soldiers. Even Bolivar him- 
self rode again and again through the rushing 
current, carrying over sick and weak soldiers and 
even women who had followed their husbands. 
As the trail began to ascend, the horses used to the 
level plain, could scarcely keep their footing on 
the rocky way, and began to flag and fall lame. 

The snowy peaks of the Andes were now seen 
to stretch like an impassable barrier between 
Venezuela and New Granada. The narrow paths 
wound their way up among wild crags, and 
through ancient forests that clothed the moun- 
tain-sides with trees so vast and thick that the 
light of day was almost excluded. At that high 
altitude, the trees caught and held the passing 
clouds in their branches. From the clouds 
distilled an almost incessant rain, making the 
steep trails slippery and dangerous. The few 
tired mules that had not perished on the line of 
march, patiently clambered on. Now and then, 
one would slip and go plunging over a precipice; 
its fall could be traced by the crashing of shrubs 
and trees until its mangled body rolled into a 
foaming stream far below. 



THE CROSSING 387 

' Although the Army was drenched by rain 
night and day, it did not experience severe cold 
until it emerged from the forests into the bleak 
unsheltered passes between the mountain peaks. 
Then the piercing cold bit through the soldiers' 
thin garments. Many who had worn shoes when 
they left the plains, were now barefooted. Even 
some of the officers were in rags, so that they 
were glad to wrap themselves in blankets. 

The view of the Andes at this great height was 
wildly magnificent. Incessant gusts of s wind 
swept the passes, and whirled the snow in drifts 
from the summits of the ridges. The whole range 
appeared to be encrusted with ice, cracked in 
many places, from which cascades of water were 
constantly rushing. Huge pinnacles of granite 
overhung the passes, apparently tottering and 
about to fall. There was no longer any beaten 
path; the ground was rocky and broken. Terrific 
chasms yawned on every hand, appalling to the 
sight. 

A sense of great loneliness seized the men. 
Dead silence prevailed except for the scream of 
the condor or the noise of distant waterfalls. 
The air was so rarefied that many of the soldiers, 
overcome by drowsiness, lay down and died. 

But at last the crest of the Andes was passed, 
and the Army began to descend on the other side 
into the valleys of New Granada. The descent 



388 SIMON BOLIVAR 

was not so difficult because the mountain-side was 
less rugged than the side they had ascended. 

As soon as the Army reached the lowlands, 
Bolivar lost no time in preparing for battle. With 
his men, he took his stand at the Bridge of 
Boyaca. 

Never was there a more complete victory. The 
whole of the Spanish Army with baggage, powder, 
and military stores, fell into the hands of Bolivar. 

The Battle of Boyaca liberated New Granada 
from Spain, for ever. 

Then Venezuela and New Granada united, and 
became the Republic of Colombia — or Great 

Colombia. 

Retold from the account of a 

soldier who accompanied Bolivar 

PERU NEXT 

Now was Bolivar at the height of his power. 

He had liberated Venezuela and New Granada. 
He had founded the Great Republic of Colombia, 
and had given it a Constitution. He was prac- 
tically Dictator of the Republic. 

He had sent his favourite General, the heroic 
Antonio de Sucre, to liberate Quito. 

Bolivar now turned his eyes toward Peru. In 
his ambition he dreamed of a Greater Colombia 
which should include that country. 

But there was an obstacle in his way. 



THE BREAK 389 

Peru had already declared her Independence. 
The foundations of her Liberty had been laid by 
another General and another Army. For Jose 
de San Martin of Argentina, was Peru's ac- 
knowledged Protector. 

Then came the Amazing Meeting, as told on 
page 272. 

After that meeting, Bolivar with his Army 
entered Peru. He combined his forces with those 
of the Liberating Army of Peru, and with the aid 
of the valiant Sucre, completed what San 
Martin had so well begun, and swept away the 
last vestiges of Spanish power from South 
America. 

So the great struggle for Independence, which 
had lasted over twenty years, was finished. 

But Bolivar was not allowed to enjoy long the 
fruits of his victories. 

We shall see why. 



THE BREAK 

Exiled from Venezuela, consumptive, wellnigh 
penniless, insulted by his own people, was 
Bolivar only a few years later. 

The creation of his genius, the Great Colombia, 
was rent with revolutions. His own General 
Paez had abandoned him. His friend Antonio 
Sucre had been assassinated. 



390 SIMON BOLIVAR 

Bitterness filled Bolivar's soul, his pride was 

broken, but he still loved Colombia. 

His dying words to her people, were : — 

Colombians! My last wishes are for the happiness of 
my native Land. If my death helps to check the growth 
of factions and to consolidate the Union, I shall rest 
tranquilly in the tomb. 

So passed away the Liberator of Venezuela, 
the founder of the Republic of Colombia. 

Twelve years later Paez, who was ruling in 
Venezuela, brought Bolivar's body to Caracas 
and interred it with honours. But he left the 
hero's heart in an urn in the Cathedral of Santa 
Marta, the city where he had died. 

Great Colombia, or the Great Republic of 
Colombia, founded by Bolivar, was a Union 
consisting of Venezuela, New Granada, and 
Ecuador. Great Colombia fell; its Union was 
dissolved. To-day, instead, there exist three 
independent Republics — Venezuela, Colombia, 
and Ecuador. 

As for Bolivia, it was a part of Upper Peru. 
It was liberated by the help of Antonio Sucre. 
It declared its Independence, and took the name 
of Bolivar. To-day it is the Republic of 
Bolivia, "rich in all the natural products of the 
world." 



BOLIVAR THE MAN 391 

BOLIVAR THE MAN 

I 

Simon de Bolivar was about five feet six inches 
in height, lean of Hmb and body. His cheek 
bones stood out prominently in an oval-shaped 
face, which tapered sharply towards the chin. 

His countenance was vivacious; but his skin 
was furrowed with wrinkles and tanned by 
exposure to a tropical sun. The curly black hair 
that once covered Bolivar's head in luxuriant 
profusion, began to turn white about 1821. 
Thenceforth, he was accustomed to wear his hair 
short. 

His nose was long and aquiline. Flexible, 
sensual lips were often shaded by a thick mus- 
tache; while whiskers covered a part of his face. 
In 1822, Bolivar's large, black, penetrating eyes, 
"with the glance of an eagle," were losing their 
remarkable brilliancy. At that time, Bolivar had 
also lost some of the animation, energy, and 
extraordinary agility which had distinguished 
him in youth and early manhood. Even the 
casual observer judged him to be many years 
older than he really was, so sick and weary did 
he appear. . . . 

A man of many moods, jovial, talkative, 
taciturn, gloomy, he changed swiftly from sun- 
shine to storm. 

William Spence Robertson (Condensed) 



392 SIMON BOLIVAR 

11 

"Simon de Bolivar has been characterized as 
the Napoleon of the South American Revolu- 
tion, ..." writes William Spence Robertson, 
who has been decorated with Bolivar's Order 
of the Liberators. ** 'Defeat left Bolivar undis- 
mayed,' said O'Leary, who served for a time as 
an aide-de-camp of the Liberator. 'Always great, 
he was greatest in adversity. His enemies had 
a saying that "when vanquished Bolivar is more 
terrible than when he conquers.'"" 

"There is one point on which all are agreed," 
writes F. Loraine Petre, "the generosity of 
Bolivar, his carelessness of money and his finan- 
cial uprightness. Few men ever had greater 
opportunities of enriching themselves; still fewer 
more honestly refused to take advantage of their 
opportunities. He commenced life as a rich man, 
he died almost a pauper. . . . 

"The figure of the worn-out Liberator, suffer- 
ing in mind and body, deserted by all but a 
few, reviled by the majority of those who owed 
everything to him, is one of the most pathetic in 
history." 



AUGUST 20 

BERNARDO O'HIGGINS 
FIRST SOLDIER, FIRST CITIZEN OF CHILE 

Since my childhood I have loved Chile; and I have shed my 
blood on the battle-fields which secured her liberties. If it has 
not been my privilege to perfect her institutions, I have the 
satisfaction of knowing that I am leaving her free and inde- 
pendent, respected abroad, and glorious in her victories. 

I thank God for the favours He has granted my Government, 
and pray that He may protect and guide those who will follow 

Bebnaedo O'Higgins, to the Chilean Assembly 



O'HIGGINS 

The name of O'Higgins . . . has a double lustre; because it 
was borne by two generations with an almost equal brilliancy. 
It is seldom that a genius such as Ambrose O'Higgins the 
father, the greatest Viceroy of royalist Spanish America, bears 
a man such as Bernardo O'Higgins the son, first chief of the 
new Republic which sprang up from the ashes of his dead 
father's Government. _. ^^ ^. 

W. H. KOEBEL 

Bernardo O'Higgins alone was able to accomplish and estab- 
lish the semblance of decent dignified government in his 
Country after the great upheaval, a fact mostly due to his 
own transparent honesty, utter unselfishness, and pure 
Patriotism, as much as to his political acumen, diplomacy, 

and powers of organization. ^ -r ,, 

John J. Mehbgan 



Bernardo O'Higgins was born August 20, 1778 

Became the Hero of Rancagua, 1814 

He and San Martin won the Battle of Chacabuco, 

February 12, 1817 
First Independence Day in Chile, February 12, 1818 
O'Higgins went into exile, 1823 
He died in Peru, October 24, 1842 



THE SON OF THE BAREFOOT BOY 

Ambrose O'Higgins was like the bright lad in 
the fairy tale, who started out to seek his fortune 
with a knapsack on his back. Ambrose was only 
a servant-boy in Ireland, barefoot some say, 
running errands for the Lady of Castle Dangan 
in County Meath. Then one day he set out to 
seek his fortune in Spain where he had an uncle. 

He did not find it there. So he bought a stock 
of merchandise, and took ship for South America, 
the wonderful country, where, so people said, 
one could get treasure and emeralds a-plenty. 

He landed at Buenos Aires, and sold some of 
his goods. Then he crossed the pampas, or 
prairie, and packed his goods by mule-train over 
the high Andes into Chile. 

Still his treasure did not appear, and, being 
a venturesome lad, he made his way north to 
Lima in Peru. There he kept a small stall and 
peddled his wares under the shadow of Pizarro's 
ancient Cathedral. As he looked up at its weather- 
beaten walls and down at his old clothes, little he 
dreamed that one day he should enter the door 
of that very Cathedral clad in a Vice-King's 
garments and surrounded by a brilliant retinue 
of officers and retainers. 



396 BERNARDO O'HIGGINS 

Not knowing that all this wonderful thing was 
to happen, he grew restless and set off on his 
travels through Venezuela and New Granada, 
and finally went back to Chile. 

There his fortune was awaiting him. As the 
years passed, he studied and worked indus- 
triously, until he became a famous civil engineer 
and built roads and did great things for Chile. 
He devoted himself to Chile's interest until the 
King of Spain, learning of his genius and of all 
the improvements he had brought about in the 
country, appointed him its Governor. 

He served with such wisdom that, in time, he 
was made Viceroy, or Vice-King, of Peru, the 
highest and most coveted office in all Spanish 
America. 

So with pomp and procession, in a Vice-King's 
garments, he entered the Cathedral doors of the 
very city where once as a poor homeless boy he 
had peddled his wares. 

He died at a great age, full of honours, and left 
his estate to Bernardo his son. 

Now, Bernardo his son was anything but a 
Royalist. He was a Patriot. He felt no deep 
loyalty to the Crown of Spain. He had been 
sent to London to study while he was only a boy. 
There he had met Miranda the Flaming Son of 
Liberty. Miranda had become his friend. Ber- 
nardo had joined his secret society to which 



THE SINGLE STAR FLAG 397 

Bolivar and San Martin belonged. Thus the boy, 
Bernardo O'Higgins, had enthusiastically pledged 
himself to help Spanish America gain her Freedom. 

When his father died, he returned to Chile. 
He lived for a while on his farm with his mother 
and sister Rosa. But he was not content to stay 
there long. So leaving the farm, he gave himself 
completely to the service of his Country. 

And while San Martin, the Argentine General, 
was mobilizing his Army at Mendoza on the 
other side of the Andes, O'Higgins and many 
Chilean Patriots were endeavouring to drive the 
Spaniards out of their country northward and 
back to Lima. 



THE SINGLE STAR FLAG 

It was the Fourth of July. The United States 
Consulate in Chile was celebrating our In- 
dependence Day. Over the Consulate floated 
the Stars and Stripes, and with it was entwined, 
for the first time, a tri-coloured flag, red, white, 
and blue, with a single five-pointed silver star in 
its upper left hand corner. 

It was the new Republican Flag of Chile. 

Soon one saw the Patriots of Santiago on the 
streets, wearing red, white, and blue cockades. 

And shortly after this the Single Star Flag was 
adopted as the Chilean national emblem. 



398 BERNARDO O'HIGGINS 

THE HERO OF RANCAGUA 

But Spain was not going to permit Chile to hoist 
a Flag of Independence. She despatched armed 
frigates and war vessels along the Pacific coast, 
for she was determined to crush the Patriot up- 
rising once and for all. 

From her stronghold, Lima, she sent out fresh 
troops seasoned in European wars. This strong 
Spanish force marched down through Chile upon 
helpless Santiago City. The Patriot Army, very 
small and badly equipped, took its stand bravely 
near the town of Rancagua hoping to keep the 
Spanish from passing. 

Unfortunately, there were political quarrels 
among the Patriots. The Carreras — three 
brothers — were trying to gain control of the 
Government and Army. Their personal ambition 
was greater than their love of Country. 

The Patriot forces at Rancagua were in part 
commanded by two of the Carreras, and in part 
by O'Higgins of whom they were jealous. 

The Spanish attacked. A stiff battle took 
place. Neither Army would give quarter. Each 
side hoisted a black flag as a signal of war to the 
death. 

Suddenly, without warning, the Carreras fell 
back and abandoned O'Higgins and his troop to 
their fate, leaving them trapped as it were. But 



THE HERO OF RANCAGUA 399 

O'Higgins and his men retreated into the town 
and defended themselves courageously. For 
hours, without cessation, the Spanish attacked. 
Finally, O'Higgins withdrew his men to the plaza, 
and fought from behind hastily thrown-up barri- 
cades built of carts, bricks, furniture, and parts 
of houses. 

Then a Chilean magazine exploded. The 
Patriots' ammunition began to give out. The 
buildings around them went up in flames. 
O'Higgins was shot in the leg. But he and all of 
his little band, of whom scarcely two hundred 
men were left, tortured by fatigue, thirst, and 
heat, still gallantly fought on. 

Destruction seemed certain. But O'Higgins 
was not a man to yield to despair. He ordered 
his men to collect all the horses, mules, and 
cattle they could lay hands on. He placed him- 
self at the head of his men, and driving the herd 
before him, plunged through the Spanish lines, 
cutting fiercely on every side as he went. 

So he and his soldiers retreated in safety to 
Santiago. 

But that city was doomed. The Spanish 
marched upon it and took it. All was terror. 
Many people fled from the city. Patriots who 
remained were seized by the Spanish, and im- 
prisoned or murdered. A number of men, some 
quite old, were banished to the lonely island of 



400 BERNARDO O'HIGGINS 

Juan Fernandez — Robinson Crusoe's desert 
island. 

As for Bernardo O'Higgins, he barely escaped 
with his life. He led a party of miserable shiver- 
ing refugees, men and women, across the Andes 
into Argentina. After terrible sufferings from 
cold in the high mountain passes, they reached 
Mendoza. There they were welcomed and 
sheltered by San Martin, the General whom God 
had called to carry Liberty into Chile. 

COMPANIONS-IN-ARMS 

Then Argentina and Chile joined forces against 
Spain. O'Higgins and San Martin became com- 
panions-in-arms. 

About all that they accomplished, about the 
Hannibal of the Andes, Chacabuco, Maipu, and 
the strong fleet which O'Higgins assembled to 
carry San Martin and his Army to Peru, you 
may read in the story of San Martin on page 235. 
There, also, it is told how O'Higgins became the 
Supreme Dictator of Chile, the land where his 
father the barefoot boy, had found a fortune. 

THE PATRIOT RULER 

So while San Martin with his army sailed away 
to liberate Peru, the unselfish Supreme Dictator 
stayed at home to care for his people. 



THE PATRIOT RULER 401 

Now that the Spanish were driven out, the 
Country was in a chaotic condition, its laws 
and Government in confusion. With wisdom, 
patience, and tact, O'Higgins began the work 
of reconstruction. And how well he succeeded 
Captain Basil Hall, an English naval officer, tells 
in his journal. 

"We left Valparaiso harbour filled with shipping; 
its customhouse wharfs piled high with goods too 
numerous and bulky for the old warehouses. The 
road between the port and the capital was always 
crowded with convoys of mules loaded with every 
kind of foreign manufacture. While numerous ships 
were busy taking in cargoes of the wines, corn, and 
other articles, the growth of the country. 

"And large sums of treasures were daily embarked 
for Europe, in return for goods already distributed 
over the interior. 

"A spirit of inquiry and intelligence animated the 
whole society. Schools were multiplied in every 
town; libraries established; and every encouragement 
given to literature and the arts, And as travelling 
was free, passports were unnecessary. 

"In the manners and even in the gait of every 
man, might be traced the air of conscious freedom 
and independence." 

And all this was largely due to the energetic 
and peaceful rule of Bernardo O'Higgins. 

But political enemies soon began to press the 
Supreme Dictator hard. There were conspiracies 
of the Carrera party. Diplomatic misunder- 
standings arose between Chile and both the 
United States and England, 



402 BERNARDO O'HIGGINS 

Meanwhile, a more serious situation was 
developing which was to bring misery to Chile. 
The aristocrats, who had been Royalists, began 
to work secretly against O'Higgins and the 
Republic. Government officials, who were jealous 
of O'Higgins's power and success, plotted against 
him. These conspirators succeeded in getting 
control of the Assembly. 

The Assembly demanded his resignation. 
O'Higgins knew that if he should refuse to resign, 
his act would plunge Chile into civil war. Rather 
than harm his Country, he laid down his power. 

The People of Chile, who loved and revered 
him, wept with sorrow at his abdication. And 
his enemies would not have dared to attack him, 
had they not known that he would never shed 
one drop of Chilean blood in his own defense. 

FIRST SOLDIER, FIRST CITIZEN 

The rest is soon told. 

Bernardo O'Higgins, with his mother and his 
sister Rosa, went into exile. 

He sought refuge in Peru. He reached there 
after the Amazing Meeting. San Martin was 
gone. The Peruvians welcomed him with sincere 
hospitality. They gladly offered to shelter him 
in his exile. They gratefully acknowledged all 
that he had done to help equip the Liberating 
Army which had freed Peru. They gave him a 



CHILE AS SHE IS 403 

fine sugar plantation, and honoured him in every 
way they could. 

So he lived quietly among them for many 
years. 

But things were not going well in the Republic 
of Chile. Her first place, which she had held 
among other southern Republics because of her 
well-organized Government and her fine civic 
reconstruction, the work of O'Higgins, this her 
first place, was lost. She stood no longer at the 
head of her sister Republics. 

She was become a prey to political quarrels. 
The Holy Alliance in Europe was threatening 
her. It was then that Chile received gladly the 
Monroe Doctrine of the United States, which 
protected her against Spain. 

Then Chile, in her trouble, recalled O'Higgins 
and voted to restore him to all his titles and 
honours. 

Though he loved Chile, he knew it was not 
best to return, so he refused. Soon after which, 
he died in Peru. 

He is, to-day, the beloved National Hero of 
the Chilean People. 

CHILE AS SHE IS 

Sunny, happy, smiling Chile, stretches like a 
broad ribbon unrolling itself along the Pacific 



404 BERNARDO O'HIGGINS 

coast of South America. To-day she is a Republic 
with a Constitution and a President. 

Chile is a prosperous Republic; for after civil 
war and political struggles, she has found herself, 
and is even stronger and more vigorous than 
when under the rule of Bernardo O'Higgins. 

High in her background loom the Andes, their 
jagged summits covered with eternal snows; while 
in their hearts are valleys, lakes, and rushing 
torrents, rich copper mines, and grazing grounds. 

Chile's immensely long and narrow land 
reaches from the hot and arid deserts of Peru, 
to the cold and rainy country of Cape Horn. 
But the beautiful, sunny, happy Chile lies 
between these two extremes. In that delightful 
part, grow barley, wheat, grapes; and herds of 
cattle and horses feed on the rich grass. Each 
year, Chile sends quantities of grain as well as 
of iodine, nitrates, and wool, to the markets of 
our United States, and to those of other countries 
as well. 

In Chile, thousands of school children in the 
cities, towns, and villages are taught to honour 
the name of Bernardo O'Higgins, who founded 
their Government, Chile's ** first Soldier, first 
Citizen." 

The children of Chile keep their Independence 
Day on February 12, while our children in the 
United States are celebrating Lincoln's Birthday. 



ONE OF TWENTY 405 



ONE OF TWENTY 

Chile is only one of twenty flourishing Latin 
American Republics. They are called Latin Amer- 
ican, because they were settled by Latin Races, 
Spanish, French, or Portuguese. 

There are eighteen Spanish- American ones; 
one French, Haiti; and one Portuguese, Brazil. 
In these twenty Republics there are more than 
75,000,000 people. 

This book is too short a one in which to tell 
about all the Liberators of these Republics. 

There was Toussaint 1' Ouverture, the extraor- 
dinary coloured man, an ex-slave, who liber- 
ated Haiti. Haiti was the first Latin American 
Republic to declare its Independence. 

In Peru, there was Tupac Amaru, the brave 
young Indian Cacique, a descendant of the 
"Child of the Sun" whom Pizarro conquered. 
He tried to liberate his people from Spain, but 
was captured with all his family, and put to death. 

In Paraguay there was the tyrant-liberator 
Francia, about whom that fascinating romance 
in English, El Supremo, tells. While La Banda 
Oriental, as Uruguay used to be called, had for 
a Liberator, the bold bandit-like Artigas. In 
Mexico, it was the priest Hidalgo who roused 
the Mexican People to revolt against Spain. 



406 BERNARDO O'HIGGINS 

The Peoples of the eighteen Spanish-American 
Republics, are not one People like those of our 
United States, living at peace under one Govern- 
ment and governed by one Constitution. 

They are not a Union. Instead, each is a 
separate Republic. Each may do as it pleases 
without consulting the welfare of the others. 
This at times, brings about bad feeling, and even 
war. 

But to prevent war and bloodshed, some of 
these Republics have adopted a better way» 

THE BETTER WAY 

To-day, high on a ridge of the Andes Mountains, 
high, high above the level of the sea, stands a 
gigantic bronze monument. It is a figure raised 
on a pedestal. In one hand it holds a cross, 
while it extends the other hand in blessing. 

The winter winds sweep against it with driving 
storms of snow. The summer winds whirl drifts 
of sand around its base. But with peaceful look, 
the figure gazes far beyond the black rocks, 
frozen peaks, and rushing torrents of the Andes, 
toward the busy world of men. 

On its base is inscribed : — 

Sooner shall these mountains crumble into dust, than 
Chileans and Argentines shall break the peace to which 
they have pledged themselves at the feet of Christ the 
Redeemer. 



THE BETTER WAY 407 

It is the figure of El Crista^ of the Andes. It is 
a monument standing close to a lonely trail, once 
the highway from Argentina into Chile. It was 
erected a few years ago by the Republics of Chile 
and Argentina. 

It happened this way: — 

The two Republics had disputed for years 
over the boundary line which passed along the 
crest of the Andes. Each claimed a large share of 
valuable territory. Neither would allow the 
other to settle the boundary line. 

Sometimes, the Argentine soldiers, patrolling 
the frontier, would find the Chilean patrol camp- 
ing on the disputed ground. The two patrols 
would have angry words and nearly come to 
blows. So the bad feeling grew worse until both 
Republics were ready for war. 

Then the Chileans and Argentines remembered 
that their grandfathers and great-grandfathers, 
under San Martin and O'Higgins, had fought 
side by side, and had shed their blood together 
in the cause of Independence. They could not 
bring themselves to slaughter each other, for they 
were brothers. 

They agreed to arbitrate. They appealed to 
England to decide the boundary line for them. 
King Edward the Seventh sent a commission to 
the Andes, which surveyed the region to as far 

1 The Christ of the Andes. 



408 BERNARDO O'HIGGINS 

south as Cape Horn. The King gave his decision. 
Thus the boundary question was settled without 
bloodshed. Though Chile was not quite satisfied, 
she loyally stood by the King's decision. 

So the conflict was stopped, good feeling 
returned, and the Republics were saved from the 
horrors of war. 

To commemorate this great event, — the better 
way of settling a Nation's quarrel by Arbitration, 
— the Argentines and Chileans erected El Cristo, 

The figure was cast from the metal of old 
cannon left by the Spanish soldiers when they 
were driven from the land by O'Higgins and 
San Martin. It is twenty-six feet high, and is 
mounted on a huge pedestal. Near it is set up a 
boundary-marker inscribed on one side Chile, 
and on the other, Argentina. 

El Cristo of the Andes was dedicated. Several 
thousand people were present. The vast solitudes 
of the Andes were broken. Cannon roared and 
bands played. Then the Bishop of Ancud spoke: 

"Not only to Argentina and Chile," he said, 
"do we dedicate this monument, but to the 
World, that from this it may learn the lesson of 
Universal Peace." 

Years have gone by since then. To-day a 
railroad takes travellers over the mountains by 
another route. They no longer pass the bronze 
figure that pleads for Peace. 



THE BETTER WAY 409 

"The peon with a mail-bag strapped on his 
back has tramped his way for the last time down 
the rocky trail in the winter-snows," writes Mr. 
Nevin O. Winter, who has seen El Crista. *'El 
Cristo stands among the lonely crags deserted, 
isolated, and storm-swept; but ever with a noble 
dignity befitting the character." 

But Chile and Argentina have not yet forgotten 
their pledge. They are still showing the World 
the Better Way — the way of Arbitration and 
Peace. 



SEPTEMBER 6 

THE MARQUIS DE LAFAYETTE 
THE FRIEND OF AMERICA 

As soon as I heard of American Independence, my heart was 

enlistedl ^ 

Lafayette 



LAFAYETTE SAID WHEN OFFERING HIS 

SERVICES TO CONGRESS 

After the sacrifices I have made, I have the right to exact two 
favours. One is to serve at my own expense — the other is, 
to serve at first as volunteer. 

JOHN QUINCY ADAMS, TO LAFAYETTE 

On Bidding Him Farewell, in 1825 

Our children, in life and after death, shall claim you for our 
own. You are ours by that more than patriotic devotion with 
which you fiew to the aid of our Fathers at the crisis of their 
fate. . . . Ours by that tie of love, stronger tfian death, which 
has linked your name, for endless ages to come, with the name 
of Washington. 



Lafayette was born in France, September 6, 1757 

He came to the rescue of America, 1777 

He made his triumphal tour, 1824-25 

He died in France, May 20, 1834 

His full name was Marie Joseph Paul Yves Roch 
Gilbert Du Motier Marquis de Lafayette. He 
preferred to be called plain "Citizen Gilbert 
Motier." 



I WILL JOIN THE AMERICANS ! 

One night, in 1776, the old Marshal, Commander 
of the French forces at Strasburg, was giving a 
dinner party in honour of the Duke of Gloucester. 

This light-hearted English Duke was in dis- 
grace with his royal brother King George the 
Third of England; so he was taking a little trip 
abroad. At the Marshal's dinner he was mali- 
ciously regaling the guests with a humorous 
account of how the Americans had flouted King 
George and had flung his chests of tea into 
Boston Harbour, and had declared their In- 
dependence, y 

The Duke's sympathies were all with the 
''Americans, and he dwelt on their need of vol- 
unteers. Amongst the guests — officers in blue 
and silver, Strasburg grandees in gold-lace and 
velvet, all exclaiming, laughing, and gesticulating 
— was one silent, solemn-faced young officer. 

He was lean, red-haired, and hook-nosed, and 
very awkward. He kept his eager eyes fixed on 
the Duke's face. Nobody noticed him. 

After dinner, he strode across the room to the 
Duke, and opened his lips for the first time. 

"I will join the Americans — I will help them 



414 MARQUIS DE LAFAYETTE 

fight for Freedom!" he cried; and as he spoke his 
face was illuminated. "Tell me how to set about 
it!" 

The young man was the Marquis de Lafayette, 
nineteen years old, a rich French noble, the 
adoring husband of a sweet young wife, and the 
father of one little child. 

Edith Sichel (Retold) 



IN AMERICA 

Accompanied by Baron de Kalb, Lafayette 
safely reached America, and presented his cre- 
dentials to Congress. 

Washington met him first at a dinner in Phila- 
delphia. He was so pleased with Lafayette's 
eager, brave spirit, and with his unselfish offer 
of sword and fortune for the American cause, 
that he invited him to become a member of his 
family, and to make Headquarters his home. 

Lafayette was delighted, and immediately had 
his luggage taken to the camp. And from that 
time on, he was always a welcome guest both at 
camp and at Mount Vernon. 

ON THE FIELD NEAR CAMDEN 

What became of Lafayette's companion, the 
Baron de Kalb.'* 



ON THE FIELD NEAR CAMDEN 415 

He served his adopted country, the United 
States, until at the battle near Camden, he fell, 
still fighting though pierced by eleven wounds. 

"The rebel General! the rebel General!" 
shouted the British soldiers who saw him fall. 
And they rushed forward to transfix him with 
their bayonets. 

But his faithful adjutant tried to throw himself 
on the Baron's body to shield it, crying out at 
the same time, "Spare the Baron de Kalb!" 

The rough soldiers raised the wounded Baron 
to his feet, and, leaning him against a wagon, 
began to strip him. 

Just then the British General, Lord Corn- 
wallis, rode up. He saw his valiant enemy 
stripped to his shirt, the blood pouring from his 
eleven wounds. Immediately, he gave orders that 
the Baron should be treated with respect and care. 

"I regret to see you so badly wounded," he 
said, "but am glad to have defeated you." 

The Baron was carried to a bed. He was given 
every care. His devoted adjutant watched by his 
bedside, and the British officers came to express 
their sympathy and regret. But the brave 
Baron lingered three days only, then he died. 
Almost his last thoughts were with the men of 
his command. He charged his adjutant to thank 
them for their valour, and to bid them an affec- 
tionate farewell from him. 



416 MARQUIS DE LAFAYETTE 

The people of Camden erected a monument 
in memory of the Baron de Kalb. 

THE BANNER OF THE MORAVIAN NUNS 

" Take thy Banner; and beneath 
The war-cloud's encircling wreath 
Guard it — till our homes are free — 
Guard it — God will prosper thee! 



" Take thy Banner; and if e'er 
Tliou shouldst press the soldier's bier 
And the muffled drum should beat 
To the tread of mournful feet. 
Then this Crimson Flag shall be 
Martial cloak and shroud for theel" 

And the Warrior took that Banner proud. 
And it was his martial cloak and shroud. 

From The Hymn of the Moravian Nuns, 

Henrt Wadsworth Longfellow 

It was the young and gallant Marquis de La- 
fayette, who during the terrible rout on the field 
of Brandywine, leaped from his horse, and sword 
in hand tried to rally the fleeing American 
soldiers. But a musket ball passing through his 
leg, he fell wounded to the ground. 

His brave aide-de-camp placed Lafayette on 
his own horse, thus saving his life. Lafayette 
then tried to rejoin Washington, but his wound 
bled so badly that he had to stop and have his 
leg bandaged. 

Meanwhile, it was growing dark. All was fear 
and confusion around him. The American 



BANNER OF MORAVIAN NUNS 417 

soldiers were fleeing from every direction toward 
the village of Chester. They were rushing on in 
headlong flight, with cannon and baggage- 
wagons. The thunder of the enemy's guns, the 
clouds of dust, the shouts and cries, the general 
panic, were terrific. 

Lafayette was forced to retreat with the Army, 
but in spite of his wound, he retained presence of 
mind enough to station a guard at the bridge 
before Chester, with commands to keep all 
retreating soldiers from crossing it. So, when 
Washington and General Greene rode up, they 
were able to rally the soldiers and restore some- 
thing like order. 

As for Lafayette, he was soon after carried to 
the town of Bethlehem in Pennsylvania, and 
left with the Moravian Nuns. 

These good women nursed him, and bestowed 
every kindly care upon him, until his wound was 
healed and he was able to rejoin the Army. He 
had been serving without a command, but after 
his gallant action at Brandywine, he was made 
head of a division. 

It was while Lafayette was still at Bethlehem, 
that a brilhant oflBcer from the American Army 
came to see him. He was the Lithuanian-Polish 
Patriot, Count Casimir Pulaski. 

All the Nuns, and in fact every one in Bethle- 
hem, knew Count Pulaski's romantic history. 



418 MARQUIS DE LAFAYETTE 

how while in Poland he had fought for the Inde- 
pendence of his Country, and had been sent into 
exile. He was now fighting for America's Liberty. 

And when the Nuns learned that Count Pulaski 
was raising a corps in Baltimore, they were eager 
to honour him. With their own hands they made 
a banner of crimson silk, embroidering it beauti- 
fully. This they sent to him with their blessing. 

He carried the crimson banner through battle 
and danger, until at last he fell so badly wounded 
that he died. 

The crimson banner was rescued, and carried 
back to Baltimore. 

LOYAL TO THE CHIEF 

It was during that terrible Winter at Valley 
Forge, that Generals Gates and Conway "with 
malice and duplicity," were plotting against 
Washington. 

They wanted to win the young and influential 
Marquis de Lafayette to their conspiracy. They 
planned to do so by separating him from Wash- 
ington. So they used their influence to have him 
appointed to an independent command, with 
Conway as his chief lieutenant. And this they 
did without consulting Washington. 

But they reckoned without their host. The 
gallant young Frenchman was loyal. He was 



LOYAL TO THE CHIEF 419 

incapable of a dastardly act. Though scarcely 
twenty years old, he had a mind of his own. He 
refused to take command without Washington's 
consent; and insisted on having Baron de Kalb, 
not Conway, for his lieutenant. 

Then he set out for York, to get his papers. 

He had left Washington with the soldiers, 
starving and shivering at Valley Forge; he found 
General Gates and his officers in York, com- 
fortably seated at dinner, the table laden with 
food and drink. They were flushed and noisy 
with wine, and greeted Lafayette with shouts 
of welcome. 

They fawned upon him; they complimented 
and toasted him. He listened to them quietly; 
and, as soon as he received his papers, rose as if 
to make a speech. 

There was a breathless silence. All eyes were 
fixed upon him. 

In politest tones, he reminded them there was 
one toast that they had forgotten, and which he 
now proposed: — 

The health of the Commander-in-Chief of the Armies 
of the United States. 

There was silence. There was consternation 
and embarrassment. No one dared refuse to 
drink. Some merely touched the glasses to their 
lips, others set them down scarcely tasted. 

Then, bowing with mock politeness and 



420 MARQUIS DE LAFAYETTE 

shrugging his shoulders, Lafayette left the dining- 
hall, and mounting his horse rode away. 

John Fiske and Other Sources (Retold) 



WE ARE GRATEFUL, LAFAYETTE! 

During the War for Independence, Lafayette 
served without pay. He also cheerfully expended 
one hundred and forty thousand dollars out of 
his own fortune, purchasing a ship to bring him 
to America, and raising, equipping, arming, and 
clothing a regiment. And when he landed in 
America, he brought with him munitions of war, 
which he presented to our Army. He gave shoes, 
clothes, and food to our naked suffering American 
soldiers. 

After the War was over, some small recognition 
was offered him by our Government. But while 
on his visit here in 1825, to show appreciation 
of his unselfish aid to us in time of need, and in 
compensation for his expenditures. Congress 
passed a bill presenting him with two hundred 
thousand dollars and a grant of land. 

There were, however, a few members of Con- 
gress who violently opposed the bill, much to 
the shame of all grateful citizens. And one 
member of Congress, humiliated at this opposi- 
tion, tried to apologize delicately to Lafayette. 

"I, Sir, am one of the opposition!^' exclaimed 



SOME OF WASHINGTON'S HAIR 421 

Lafayette. "The gift is so munificent, so far 
exceeding the services of the individual, that, 
had I been a member of Congress, I must have 
voted against it!" 

And to Congress itself, Lafayette, deeply 
touched said : — 

"The immense and unexpected gift which in 
addition to former and considerable bounties, it 
has pleased Congress to confer upon me, calls for 
the warmest acknowledgments of an old Ameri- 
can soldier, an adopted son of the United 
States — two titles dearer to my heart than all 
the treasures in the world." 

SOME OF WASHINGTON'S HAIR 

Cordial ties bound the land of Washington to 
the land of Bolivar one hundred years ago. 

Then the South American Liberator was held 
in such high esteem here, that after the death 
of Washington his family sent Bolivar several 
relics of the national hero of the United States, 
including locks of Washington's hair. 

The gift was transmitted through Lafayette, 
who had it presented to Bolivar by a French 
oflScer. And the latter bore back to the noble 
French comrade of Washington, an eloquent 
letter of thanks from Bolivar. 

The South American Liberator professed 



422 MARQUIS DE LAFAYETTE 

throughout his Hfe ardent admiration for the 
United States, and once in conversation with an 
American officer in Peru, prophesied that within 
one hundred years, the land of Washington 
would stand first in the world. 

T. R. Ybarra 



WELCOME! FRIEND OF AMERICA! 
1824-25 

It was twenty-five years after the death of 
Washington. It was 1824. In New York City, 
joy bells were ringing, bands playing, cannon 
saluting, flags waving, and two hundred thousand 
people wildly cheering. 

The Marquis de Lafayette was visiting Amer- 
ica. He was landing at the Battery. He was no 
longer the slender, debonair, young French 
ofl5cer who, afire with ardent courage, had served 
under Washington, but a man of sixty-seven, 
large, massive, almost six feet tall, his rugged 
face expressing a strong noble character, his fine 
hazel eyes beaming with pleasure and affection. 
But his manner was the same courtly, gracious 
one of the young man of nineteen who so long ago 
had exclaimed, "I will join the Americans — I 
will help them fight for Freedom I " 

Since the American War for Independence, 
Lafayette had been through the terrible French 



WELCOME! FRIEND OF AMERICA! 423 

Revolution, and had spent five years in an 
Austrian prison. Now, as he landed once more on 
American soil, he was the honoured and idolized 
guest of millions of grateful citizens of the United 
States. 

As he stepped from a gayly decorated boat, 
and stood among the throngs of cheering New 
York folk, his eyes filled with tears. He had 
expected only a little welcome; instead he found 
the whole Nation waiting expectant and eager to 
do him honour. 

His tour of the country in a barouche drawn 
by four white horses, was one continuous pro- 
cession. Enormous crowds gathered everywhere 
to greet him as he went from city to city, town 
to town, and village to village. He passed be- 
neath arches of flowers and arbours of evergreens. 
Children and young girls welcomed him with 
songs, and officials with addresses. He was ban- 
queted and feted. "Lafayette! Lafayette!" was 
the roar that went up from millions of throats. 

At Fort McHenry, he was conducted into the 
tent that had been Washington's during the 
War for Independence. There, some of Lafay- 
ette's old comrades-in-arms, veteran members 
of the Society of the Cincinnati, were awaiting 
him. 

Lafayette embraced them with tears of joy. 
Then looking around the tent, and seeing some 



424 MARQUIS DE LAFAYETTE 

of Washington's equioment, he exclaimed in a 
subdued voice: — 

"I remember! I remember!" 

Later in the day, a procession was formed, 
which as it passed through the streets of Balti- 
more, displayed in a place of honour the crimson 
silk banner of Count Pulaski, embroidered for 
him by the Moravian Nuns of Bethlehem, Penn- 
sylvania. 

In Boston, Lafayette in a barouche drawn by 
four beautiful white horses, was escorted by a 
brilliant procession through the streets. At the 
Common, he passed between two lines of school- 
children, girls in white, and boys in blue and 
white; and a lovely little girl crowned him with 
a wreath of blossoms. 

Across Washington Street, were thrown two 
arches decorated with flags, and inscribed with 
the words: — 

WELCOME, LAFAYETTE! 

The Fathers in glory shall sleep. 

That gathered vnth thee to the fight. 

But the Sons will eternally keep 

The Tablet of Gratitiide bright. 
We bow not the neck, and we bend not the knee. 
But our hearts, Lafayette, we surrender to thee. 

And when he entered Lexington, he passed 
beneath an arch on which was written in flowers: 

Welcome! Friend of America! 
To the Birthplace of American Liberty. 



SEPTEMBER 24 

'JOHN MARSHALL 
THE EXPOUNDER OF THE CONSTITUTION 

/ had grown up at a time . . . when the maxim, " United we 

stand, divided we fall," was the maxim of every orthodox 

American; and I had imbibed these sentiments so thoroughly 

that they constituted a part of my being. ^ _ _ 

- John Mabshalii 



He had a deep sense of moral and religious obligation, and a 
love of truth, constant, enduring, unflinching. It naturally 
gave rise to a sincerity of thought, pur-pose, expression and 
conduct, which, though never severe, was always open, manly, 
and straightforward. 

Yet it was combined with such a gentle and bland demeanour, 
that it never gave offense. But it was, on the contrary, most 
persuasive in its appeals to the understanding. 

Justice Joseph Stoby 



John Mabshall was born in Virginia, September 

24, 1755 
Became an ofl5cer in a Company of Minute Men, 

1776 
Was Envoy to France, 1797 
Was appointed Chief Justice of the Supreme Court 

of the United States, 1801 
He died, July 6, 1835 



THE BOY OF THE FRONTIER 

In a Log Cabin 

Through the ancient and unbroken forests, 
toward the Monongahela River, Braddock made 
his slow and painful way. Weeks passed, then 
months. But the Colonists felt no impatience 
because everybody knew what would happen 
when his scarlet columns should finally meet 
and throw themselves upon the enemy. 

Yet this meeting when it came, proved to be 
one of the lesser tragedies of history, and had 
a deep and fateful effect upon American public 
opinion, and upon the life and future of the 
American People. 

Time has not dulled the vivid picture of that 
disaster. The golden sunshine of that July day; 
the pleasant murmur of the waters of the Monon- 
gahela; the silent and sombre forests; the steady 
tramp, tramp of the British to the inspiriting 
music of their regimental bands, playing the 
martial airs of England; the bright uniforms of 
the advancing columns giving to the background 
of stream and forest a touch of splendour; — and 
then the ambush and surprise; the war-whoops 
of savage foes that could not be seen; the hail of 



428 JOHN MARSHALL 

invisible death, no pellet of which went astray; 
the pathetic volleys which the doomed British 
troops fired at hidden antagonists; the panic; 
the rout; the pursuit; the slaughter; the crushing, 
humiliating defeat! 

Most of the British officers were killed or 
wounded, as they vainly tried to halt the stam- 
pede. Braddock himself received a mortal hurt. 

Furious at what he felt was the stupidity and 
cowardice of the British regulars, the youthful 
Washington rode among the fear-frenzied English- 
men striving to save the day. Two horses were 
shot under him. Four bullets rent his uniform. 
But crazed with fright, the Royal soldiers were 
beyond human control. 

Only the Virginia Rangers kept their heads 
and their courage. Obeying the shouted orders 
of their young Commander, they threw them- 
selves between the terror-stricken British and 
the savage victors, and, fighting behind trees 
and rocks, were an ever-moving rampart of fire 
that saved the flying remnants of the English 
troops. 

But for Washington and his Rangers, Brad- 
dock's whole force would have been annihilated. 

So everywhere went up the cry, "The British 
are beaten ! " 

At first, rumour had it, that the whole force 
was destroyed, and that Washington had been 



THE BOY OF THE FRONTIER 429 

killed in action. But soon another word followed 
hard upon this error — the word that the boyish 
Virginia Captain and his Rangers had fought with 
coolness, skill, and courage; that they alone had 
prevented the extinction of the British Regulars. 

Thus it was that the American Colonists 
suddenly came to think, that they themselves 
must be their own defenders. It was a revela- 
tion, all the more impressive because it was so 
abrupt, unexpected, and dramatic, that the red- 
coated professional soldiers were not the un- 
conquerable warriors, the Colonists had been 
told that they were. From colonial mansion to 
log cabin, from the provincial capitals to the 
mean and exposed frontier settlements. Brad- 
dock's defeat sowed the seed of the idea that 
Americans must depend upon themselves. 

Close upon the heels of this epoch-making 
event, John Marshall came into the world. 

He was born in a little log cabin in what is 
now a part of Virginia, eleven weeks after Brad- 
dock's defeat. The Marshall cabin stood about a 
mile and a half from a cluster of a dozen similar 
log structures, a little settlement practically on 
the frontier. 

Off to the Blue Ridge 

Some ten years after Braddock's defeat, we can 
picture a strong rude wagon drawn by two horses, 



430 JOHN MARSHALL 

crawling along the stumpy, rock-roughened, and 
mud-mired road through the dense woods that 
led to a valley in the Blue Ridge Mountains. 

In the wagon sat a young woman. By her side 
a sturdy red-cheeked boy looked out with alert 
but quiet interest showing from his brilliant 
black eyes. And three other children cried their 
delight or vexation as the hours wore on. 

The red-cheeked boy was John Marshall. 

In this wagon, too, were piled the little family's 
household goods. By the side of the wagon, 
strode a young man dressed in the costume of the 
frontier. Tall, broad-shouldered, lithe-hipped, 
erect, he was a very oak of a man. His splendid 
head was carried with a peculiar dignity. And 
the grave but kindly command that shone from 
his face, together with the brooding thought- 
fulness and fearless light of his striking eyes, 
would have singled him out in any assemblage, 
as a man to be respected and trusted. 

A negro drove the team, and a negro girl 
walked behind. So went little John Marshall 
with his father and mother, from the log cabin 
to their new Blue Ridge home, which was not 
a log cabin, but a frame house built of whipsawed 
uprights and boards. 

Making an American 

John Marshall lived near the frontier, until he 
was nineteen, when as Lieutenant of the famous 



THE BOY OF THE FRONTIER 431 

Culpeper Minute Men, he marched away to 
battle. 

And during those nineteen years he had been 
growing up to be an American. 

The earhest stories told little John Marshall 
must have been frontier ones of daring and 
sacrifice. 

Almost from the home-made cradle, he was 
taught the idea of American solidarity. Brad- 
dock's defeat was the theme of fireside talk of 
the Colonists, and from this grew in time the 
conviction that Americans, if united, could not 
only protect their homes from the savages and 
the French, but could defeat, if need be, the 
British themselves. 

So thought John Marshall's father and mother, 
and so they taught their children. 

For the most part, the boy's days were spent 
studying and reading, or rifle in hand, in the 
surrounding mountains and by the pleasant 
waters that flowed through the valley of his 
forest home. He helped his mother, of course, 
did the innumerable chores which the day's 
work required, and looked after the younger 
children. He ate game from the forest and fish 
from the stream. Bear meat was plentiful. 

Whether at home with his mother, or on sur- 
veying trips with his father, the boy continually 
was under the influence and direction of hardy, 
clear-minded unusual parents. 



432 JOHN MARSHALL 

Their lofty and simple ideals, their rational 
thinking, their unbending uprightness, their reli- 
gious convictions — these were the intellectual 
companions of John Marshall's childhood and 
youth. 

Give Me Liberty 1 

Thomas Marshall, John's father, served in the 
Virginia House of Burgesses of which Patrick 
Henry was a member. 

When Thomas Marshall returned to his Blue 
Ridge home, he described, of course, the scenes 
he had witnessed and taken part in. The heart 
of his son thrilled, we may be sure, as he listened 
to his father reciting Patrick Henry's words of 
fire. 

And again, when Patrick Henry became the 
voice of America, and offered the "Resolutions 
for Arming and Defense," and carried them with 
that amazing speech ending with : — 

Give me Liberty or give me Death! 

Thomas Marshall sat beneath its spell. 

And John Marshall, now nineteen years old, 
heard those words from his father's lips, as the 
family clustered around the fireside of Oak Hill, 
their Blue Ridge home. 

The effect on John Marshall's mind and spirit 
was heroic and profound. 

Albert J. Beveridge {Arranged) 



THE YOUNG LIEUTENANT 433 



THE YOUNG LIEUTENANT 

When John Marshall was nineteen, he was about 
six feet high, straight, and rather slender, and of 
dark complexion. His eyes were dark to black- 
ness, strong and penetrating, beaming with intel- 
ligence and good nature. His raven black hair 
was of unusual thickness. 

He was Lieutenant of a Company, and wore 
a purple or pale blue hunting shirt, and trousers 
of the same material fringed with white. A round 
black hat, with a buck-tail for a cockade, crowned 
his figure. 

The news of the Battle of Lexington reached 
him, and he was soon on the muster-field training 
his Company. 

First, he made his men a speech, telling them 
that he had come to meet them as fellow soldiers, 
who were likely to be called on to defend their 
Country and their own rights and liberties — 
that there had been a battle at Lexington in 
which the Americans were victorious, but that 
more fighting was expected — that soldiers were 
called for — and that it was time to brighten 
their firearms, and learn to use them in the field 
— and that, if they would fall into a single line, 
he would show them the new manual exercise, for 
which purpose he had brought his own gun. 



434 JOHN MARSHALL 

Then before he required the men to imitate 
him, he went through the manual exercise by 
word and motion, dehberately pronounced and 
performed. He then proceeded to exercise them 
with the most perfect temper. Never did man 
possess a temper more happy, or one more 
subdued or better discipHned. 

After a few lessons, he dismissed the Company, 
saying that if they wished to hear more about 
the war, he would tell them what he under- 
stood about it. The men formed a circle 
about him, and he talked to them for about 
an hour. 

After that he challenged an acquaintance to 
a game of quoits. And they closed the day with 
foot-races and other athletic exercises. 

Horace Binney (Retold) 

SERVING THE CAUSE 

Young John Marshall became a Lieutenant 
in the first regiment of Minute Men raised 
in Virginia. These were the citizen soldiery 
of the Colonies, who "were raised in a min- 
ute; armed in a minute; marched in a minute; 
fought in a minute; and vanquished in a 
minute." 

His father Thomas Marshall was Major of 
this Virginia regiment of Minute Men. Their 



AT VALLEY FORGE 435 

appearance was calculated to strike terror into 
the hearts of an enemy. They were dressed in 
green hunting-shirts, home-spun, home-woven, 
and home-made, with the words. 

Liberty or Death! 

in large white letters on their bosoms. 

They wore in their hats, buck-tails, and in 
their belts, tomahawks and scalping knives. 
Their savage, warlike appearance excited the 
terror of the inhabitants as they marched 
through the country. 

Lord Dunmore told his troops, before the 
action at the Great Bridge, that if they fell 
into the hands of the "shirt-men," they would 
be scalped. 

To the honour of the "shirt-men," it should 
be observed, that they treated the British 
prisoners with great kindness — a kindness which 
was felt and gratefully acknowledged. 

Henry Flanders (Arranged) 

AT VALLEY FORGE 

Through the battles of Iron Hill, of Brandywine, 
of Germantown, and of Monmouth, John Mar- 
shall bore himself bravely. And through the 
dreary privations, the hunger, and the nakedness 
of that ghastly Winter at Valley Forge, his 
patient endurance and his cheeriness bespoke 



436 JOHN MARSHALL 

the very sweetest temper that ever man was 
blessed with. 

So long as any lived to speak, men would tell 
how he was loved by the soldiers and by his 
brother officers; how he was the arbiter of their 
differences and the composer of their disputes. 
And when called to act, as he often was, as 
Judge Advocate, he exercised that peculiar and 
delicate judgment required of him, who is not 
only the prosecutor but the protector of the 
accused. 

It was in the duties of this office that he first 
met and came to know well the two men, whom 
of all others on earth he most admired and 
loved, and whose impress he bore through his 
life — Washington and Hamilton. 

William Henry Rawle (Arranged) ] 

SILVER HEELS 

Young John Marshall surpassed in athletics, 
any man in the Army. When the soldiers were 
idle at their quarters, it was usual for the officers 
to engage in a game of quoits or in jumping and 
racing. Then he would throw a quoit farther, 
and beat at a race any other. He was the only 
man, who with a running jump, could clear a 
stick laid on the heads of two men as tall as 
himself. 



WITHOUT BREAD 437 

On one occasion, he ran a race in his stocking 
feet with a comrade. His mother, in knitting 
his stockings, had knit the legs of blue yarn 
and the heels of white. Because of this and 
because he always won the races, the soldiers 
called him : — 

"Silver Heels." 

J. B. Thayer {Arranged) 



WITHOUT BREAD 

Told by John Marshall's Sister 

He was then an oflBcer in the American Army, 
and he came home for a visit, accompanied by 
some of his brother officers, some young French 
gentlemen. 

When supper time arrived, Mother had the 
meal prepared for them, and had made into 
bread a little flour, the last she had, which had 
been saved for such an occasion. 

The little ones cried for some, and Brother 
John inquired into matters. He would eat no 
more of the bread, which could not be shared 
with us. 

He was greatly distressed at the straits to 
which the fortunes of war had reduced us. And 
Mother had not intended him to know our 
condition. 

From the Green Bag 



438 JOHN MARSHALL 

HIS MOTHER 

John Marshall's mother, Mary Isham Keith, 
was a woman of great force of character and 
strong rehgious faith. She was pleasing in mind, 
person, and manners. And her son loved her 
with that chivalrous tender devotion, which 
made him gentle with all women throughout 
his life. 

A few weeks before his death, John Marshall 
told his friend, Judge Story, that he had never 
failed to repeat each night, through his long 
life, the little prayer which begins : — 

Now I lay me down to sleep, 
that he had learned, when a baby, at his mother's 
knee. 

Sallie E. Marshall Hardy (Arranged) 

HIS FATHER 

His father, Thomas Marshall, served with great 
distinction during the War for Independence. 
He was a man of uncommon capacity and vigour 
of intellect. 

John Marshall, after he became Chief Justice, 
used often to speak of him in terms of the 
deepest affection and reverence. Indeed, he 
never named his father, without dwelling on his 
character with a fond and winning enthusiasm. 



THREE STORIES 439 

"My father," he would say with kindled feel- 
ings and emphasis, "my father was a far abler 
man than any of his sons. To him I owe the 
solid foundation of all my own success in life." 
Justice Joseph Story {Condensed) 

THREE STORIES 

What was in the Saddlebags 

One Autumn, John Marshall was invited to 
visit Mount Vernon, in company with Wash- 
ington's nephew. 

On their way to Mount Vernon, the two 
travellers met with a misadventure, which gave 
great amusement to Washington, and of which 
he enjoyed telling his friends. 

They came on horseback, and carried but one 
pair of saddlebags, each using one side. Arriving 
thoroughly drenched by rain, they were shown 
to a chamber to change their garments. 

One opened his side of the bags, and drew 
forth a black bottle of whiskey. He insisted that 
he had opened his companion's repository. 

Unlocking the other side, they found a big 
twist of tobacco, some corn bread, and the equips 
ment of a pack-saddle. 

They had exchanged saddlebags with some 
traveller, and now had to appear in a ludicrous 
misfit of borrowed clothes! 



440. JOHN MARSHALL 

Eating Cherries 

After the war, John Marshall studied law, and 
began practice in Virginia courts. He served in 
many important offices both of his State and of 
the Nation. 

Here is a little story told of him when he first 
began his practice. At that time, he was very 
simple though neat, in his dress. 

He was one morning strolling, we are told, 
through the streets of Richmond, attired in a 
plain linen roundabout and shorts, with his hat 
under his arm, from which he was eating cherries, 
when he stopped in the porch of the Eagle Hotel, 
indulged in a little pleasantry with the landlord, 
and then passed on. 

A gentleman from the country was present," 
who had a case coming on before the Court of 
Appeals, and was referred by the landlord to 
Marshall as the best lawyer to employ. But 
**the careless languid air" of Marshall, had so 
prejudiced the man that he refused to employ 
him. 

The clerk, when this client entered the court- 
room, also recommended Marshall, but the other 
would have none of him. 

A venerable-looking lawyer, with powdered 
wig and in black cloth, soon entered, and the 
gentleman engaged him. 



THREE STORIES 441 

In the first case that came up, this man and 
Marshall spoke on opposite sides. The gentle- 
man listened, saw his mistake, and secured 
Marshall at once, frankly telling him the whole 
story, and adding, that while he had come with 
one hundred dollars to pay his lawyer, he had 
but five dollars left. 

Marshall good-naturedly took this, and helped 
in the case. 

Learned in the Law of Nations 
In time, John Marshall became a great lawyer. 
He declined the office of District Attorney of 
the United States at Richmond, that of Attorney 
General of the United States, and that of Min- 
ister to France, all offered him by Washington. 

When President Adams persuaded him to go 
as envoy to France, he wrote to another envoy 
of "General Marshall," as he was then called, 
from his rank of Brigadier-General in the 
Virginia Militia: — 

"He is a plain man, very sensible, cautious, 
guarded, and learned in the Law of Nations." 
James B. Thayer {Arranged) 



442 JOHN MARSHALL 

THE CONSTITUTION 

As the British Constitution is the most subtile organism, which has 
proceeded from ■progressioe history; so the American Constitution is 
the most wonderful work ever struck off at a given time, by the brain 
and purpose of man. William Ewaet Gladstone 

"A Constitution," says the dictionary, is "the 
fundamental organic law or principles of Gov- 
ernment of a Nation, State, Society, or other 
organized body of men. 

"Also a written instrument embodying such 
law." 

This is not so hard to understand: — 

The first statement may be applied to the 
English Constitution, which is not a written 
Document like ours. It is, instead, a vast body 
of laws and judicial decisions, which, accumulat- 
ing through the centuries, and beginning long 
before the time of the Magna Carta, have been 
handed down from one generation to another. 

On the other hand, the second statement in 
the dictionary, may be applied to the Constitu- 
tion of the United States, which is a Document, 
a written instrument, framed and adopted for 
our protection by those able and noble Patriots 
who met in the Federal Convention, over which 
George Washington himself presided. They 
were wise men, learned in the Law, and far- 
sighted. They planned a Government for the 
great future of a very great Free People. 



THE CONSTITUTION 443 

Since its adoption, other Republics of the 
world have used our Constitution as a model for 
their own. 

Our Constitution guarantees self-government, 
and regulates just government. It is the founda- 
tion of our national life. Without it, we should 
be threatened with anarchy. Anarchy means 
universal confusion, terror, bloodshed, lawless- 
ness of every description, and the destruction of 
religion, education, business, and of everything 
which makes life and home beautiful and safe. 

After we had declared our Independence and 
won our Liberty, this Country was threatened 
with anarchy because we had as yet no Consti- 
tution to regulate Government, and each State 
did much as it pleased. 

But after the Constitution was adopted, and 
the States were united and had became One 
People under One Government, order, peace, 
and prosperity resulted. 

Thus the amazingly rapid growth of "Our 
Beloved Country," as Washington called it, is 
due to the safeguards of that most precious 
Document, the Constitution of the United 
States. For which reason every boy and girl 
should read it carefully, should regard it with 
reverence, and should surround it with every 
protection, as being, with the blessing of God, 
the source of the life and welfare of our Nation. 



444 JOHN MARSHALL 

As for John Marshall, he did not help to 
frame the Constitution; but it was largely 
through his efforts and those of James Madison, 
that the Virginia State Legislature ratified it. 
In another way, also, he had a great part in its 
making. 

After the Constitution was adopted, being a 
new Document there existed no body of judicial 
decisions interpreting its meanings, like the 
decisions of England which guided English 
judges. A body of American decisions had to 
be made to interpret our Constitution in order 
to guide American judges. This was John 
Marshall's great work. 

In 1801, President John Adams called the 
profound lawyer, John Marshall, to be Chief 
Justice of the Supreme Court of the United 
States. 

It was a most wise appointment, as we shall 
now see. 



^ EXPOUNDING THE CONSTITUTION 

Chief Justice Marshall took his place at the 
head of the National Judiciary. The Govern- 
ment under the Constitution, was only organized 
twelve years before, and in the interval eleven 
amendments of the Constitution had been 
regularly proposed and adopted. 



EXPOUNDING THE CONSTITUTION 445 

Comparatively nothing had been done judi- 
cially to define the powers or develop the re- 
sources of the Constitution. In short, the Nation, 
the Constitution, and the Laws were in their 
infancy. 

Under these circumstances, it was most fortu- 
nate for the Country, that the great Chief 
Justice retained his high position for thirty-four 
years, and that during all that time, with scarcely 
any interruption, he kept on with the work he 
showed himself so competent to perform. 

As year after year went by and new occasion 
required, with his irresistible logic, enforced by 
his cogent English, he developed the hidden 
treasures of the Constitution, demonstrated its 
capacities, and showed beyond all possibility of 
doubt, that a Government rightfully adminis- 
tered under its authority, could protect itself 
against itself and against the world. 

Hardly a day now passes in the Court he so 
dignified and adorned, without reference to some 
decision of his time, as establishing a principle 
which, from that day to this, has been accepted 
as undoubted law. 

In all the various questions of constitutional, 
international, and general law, the Chief Justice 
was at home; and when, at the end of his long 
and eminent career, he laid down his life, he and 
those who had so ably assisted him in his great 



446 JOHN MARSHALL 

work, had the right to say, that the judicial 
power of the United States had been carefully 
preserved and wisely administered. 

The Nation can never honour him or them, 
too much for the work they accomplished. 

Chief Justice Waiie (Arranged) 

THE GREA'T CHIEF JUSTICE 

I have always thought from my earliest youth till now, that the 
greatest scourge an angry Ileaven ever inflicted upon an ungrateful 
and a sinning People, was an ignorant, a corrupt, or a dependent 
Judiciary. 

John Mabshall 

Respected by All 

When the venerable life of the Chief Justice was 
near its close, he was called to give his parting 
counsel to his native State, in the revision of her 
Constitution, 

A spectacle of greater dignity than the Con- 
vention of Virginia in the year 1829, has been 
rarely exhibited. At its head was James Monroe, 
conducted to* the chair by James Madison and 
John Marshall, and surrounded by the strength 
of Virginia, including many of the greatest names 
of the Union. 

The reverence manifested for Chief Justice 
Marshall, was one of the most beautiful features 
of the scene. The gentleness of his temper, the 
purity of his motives, the sincerity of his con- 



THE GREAT CHIEF JUSTICE 447 

victions and his wisdom, were confessed by 
all. 

He stood in the centre of his native State, in 
his very home of fifty years, surrounded by men 
who had known him as long as they had known 
anything, and there was no one to rise up even 
to question his opinions, without a tribute to his 
personal excellence. 

The True Man 
This admirable man, extraordinary in the 
powers of his mind, illustrious by his services, 
exalted by his public station, was one of the 
most warm-hearted, unassuming, and excellent 
of men. 

His life from youth to old age was one un- 
broken harmony of mind, affections, principles, 
and manners. 

His kinsman says of him, "He had no frays in 
boyhood. He had no quarrels or outbreakings 
in manhood. He was the composer of strifes. 
He spoke ill of no man. He meddled not with 
their affairs. He viewed their worst deeds 
through the medium of charity." 

Another of his intimate personal friends has 
said of him, "In private life he was upright and 
scrupulously just in all his transactions. His 
friendships were ardent, sincere, and constant, 
his charity and benevolence unbounded. Mag- 
nanimous and forgiving, he never bore malice. 



448 JOHN MARSHALL 

Religious from sentiment and reflection, he was 
a Christian, beheved in the Gospel, and prac- 
ticed its tenets." 

Horace Binney {Condensed) 

WHAT OF THE CONSTITUTION? 

The Unity of Government, which constitutes you 
One People, is also now dear to you. 

It is justly so; for it is a main pillar in the 
edifice of your real Independence, the support of 
your tranquility at home, your peace abroad; of 
your safety; of your prosperity; of that very Liberty , 
which you so highly prize. . . . 

To the efficacy and permanency of your Union, 
a Government for the whole is indispensable, 

Washington, from his Farewell Address 

To me it is a marvel that the Constitution of the 
United States has operated so successfully. . . . 
But the United States is a singular example of 
political virtue and moral rectitude. 

That Nation has been cradled in Liberty, has 
been nurtured in Liberty, and has been main- 
tained by pure Liberty. I will add that the 
People of the United States are unique in the 
history of the human race. 

Simon Bolivar, the Liberator 

Let us make our generation one of the strongest 
and brightest links in that golden chain which is 



WHAT OF THE CONSTITUTION? 449 

destined, I fondly believe, to grapple the People 
of all the States to this Constitution for Ages to 
come. 

We have a great, popular constitutional Gov- 
ernment . . . defended by the affections of the 
whole People. No monarchical throne presses 
these States together. No iron chain of military 
power encircles them. They live and stand under 
a Government popular in its form, representative 
in its character, founded upon principles of 
equality, and so constructed, we hope, as to last 
for ever. ... Its daily respiration is Liberty 
and Patriotism. Its yet youthful veins are full 
of enterprise, courage, and honourable love of- 

glory and renown. _^ „, 

° '' Daniel Webster 

May our children and our children's children for 
a thousand generations continue to enjoy the 
benefits conferred upon us by a United Country, 
and have cause yet to rejoice under those glo- 
rious institutions bequeathed us by Washington 
rand his compeers! Now, my friends — soldiers 
and citizens — I can only say once more. Fare- 
well. . T 

Abraham Lincoln 



ENVOY 

God of our Fathers, whose ahnighty hand 
Leads forth in beauty, all the starry band 
Of shining worlds, in splendour thro' the skies. 
Our grateful songs, before Thy throne arise. 

Thy love divine, hath led us in the past; 
In this Free Land, by Thee our lot is cast; 
Be Thou our ruler, guardian, guide, and stay,""" 
Thy Word our law, Thy paths our chosen way. 

From war's alarms, from deadly pestilence. 
Be Thy strong arm our ever sure defence; 
Thy true religion in our hearts increase, 
Thy bounteous goodness nourish us in Peace. 

Refresh Thy people on their toilsome way; 
Lead us from night to never-ending day; 
Fill all our lives with love and grace divine; 
And glory, laud, and praise be ever Thine! 

D. C. Roberts (1876) 



APPENDIX 
FOR TEACHERS AND STORY-TELLERS 

I 

PROGRAMME OF STORIES FROM 
THE HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 

II 

STORY PROGRAMME OF 

SOUTH AMERICA'S STRUGGLE FOR 

INDEPENDENCE 



APPENDIX 
I 

PROGRAMME OF STORIES FROM 

THE HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 

FOR TEACHERS AND STORY-TELLERS 

This Programme may be used, day by day, in teaching the history of 

the United States. The stories are not intended to take the place of the 
textbook; but they may be utilized in many delightful ways to illustrate it. 
If they are told, or read aloud, or dramatized by the children, they wiU 
make historic events and characters stand out so vividly, that the boys 
and girls will never forget their American history. 

The stories are arranged by dates of leading events, so that the teacher 
may easily illustrate the day's lesson in the textbook. 

1451 (about) Birth of Columbus, and his Boyhood 
The Sea of Darkness, p. 3 
The Fortunate Isles, p. 5 
The Absurd Truth, p. 7 

1492 Discovery op America 

Cathay the Golden, p. 10 
The Emerald Islands, p. 12 

1493 Columbus's Return to Spain 

The Magnificent Return, p. 13 

1498 Discovery of South America (Columbus's Third 
Voyage) 

The Fatal Pearls, p. 15 

1502 Discovery of Panama (Columbus's Fourth Voyage) 
Queen Isabella's Page, p. 21 
The Twin Cities, p. 24 
The Pearls Again, p. 26 

1619 The First Representative Assembly in America (in 
^ Virginia) 

The Author of the Declaration, p. 308 



454 APPENDIX 

1620 Signing of the Mayflower Compact 

The Father of the New England Colonies, p. 125 

1620 Landing of the Pilgrims 

The Savage New World, p. 128 

1620-23 Settlement of Plymouth Colony 
Welcome, Englishmen! p. 131 
Lost! Lost! a Boy! p. 132 
The Rattlesnake Challenge, p. 136 
The Great Drought, p. 138 

1636-37 Roger Williams and the Founding op Pbovidbnob 
Roger, the Boy, p. 349 • 
Soul Liberty, p. 350 
What Cheer! p. 352 
Risking his Life, p. 354 

1639 Connecticut's Independent Constitution 
* Brother Jonathan, p. 208 

^ ■ 1681 William Penn and the Founding of Pennsylvania 
The Boy of Great Tower Hill, p. 31 
Westward Ho, and Away! p. 34 
The City of Brotherly Love, p. 36 
The Place of Kings, p. 38 

1693-1718 Willla.m Penn and World Peace 

He Wore it as Long as he Could, p. 32 
The Peacemaker, p. 33 
Onas, p. 41 

1755 Braddock's Defeat and the Boyhood of 
Washington 

The Boy in the Valley, p. 191 
The Boy of the Frontier, p. 427 

1759 George Washington at Home (Before and after 
THE War for Independence) 

Washington's Wedding Day (January 6, 1759), p. 

197 
Washington and the Children, p. 197 
Nellie and Little Washington, p. 200 
Nelson, the Hero, p. 204 
Caring for the Guest, p. 205 
Light Horse Harry, p. 216 



PROGRAMME 455 

1764-66 Stamp Act 

The Orator of the War for Independence (Patrick 

Henry), p. 317 
This Terrible Cornet of Horse (William Pitt), p. 95 
America's Defender, p. 101 
The Sons of Liberty, p. 103 

1773-74 Boston Tea Party and Boston Port Bill 
Aid to the Sister Colony, p. 77 

1774 First Continental Congress 

Facing Danger, p. 322 
A Famous Date, p. 80 

1775 Lexington and the Beginning op the War fob 

Independence 
What a Glorious Morning! p. 81 
A Son of Liberty, p. 75 
The Adams Family, p. 76 
The Young Lieutenant, p. 433 
Serving the Cause, p. 434 
Silver Heels, p. 436 
Without Bread, p. 437 

1775 Second Continental Congress and Appointment 
of Washington 

John to Samuel, p. 82 

A Gentleman from Virginia, p. 83 

1775 Bunker Hill 

The Boy Who Became President, p. 85 
Brother Jonathan, p. 208 

1775 Israel Putnam and Bunker Hill 

Seeing Boston, p. 143 
The Fight with the Wolf, p. 144 
From Plough to Camp, p. 146 
A Generous Foe, p. 149 

1775-76 Siege of Boston 

He made Washington Laugh, p. 148 
Friend Greene, p. 213 

1776 Evacuation of Boston by the British 

The Little Girl and the Red Coats, p. 200 



456 APPENDIX 

1776 Declaration op Independence and its Framer 
(Jefferson) 

The Charter of Liberty, p. 98 

The Boy Owner of Shadwell Farm, p. 305 

A Christmas Guest, p. 306 

The Author of the Declaration, p. 308 

Proclaim Liberty, p. 309 

Reading the Declaration (Andrew Jackson), p. 282 

1776 Financing the War for Independence 

The Little Friend in Front Street (Haym 

Salomon), p. 228 
He Knows Everything (Robert Morris), p. 159 

1777 The Stars and Stripes, and Paul Jones 

How Shall the Stars be Placed? p. 88 

The Boy of the Solway, p. 359 

Don't Tread on Me! p. 360 

The First Salute, p. 361 

The Poor Richard, p. 364 

Mickle's the Mischief he has Dune, p. 366 

Paul Jones Himself, p. 367 

Some of His Sayings, p. 369 

1777 The Coming of Lafayette 

I Will Join the Americans, p. 413 
In America, p. 414 

1777 Brandywine 

The Banner of the Moravian Nuns (Count 
Pulaski), p. 416 

1777-78 Valley Forge 

The Bloody Footprints, p. 210 

At Valley Forge (John Marshall), p. 435 

An Appeal to God (Washington), p. 211 

The Soldier Baron (Steuben), p. 220 

Friend Greene, p. 213 

Loyal to the Chief (Lafayette), p. 418 

1778 Monmouth 

Captain Molly, p. 218 
The Soldier Baron, p. 220 



PROGRAMME 457 

1778 Our Great Commissioner and the Treaty with 
France (Benjamin Franklin) 
The Whistle, p. 165 
The Candle-Maker's Boy, p. 166 
The Boy of the Printing Press, p. 167 
The Three Rolls, p. 168 
Standing Before Kings, p. 169 
The Wonderful Kite Experiment, p. 170 
The Rising Sun, p. 171 
To My Friend, p. 172 

1778 West Point Fortified 

Father Thaddeus (Kosciuszko), p. 223 

1780 Camden 

On the Field Near Camden (De Kalb), p. 414 

1780-81 Two Patriots of the Carolinas (Andrew Jackbon 
and his Mother) 

Mischievous Andy, p. 281 

Out Against Tarleton, p. 283 

An Orphan of the Revolution, p. 285 

1781 Surrender of Cornwallis 

Washington's Mother, p. 194 
Nelson, the Hero, p. 204 

1778-89 Close of War for Independence 

A Last Scene (William Pitt), p. 105 
Putnam not Forgotten! p. 150 
Farewell! My General, Farewell! p. 230 
The Cincinnatus of the West, p. 206 
Seeing the President, p. 203 

1787 Building the Nation — The Constitution op the 
United States 
The Constitution, p. 442 
The Boy of the Hurricane (Hamilton), p. 155 
Call Colonel Hamilton, p. 157 
A Struggle, p. 158 
The Rising Sun, p. 171 
The Hooting in the Wilderness, p. 286 
From " Washington's Legacy," p. 232 



458 APPENDIX 

1789 BuiLDINQ THE NaTION, ThE TREAStTRY DEPARTMENT 

He Knows Everything, p. 159 

1796 Washington's "Farewell Address" 
Call Colonel Hamilton, p. 157 

The teacher or story-teller is advised to read the whole or -parts of the 
"Farewell Address " aloud to the boys and girls. They may memorize 
selected •passages. A reliable text of the address may be found in "Old 
South Leaflets," No. i; also in the Riverside Literature Series, No. 190. 

1799 Washington's Death 

Light Horse Harry (famous funeral oration before 

Congress), p. 217 
A King of Men, p. 233 
When Washington Died, p. 234 

1801-1835 Expounding the Constitution (John Marshall) 
The Boy of the Frontier, p. 427 
The Young Lieutenant, p. 433 
Serving the Cause, p. 434 
At Valley Forge, p. 435 
Silver Heels, p. 436 
Without Bread, p. 437 
His Father, p. 438 
His Mother, p. 438 
Three Stories, p. 439 
The Constitution, p. 442 
Expoimding the Constitution, p. 444 
The Great Chief Justice, p. 446 
What of the Constitution, p. 448 

1812-15 Andrew Jackson in the War of 1812 and the Creek 
War 

Fort Mims, p. 289 

Davy Crockett, p. 290 

Chief Weatherford, p. 291 

Sam Houston, p. 295 

Why Jackson was Named Old Hickory, p. 297 

The Cotton-Bales, p. 299 

After the Battle of New Orleans, p. 300 

1820 Missouri Compromise 

Only a B«prieve, p, 310 



PROGRAMME 459 

1823 Monroe Doctrine 

Hail: Neighbour Republics! p, 266 
America for the Americans, p. 268 

1824-25 Lafayette Visits America 

We are Grateful, Lafayette! p. 420 
Welcome! Friend of America! p. 422 

1826 Fiftieth Anniversary of the Signing op the 
Declaration of Independence 
His Last Toast (John Adams), p. 91 
On the Fourth of July (Jefferson), p. 313 

1861-65 War for the Union, and Abraham LiNCOiiN 
Only a Reprieve, p. 310 
The Cabin in the Clearing, p. 175 
How He Learned to be Just, p. 176 
Off to New Orleans, p. 177 
The Kindness of Lincoln, p. 178 
Lincoln and the Children, p. 181 
The President and the Bible, p. 183 
Washington and Lincoln, Speak! p. 185 
Gettysburg Address, p. 186 

1858-1919 Theodore Roosevelt and the Liberation op Cuba 
The Boy Who Grew Strong, p. 45 
Sagamore Hill, p. 50 
The Children of Sagamore Hill, p, 52 
Off with John Burroughs, p. 53 
The Big Stick, p. 54 
A-Hunting Trees with John Muir, p. 55 
The Bear Hunters* Dinner, p. 56 
Hunting in Africa, p. 57 
The Ever Faithful Island, p. 59 
The Colonel of the Rough Riders, p. 61 
The River of Doubt, p. 65 
Theodore Roosevelt (a Tribute), p. 69 



II 

STORY PROGRAMME OF 

SOUTH AMERICA'S STRUGGLE FOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

The reader, teacher, or story-teller, who follows this outline, vnll find 
thai it covers a short consecutive history of one of the most important 
and courageous world-struggles for Freedom. 

Portuguese America — Brazil — holds the honour of having declared 
its Republic urith practically no shedding of blood. 

Tlie struggle of the Spanish-American Colonies was conducted for 
long years against fearful odds. And their winning of the victory helped 
to make permanent the independence of both North and Sojith America. 
Therefore, every school child in the United States should know some- 
thjn^ of the heroic history of our neighbour Republics. 

SPANISH AMERICA 

Discovery 

The Sea of Darkness, p. 3 
The Fortunate Isles, p. 5 
The Absurd Truth, p. 7 
Cathay the Golden, p. 10 
The Emerald Islands, p. 12 
The Magnificent Return, p. 13 
The Fatal Pearls, p. 15 
Queen Isabella's Page, p. 21 
The Twin Cities, p. 24 
The Pearls Again, p. 26 

Spanish America under Spain's Rule 
The Spanish Galleons, p. 327 

Venezuela's Struggle for Independence (Miranda) 
The Romance of Miranda, p. 331 
The Mysterious Stranger, p. 89 
The Mystery Ship, p. 335 
The End of the Mystery Ship, p. 339 
The Great and Glorious Fifth, p. 341 
A Terrible Thing, p. 343 
End of the Romance, p. 344 



PROGRAMME 461 

Venezuela's Struggle for Independence (Bouvar) 
The Precious Jewel, p. 373 
The Plery Young Patriot, p. 376 
Seeing Bolivar, p. 378 
Uncle Paez, the Lion of the Apure, p. 382 
Angostura, p. 384 

Great Colombia (formed by Bolivar) 
The Crossing, p. 385 
Peru Next, p. 388 

Argentina's Struggle for Independence (San Martin) 
The Boy Soldier, p. 237 
The Patriot Who Kept Faith, p. 238 
When San Martin Came, p. 240 
Argentina's Independence Day, p. 243 
A Great Idea, p. 243 
The Mighty Andes, p. 245 
The Real San Martin, p. 247 
The Fighting Engineer of the Andes, p. 248 

Chile's Struggle for Independence San Martin and 

O'HiGGINs) 

The Son of the Barefoot Boy, p. 395 
The Single Star Flag, p. 397 
The Hero of Rancagua, p. 398 
The Hannibal of the Andes, p. 249 
Not for Himself, p. 254 
Cochrane, El Diablo, p. 255 

Peru's Struggle for Independence (San Martin) 
Our Brothers, Ye Shall be Free! p. 256 
The Fall of the City of the Kings, p. 257 
San Martin the Conqueror, p. 261 
Lima's Greatest Day, p. 265 
Hail! Neighbour Republics! p. 266 
America for the Americans, p. 268 

Guayaquil (now in Ecuador) ; its Struggle for Independence 
What One American Did, p. 271 
The Amazing Meeting, p. 272 



462 APPENDIX 

End of the Struggle of Peru and Chile for 
Independence (Bolivar and O'Higgins) 
What Happened Afterward, p. 'ili 
The Mystery Solved, p. 276 
The Patriot Ruler, p. 400 
First Soldier, First Citizen, p. 402 
Chile as She is, p. 403 
The Break, p. 389 
Bolivar, the Man, p. 390 

Other Spanish-American Repubuc8 
The Break, p. 389 
One of Twenty, p. 405 

Spain's Last Stand, Cuba 

The Ever Faithful Island, p. 59 

The Colonel of the Rough Riders, p. 61 

Arbitration and Peace 
The Better Way, p. 406 

PORTUGUESE AMERICA 

Brazil (Dom Pedro) 

The Brazils Magnificent, p. Ill 

The Empire of the Southern Cross, p. 112 

Making the Little Emperor, p. 113 

The Patriot Emperor, p. 115 

The United States of Brazil, p. 120. 



SUBJECT INDEX 



Adams, Abigail, marries John 
Adams, 75; sees Battle of Bun- 
ker Hill, 86; teaches John 
Quincy, Patriotism, 87. 

Adams, Charles Francis, 77. 

Adams, Charles Francis, 2d, 
77. 

Adams, Henry, 77. 

Adams, John, some important 
dates in his life, 74; Son of Lib- 
erty, 75 ; signs Declaration, 75, 
76; exults because of Boston 
Tea Party, 78; attends First 
Continental Congress, 81 ; 
nominates Washington to be 
Commander-in-Chief, 83; his 
design for the Stars and 
Stripes, 88; his grandson sails 
with Miranda, 90, 335; his 
Fourth of July Toast, 92; dies 
on anniversary of signing of 
Declaration, 92. 

Adams, John Quinct, son of 
John Adams, 77; boyhood, 85; 
watches Battle of Bunker Hill, 
85, 86; his mother's post-boy, 
87; becomes Sixth President 
of the United States, 88. 

Adams, Samuel, John Adams's 
cousin, 76; aids blockaded 
Boston, 78; at First Continen- 
tal Congress, 81; at Lexington, 
82; at the Second Continental 
Congress, 83. 

Alamo, The, 291, 295. 

Alfred, The, Paul Jones's ship, 
860, 363. 



Amazon River, 66, 67, 69. 

"America for the Ameri- 
cans" motto of the Monroe 
Doctrine, p. 270. 

American Indians, named by 
Columbus, 13; cruel treatment 
of, in North America, 41, 132; 
in Spanish America, 26, 328, 
330. 

Andes, description of, 245, 252, 
386; crossed by San Martin, 
251; crossed by Bolivar, 385; 
El Cristo of the Andes, 406. 

Angostura, City of, renamed 
after Bolivar, 384. 

Angostura, Constitution op, 
composed by Bolivar, 384. 

Apostle of Soul Liberty, sou- 
briquet of Roger Williams, 
348. 

Apure River, Bolivar at the 
Apure, 380; Paez, the Lion of 
the Apure, 383. 

Arbitration and Peace, Penn's 
plan, 33; Penn keeps peace 
with the Indians, 30, 38, 
41; settlement of boundary 
line between Argentina and 
Chile, 407; object lesson for 
the World, 408, 409. 

Argentina, geographical de- 
scription, 240; natural prod- 
ucts, 241; struggle for Lib- 
erty, 239, 241; National Birth- 
day, 243; National Colours, 
242; Declaration of Independ- 
ence, 243; National Flag, 



466 



SUBJECT INDEX 



251; Indepenrlence recognized 
by the United States, 267; 
Chilean boundary line settled 
by Arbitration, 407. See also, 
Buenos Aires; San Martin. 

Artigas, Liberator of Uruguay, 
405. 

Asia, Western Passage, see 
Western Passage to Asia. 

Atlantic Ocean, called the Sea 
of Darkness, 4; legends of hor- 
rors in its waters, 4; legend of 
Maeldune, 5; Fortunate Isles, 
6; Land of Youth, 7; ocean 
first crossed by Columbus, 
12, 13. 

Azores, limit of known world 
in Columbus's day, 5, 9. 

Ball, Molly, see Washington, 
Mary. 

Baltimore, aids blockaded Bos- 
ton, 79. 

Banners, Connecticut's banner 
at Bunker Hill, 147; banner 
made by Moravian Nuns, 
418, 424. See also Flags. 

Barr^, Colonel, defender of 
America, 104. 

Bear Hunter's Dinner, at the 
White House, 56. 

Beltran, Friar Luis, engineer 
of the Army of the Andes, 248, 
250, 252. 

Bethlehem (Pa.), Lafayette 
cared for by Moravian Nuns, 
417. 

Bible, see Holy Bible. 

Big Stick, The, Roosevelt's pol- 
icy, 54. 

Billington, John, lost from 
Plymouth Colony, 133. 

Bobadilla, throws Columbus 



into chains, 19; is drowned in 
storm, 22. 

Bolivar, Simon, some important 
dates in his life, 372; his full 
name, 372, 374; pronunciation 
of his name, 372; boyhood, 
373; takes oath in Rome to 
free Venezuela, 376; brings 
Miranda from London, 342; 
gives up Miranda to Monte- 
verde, 345; becomes Comman- 
der-in-Chief of Venezuelan 
forces, 377; is seen by young 
Englishmen, 380; composes 
Constitution of Angostura, 
384; crosses Andes, and liber- 
ates New Granada, 388; forms 
Great Colombia, 388; plans to 
liberate Peru, 388; interview 
with San Martin and its re- 
sults, 273, 274, 277; receives 
relics of Washington, 421 ; dies 
in exile, 390; tributes to him, 
391, 392; is called the x\apoleon 
of the South American Revolu- 
tion,, 392; unveiling of his 
statue in Central Park, New 
York City, 121. 

Bolivar, City of, 384. 

Bolivia, liberated, 390; declares 
its Independence, 390; named 
after Bolivar, 390. 

Bonaparte, Napoleon, see 
Napoleon. 

Boston, Boston Tea Party, 77; 
Port Bill, 78; relief of Boston 
by sister Colonies, 78; besieged 
by New England Army, 82, 
148, 213; Washington and the 
little Boston girl. 200; the City 
welcomes Lafayette, 42 i. 

BovES, General, Venezuela de- 
vastated by, 377. 



SUBJECT INDEX 



467 



BoYACA, Battle of, 388. 

Braddock's Defeat, Washing- 
ton covers retreat of Brad- 
dock's army, 194, 428. 

Bradford, William, some im- 
portant dates in his life, 124; 
boyhood, 125; influence of 
Bible on, 125; becomes a Sepa- 
ratist, 126; flees into Holland, 
126; in Plymouth Colony, 127; 
the Rattlesnake Challenge, 
136; his death, and tribute to 
him by Cotton Mather, 127. 

Braintree (Quincy, Mass.),75, 
86, 91. 

Brandan, St., legend of, 6. 

Brazil, Kingdom, 110, 112; 
Declaration of Independence, 
113; Empire, 112, 113, 115, 
116; Republic, 119; United 
States of Brazil, to-day, 120; 
native products, 121; Roose- 
velt and the River of Doubt, 
66, 69; Statue of Liberty pre- 
sented by the People of the 
United States to Brazil, 121. 

Brewster, William, Pastor of 
Plymouth Colony, 126. 

Brother Jonathan, soubriquet 
of Governor Jonathan Trum- 
bull, 210. 

Brotherly Love, City of, sou- 
briquet of Philadelphia, 36. 

Buenos Aires, Paris of Amer- 
ica, 241; Argentina's first Co- 
lonial Assembly, 243; cele- 
brates victory of Chacabuco, 
254; San Martin exiles him- 
self from, 276; visit of Roose- 
velt, 66. 

Bunker Hill Battle, watched 
by John Quincy Adams, 86; 
Putnam at, 147. 



Burke, Edmund, defender of 
America, 104. 

Burroughs, John, with Roose- 
velt in the Yellowstone, 53. 

Cambridge (Mass.), Washing- 
ton at, 147. 

Camden, Earl of, defender of 
America, 104. 

Camden, Battle of, de Kalb 
rescued by Cornwallis, 415. 

Canada, aids blockaded Boston, 
80. 

Canonicus, Chief, sends Rat- 
tlesnake Challenge, 137; suc- 
cours Roger Williams, 352. 

Cape Cod Bay, the Mayflower 
anchors in, 129. 

Caracas, Miranda born in, 331; 
destroyed by earthquake, 343; 
Bolivar born in, 373; Bolivar 
interred in, 390. 

Caribbean Sea, explored by 
Columbus, 17, 23. 

Carreras Brothers, at Ran- 
cagua, 398. 

Carver, John, leaves Holland 
for the New World, 126. 

Casas, see Las Cas.\s. 

Cathay, Columbus's search for, 
9, 10, 13, 15, 16, 21. 

Chacabuco, victory of, 253, 254. 

Chagres River, discovered by 
Columbus, 25. 

Charlestown (Mass.), burned 
by the British, 86. 

Chatham, Earl of, see Pitt, 
William. 

Chatham (N.Y.), named for Wil- 
liam Pitt, 94. 

Chester (Pa.), Lafayette at the 
bridge of, 417. 

Chile, San Martin's Army 



468 



SUBJECT INDEX 



crosses the Andes, 251; bat- 
tles of Chacabuco and Maipu, 
253; honours San Martin, 254; 
National Flag, 255, 397; Inde- 
pendence recognized by the 
United States, 267; recon- 
struction under O'Higgins, 
401; threatened by Holy Alli- 
ance, 403; welcomes Monroe 
Doctrine, 403; Independence 
Day, 404; native products, 
404; Argentine boundary line 
settled, 407; the Republic to- 
day, 403. 

Christ Jestjs, Columbus's devo- 
tion to, 9, 10; quoted by Penn, 
32; as Prince of Peace, 34, 406; 
Lincoln's testimony to the Sa- 
viour, 184; Washington's tes- 
timony to His precepts, 232; 
The Holy Alliance fails to 
carry out His precepts, 269. 

Cheistophek, St., legend of, 9. 

Cincinnati, Society op, 
founded, 208; members wel- 
come Lafayette, 423. 

Cincinnatus of the West, 
soubriquet of Washington, 
206. 

Cincinnatus the Roman, story 
of, 207. 

Cipango (Japan), Columbus 
searches for, 16. 

City of Bolivak, Angostura re- 
named, 384. 

City of Brotherly Love, sou- 
briquet of Philadelphia, 36, 
81. 

City op the Kings, soubriquet 
of Lima, Peru, 244. 

Cochrane, Lord Thomas, ad- 
miral of Chilean Navy, 255, 
256. 



Colombia, Republic op, estab- 
lished, 390. See also Great 
Colombia. 

Colon, City of, named for Co- 
lumbus, 25. 

Columbus, Christopher, some 
important dates in his life, 2; 
boyhood, 3; theories about 
shape of earth, 8; search for 
Kublai Khan, 10, 13, 21, 24; 
the mutiny, 2, 12; discovers 
West Indies, 12; discovers corn 
and tobacco, 12; names Indiana, 
13; returns to Spain, 13; hon- 
ours conferred on him by sov- 
ereigns of Spain, 15; discovers 
Trinidad, 16; discovers South 
America, 17; discovers Gulf 
of Pearls, 18; is deposed from 
Governorship, 19, 20 starts on 
Fourth Voyage, 21; wrecked 
oflF Jamaica, 24; dream of Pan- 
ama, 24; sails up the Chagres 
River, 25; dies in Spain, 26. 

Columbus, Diego, at La Ra- 
bida, 12. 

Columbus, Ferdinand, page to 
Queen Isabella, 21, sails with 
his father, 22; encourages the 
sailors, 22; returns to Spain, 
24, 26. 

Connecticut, aids blockaded 
Boston, 79; banner at Bunker 
Hill, 147; supplies Washington 
with powder, 209; independent 
Constitution, 209. 

Connecticut River, meaning of 
name, 209. 

Constitution of the United 
States, verses by Francis 
Hopkinson, 153; defended by 
Hamilton, 158; the founda- 
tions of, 98, 442; necessity for 



SUBJECT INDEX 



469 



expounding, 444; expounded 
by John Marshall, 444; trib- 
ute from Gladstone, 442; 
from Bolivar, Webster, and 
Lincoln, 448, 449. See also 
Federal Convention; Ham- 
ilton; Representative Gov- 
ernment. 

Constitutions op Other 
Countries, Brazil, 120; Vene- 
zuela, 384; Chile, 404; Eng- 
land, 99, 269, 442. 

Constitutions, definitions of, 
442. 

Continental Congress, First, 
meeting of, 80; Petitions of, 
81. 

Continental Congress, Sec- 
ond, appoints George Wash- 
ington Commander-in-Chief, 
83, 84, 85. 

Conway Cabal, 418. 

Corn, Indian, discovery of, 
12. 

CoRNHiLL, Pilgrims find corn at, 
135. 

CoRNWALLis, General, rescues 
de Kalb, 415. 

Cotton-Bales, at New Or- 
leans, 299. 

Council Elm, of William Penn, 
38. 

Cradle of American Liberty, 
Faneuil Hall, 104. 

Creek Indian War, Massacre 
at Fort Mims, 289. 

Cresap, Colonel, nicknamed 
Big Spoon, 192. 

Cristobal, City of, named 
after Columbus, 25. 

Crockett, Davy, joins Andrew 
Jackson, 290. 

Cuba, Liberation of, 59, 6L 



Custis, George Washington 

Parke, 200, 203. 
CusTis, Jack, 198. 
Custis, Nellie, 200. 
Custis, Patsy, 198. 

Deane, Silas, attends First 
Continental Congress, 80. 

De Kalb, Baron, accompanies 
Lafayette to America, 414; 
chosen by Lafayette to be 
lieutenant, 419; mortally 
wounded at Camden, 415. 

De Las Cabas, see Las Casas. 

De Miranda, see Miranda. 

Declaration of Independ- 
ence OF THE United States, 
in the spirit of Magna Carta, 
98; framed by Jefferson, 308; 
clause on slavery stricken out, 
311; Fiftieth anniversary of 
signing, 91, 304, 313. See also 
Fourth of July; Jefferson; 
Liberty Bell. 

Declarations of Independence 
OF Other Countries, Argen- 
tina, 243; Bolivia, 390; Brazil. 
113; Chile, 404; Haiti, 405; 
Peru, 265; Venezuela, 342. 

Delaware, aids blockaded Bos- 
ton, 79; sends delegates to First 
Continental Congress, 80. 

Earth, old theories about its 

shape, 7. 
Earthly Paradise, Columbus's 

search for, 5, 15, 21. 
Ecuador, Guayaquil now a part 

of, 271 ; formation of Republic, 

390. 
Edward VII of England, 

decides Argentine-Chilean 

boundary line, 407. 



470 



SUB^JECT INDEX 



El Cristo op the Andes, 406. 

Elder Pitt, soubriquet of Wil- 
liam Pitt, 94. 

Elkhorn Ranch, Roosevelt 
at, 48. 

Empire of the Southern 
Cross, see Brazil. 

English Constitution, see 
Constitutions of Other 
Countries. 

Established Church of Eng- 
land, 125, 330, 350. 

Ever Faithful Isle, soubri- 
quet of Cuba, 59. 

Fairfax, Lord, Washington sur- 
veys his estate, 191, 193. 

Faneuil Hall, cradle of Ameri- 
can Liberty, 104. 

Farewell Address, Washing- 
ton consults Madison and 
Hamilton, 158. 

Father of his Country, sou- 
briquet of Washington, 189. 

Father Thaddeus, soubriquet 
of Kosciuszko, 225. 

Federal Constitution, see 
Constitution of the United 
States. 

Federal Convention, Wash- 
ington presides at, 171; Frank- 
lin and the rising sun, 171; wis- 
dom of its members, 442. See 
also Constitution op the 
United States. 

Federal Union, see Union, The. 

First American, soubriquet of 
Roger Williams, 347. 

First Soldier, First Citizen, 
soubriquet of Bernardo O'Hig- 
gins, 404. 

Flags of the United States, 
Pine Tree, 358, 360; adoption 



of Stars and Stripes, 361; de- 
sign for Stars on Flag, 88; 6rst 
foreign salute to, 362. Sec also 
Banners. 

Flags of Other Republics, 
Argentina, 251; Chile, 255, 
397; Cuba, 60; Peru, 265; Ven- 
ezuela, 339. 342. 

Flaming Son of Liberty, sou- 
briquet of Miranda, 331, 346. 

Fort McHenry, visited by La- 
fayette, 423. 

Fort Mims, massacre at, 289, 
291, 293, 295. 

Fortunate Isles, legend, 6. 

Fourth op July, celebration 
recommended by John Adams, 
74; fiftieth anniversary of, 91, 
304, 313; Jackson reads it 
aloud, 282. See also Declara- 
tion OF Independence; In- 
dependence Days; Liberty 
Bell. 

Fox, Charles James, defender 
of America. 104. 

Fox. George, advice to Penn 
about his sword, 32. 

Francia, Tyrant-liberator of 
Paraguay, 405. 

Franklin, Benjamin, some im- 
portant dates in his life, 164; 
the whistle, 1G5, his boyhood; 
166, 167; anecdote of the rolls, 
168; standing before Kings, 
169; draws lightning from the 
clouds, 170; at the Federal 
Convention, 171; recommends 
Steuben, 221; aids Paul Jones, 
364; bequeaths walking-stick 
to Washington, 172. 

Fraunces Tavern, Washing- 
ton's farewell to his officers at, 
230. 



SUBJECT INDEX 



471 



FREDERicKSBURa, Washington 
visits his mother at, 195. 

Friends (Quakers), William 
Penn becomes a Friend, 32; 
William Penn and George Fox, 
32; Isaac Potts, 212; Nathan- 
ael Greene, 214; John Green- 
leaf Whittier, 312, See also 
New Jersey. 

GAiiLEONS, see Spanish Gal- 
leons. 

Garcia, General, Cuban Patriot, 
60. 

Garrison, William Lloyd, 
Abolitionist, 312. 

Gates, General, his conspiracy 
against Washington, 418. 

Gauchos, Argentine cowboys or 
plainsmen, 241, 242. 

Genoa, birthplace of Columbus, 3. 

George III, King of England, 
Petitioned by First Continental 
Congress, 81. 

George Washington of Span- 
ish America, soubriquet of 
Jose de San Martin, 254. 

Gettysburg Address, text of, 
186. 

God, Prayers to Him for our 
Country, Washington's Prayer 
at Valley Forge, 213; in his 
"Legacy," 232; in his letter to 
Putnam, 151; poem by D. C. 
Roberts, 450. 

God Makes a Path, poem by 
Roger Williams, 348. 

Gomez, General, Cuban Patriot, 
60. 

Gospel, The, Columbus's desire 
to preach it, 9, 10. 

Grand Khan of Tartary, see 
KuBLAi Khan. 



Grand Old Admiral, soubriquet 
of Columbus, 20, 26. 

Great Colombia, formed, 272, 
388; Independence recognized 
by the United States, 267; dis- 
solved, 390. 

Great Commoner, soubriquet of 
William Pitt, 94. 

Great Drought, in Plymouth 
Colony, 138. 

Great Emancipator, soubriquet 
of Lincoln, 173. 

Greene, Nathaniel, at the 
Siege of Boston, 213; recom- 
mends Hamilton to Washing- 
ton, 157; presents Moll Pitcher 
to Washington, 219; bids 
Washington farewell at Fraun- 
ces Tavern, 230; tribute to 
him, 215. 

Guayaquil (now a Part op 
Ecuador), liberation of, 271; 
San Martin and Bolivar meet 
at, 273. 

Gulf op Pearls, discovered by 
Columbus, 18. 

Haiti, liberation of, 405. 

Hamilton, Alexander, some 
important dates in his life, 
154; boyhood, 155; meets 
Washington, 157; becomes 
Washington's private secre- 
tary, 157; defends the Consti- 
tution, 158; bids Washington 
farewell at Fraunces Tavern, 
230; becomes Secretary of the 
Treasury, 160; member of the 
Cincinnati, 208; tribute to him, 
by Daniel Webster, 154. 

Hancock, John, at Lexington, 
82 ; presides over Second Con- 
tinental Congress, 82. 



472 



SUBJECT INDEX 



Hannibal op the Andes, sou- 
briquet of San Martin, 254. 

Harding, Warren G., at the un- 
veiling of statue of Bolivar, 
121. 

Havana Harbour, battleship, 
Maine destroyed in, 62. 

Hays, Molly, see Pitcher 
Molly. 

Hearts of Oak, Hamilton's 
company, 157. 

Henry, Patrick, some import- 
ant dates in his life, 316; meets 
Jefferson, 307; elected to 
House of Burgesses, 307; 
speaks against Stamp Act, 
817; "Give me Liberty, or 
give me Death!" 321; influ- 
ence on John Marshall, 432; 
delegate to First Continental 
Congress, 80, 320, 322. 
Hidalgo, Liberator of Mexico, 
405. 

Holy Aiaiance, formation, 268; 
plan to invade America, 269; 
cause of declaring Monroe 
Doctrine, 270; Chile threat- 
ened by, 403. 

Holy Bible, influence on Wil- 
liam Bradford, 125; Lincoln's 
mother reads it to her children, 
176; influence on Lincoln, 184; 
Lincoln reads it to White 
House servants, 184; Lin- 
coln's tribute to, 184; text 
from, used by Lincoln, 184; 
text from, on Liberty Bell, 
310. 

Hopkins, Oceanus, Pilgrim 
child, born at sea, 132. 

House Divided against it- 
self, text from Bible used by 
Lincoln, 184. 



Houston, Sam, serves under 
Jackson, 295. 

Iceland, known as Thule, 8. 

Independence, Growth op 
Idea, 98, 99, 100, 308, 316, 
429. See also Declaration 
OF Independence; Liberty; 
Magna Carta; Representa- 
tive Government. 

Independence Days, in Argen- 
tina, 243; Chile, 404. See also 
Declaration of Independ- 
ence; Fourth of July. 

Indians, see American Indians. 

Isabella, Princess of Brazil, 
frees Brazilian slaves, 118. 

Isabella, Queen of Spain, aids 
Columbus, 11, 12; honours 
him on return from Indies, 14; 
permits him to be deposed, 19; 
is grieved at his ill-treatment, 
20. 

Jackson, Andrew, some import- 
ant dates in his life, 280; boy- 
hood, 281; reads the Declara- 
tion, 282; fights in War for In- 
dependence, 283; tribute to his 
mother, 286; emigrates to Ten- 
nessee, 286; why called Old 
Hickory, 298; meets Chief 
Weatherford, 293; his regard 
for Sam Houston, 296, 297; 
story of the cotton-bales, 299; 
kind treatment of enemy at 
Battle of New Orleans, 301; 
his toast on Jefferson's birth- 
day, 279; tribute to him, by 
Roosevelt, 280. 

Jackson, Mrs. Elizabeth, nurses 
the wounded soldiers, 283; res- 
cues her sons from prison, 284; 



SUBJECT INDEX 



473 



dies while rescuing other 
Patriots, 285. 

Jackson, Hdgh, Andrew's bro- 
ther, a Patriot. 283. 

Jackson, Robert, helps nurse 
soldiers, 283; captured by the 
British, 284; dies after release 
from prison, 285. 

Jamaica, Island op, Columbus 
stranded on, 2-1. 

Japan (Cipango), Columbus's 
search for, 16. 

Jay, John, attends First Contin- 
ental Congress, 81. 

Jefferson, Peter, strength and 
force of character, 306. 

Jefferson, Thomas, some im- 
portant dates in his life, 301<; 
boyhood, 305; meets Patrick 
Henry, 307; delegate to Con- 
tinental Congress, 308; frames 
Declaration of Independence, 
308; ardent Abolitionist, 310; 
God's judgment on Slavery, 
312; dies on Fiftieth Anniver- 
sary of signing of Declaration, 
304, 313; tribute to him, by 
Lincoln, 303. 

Jesus Christ, see Christ Jesus. 

Jones, John Paul, some import- 
ant dates in his life, 358; boy- 
hood, 359; hoists flag on the 
Alfred, 360; appointed Com- 
mander, 361; first foreign 
salute offered to Stars and 
Stripes, 362; commands the 
Poor Richard, 364; appearance 
and character, 367 ; his famous 
sayings, 369. 

Knox, General, bids Washing- 
ton farewell at Fraunces Tav- 
ern, 231. 



KosciuszKO, Thaddeus, meets 
Washington, 223; romance of, 
224, 227; fortifies West Point, 
225; leaves American property 
to free slaves, 311; member of 
the Cincinnati, 208; incident of 
Polish soldiers, 226. 

KuBLAi Khan, Columbus's search 
for, 9, 10, 13, 21, 24. 

La Banda Oriental, see Uru- 
guay. 

La Plata, see Argentina. 

La Rabida, Columbus at, 12. 

Lafayette, Marquis de, some 
important dates in his life, 412; 
arrival in America, 411, 412, 
413, 414; befriended by Wash- 
ington, 414; gifts to suffering 
America, 420; wounded at 
Brandy wine, 416; loyal to 
Washington, 418; his toast to 
Washington, 419; gifts to 
Washington, 201; member of 
the Cincinnati, 208; revisits 
America, 422; is honoured by 
Congress, 420; transmits relics 
of Washington, to Bolivar, 
421. 

Land of Youth, legend of the 
Atlantic, 6. 

Las Casas, Bartolome de, suc- 
cours the Indians, 26. 

Latin American Republics, 
their number, 405; their Colo- 
nial nationality, 405. See also 
Bolivar; Miranda; O'Hig- 
GiNs; Pedro; San Martin. 

Le Bon Homme Richard, Paul 
Jones's ship, 364. 

Leander, The, Miranda's ship, 
335; John Adams's grandson 
sails in, 90, 335 ; cruise to the 



474 



SUBJECT INDEX 



Spanish Maine, 336; fate of, 
339. 

Lee, Henry, protege of Wash- 
ington, 216; at Mount Vernon, 
•ilT; delivers Washington's of- 
ficial funeral oration, 217. 

Leif, discovery of Vinland, 8. 

Lexington, Battle op, Paul 
llevere warns the town, 81; 
news of, arouses Putnam, 146; 
arouses Marshall, 433. 

Liberators, see Bolivar; Cuba; 
Miranda; O'Higgins; San 
Martin. 

Liberty, William Penn's ideas 
on, 35, 36; liberty of conscience, 
32, 35, 125, 209, 350. See also 
Independence, Growth of 
Idea. 

Liberty Bell, announces sign- 
ing of Declaration of Independ- 
ence, 309. 

Liberty Pole, in New York, 
104. 

Liberty Tree, in Boston, 104. 

Light Horse Harry, soubriquet 
of Henry Lee, 216. 

Lima, Colonial power of, 244, 
257: siege and fall of, 257; cele- 
brates its first Independence 
Day, 265. 

LiMON Bay, discovered by Co- 
lumbus, 25. 

Lincoln, Abraham, some im- 
portant dates in his life, 174; 
poem to, by Bryant, 174; boy- 
hood, 175, 176; at New Or- 
leans, 177; his honesty, 177; 
story of the little birds, 178; 
re5;cues a pig, 179; opens the 
kittens' eyes, 180; his kindness 
to children, 181; influence of 
the Bible on Lincoln, 177, 183; 



thanks Coloured Delegation 
for gift of Bible, 184; Order 
against Sunday-work in the 
Army and Navy, 185; Gettys- 
burg Address, 186; tribute to 
Washington, 190; God's judg- 
ment on slavery, 310. 

Lincoln, Nancy Hanks, makes 
a home in the wilderness, 175 
teaches her children, 176 
reads them the Bible, 176 
her influence on Lincoln, 177. 

Lion of the Apure, soubriquet 
of General Paez, 382. 

Little Friend in Front 
Street, soubriquet of Haym 
Salomon, 228. 

Llaneros, Venezuelan cowboys 
or plainsmen, 382. 

MACEo,GENERAL,Cuban Patriot, 
60. 

Madison, James, consulted by 
Washington, 158; tribute to 
Haym Salomon, 228; in the 
Virginia Convention, 446. 

Maeldune, legend of, 5. 

Magna Carta, a foundation of 
English Liberty, 97, 98, 442. 

Maine, aids blockaded Boston, 
79. 

Maine, Battleship, destruction 
of, 62. 

Maipu, victory of, 253. 

Maize (Indian Corn), discovery 
of, 12. 

Marblehead, aids blockaded 
Boston, 79. 

Marco Polo, see Polo, Marco. 

Margarita, Island of, discov- 
ered by Columbus, 18. 

Marshall, John, some import- 
ant dates in his life, 426; boy- 



SUBJECT INDEX 



475 



hood, 427; brought up an Am- 
erican, 425, 431; lieutenant in 
the War for Independence, 
433, 434. 437; at Valley Forge, 
435; nicknamed Silver Heels, 
436; saddlebags story, 439; 
cherry story, 440; public ca- 
reer, 441; appointed Chief Jus- 
tice, 444; expounder of the 
Constitution, 444, 445; his trib- 
ute to his mother, 438; to his 
father, 439; reverence for him 
in Virginia, 446; expresses 
himself on solidarity of the 
Union, 425; on the integrity of 
the Judiciary, 446; his relig- 
ious faith, 438, 448; tributes to 
him, 426, 447. 

Martin, George, alias of Fran- 
cisco de Miranda, 89, 336. 
Maryland, aids blockaded Bos- 
ton, 79. 

Massachusetts Bay Colony, 
settled by Puritans, 850; sends 
delegates to First Continental 
Congress, 81. See also Adams; 
Boston; Williams. 

Massasoit, King, helps Pilgrims 
find lost boy, 133; aids Roger 
Williams, 352. 

Mayflower, Ship, leaves Eng- 
land, 128; anchors in Cape 
Cod Bay,129; anchors in Plym- 
outh Harbour, 131. 

Mayflower Compact, signed, 
127. 

McKean, Thomas, delegate to 
First Continental Congress, 80. 

McKinley, William, on the Cu- 
ban situation, 61; reluctant to 
go to war, 62; forced into war 
by destruction of the Maine, 
62. 



Medora, Roosevelt at, 48. 

Mendoza, at the foot of the An- 
des, 244; patriotism of citizens, 
246, 250, 251 : honour San Mar- 
tin, 247; called "the Nest of 
the Argentine Eagle," 247. 

Mexico, War of Liberation, 405; 
Independence recognized by 
the United States, 267. 

Miranda, Francisco de, some 
important dates in his life, 
326; boyhood, 331; propa- 
ganda for South American In- 
dependence, 332; fights for the 
United States, 332; fights for 
French Freedom, 333; founds 
secret society, 334, 376, 396; in 
New York, 89, 334, 335; cruises 
in the Leander, 335; vain at- 
tempt to free South America, 
339, 341 ; returns to Venezuela, 
342, 376; signs Venezuelan 
Declaration of Independence, 
842; made Commander-in- 
Chief of Venezuelan forces, 
342; betrayed to Monteverde, 
845; captivity and death, 346; 
tribute to him, by the Vene- 
zuelan Government, 325; trib- 
ute by William Spence Rob- 
ertson, 326. 

Misiones, San Martin born in, 
237. 

Missouri Compromise, Jeffer- 
son's opinion on, 312. 

Monmouth, Battle of, Moll 
Pitcher, 218; Steuben's tac- 
tics win, 223; Washington at, 
223. 

Monroe, James, recognizes In- 
dependence of Spanish Amer- 
ica, 267; promulgates the Mon- 
roe Doctrine, 270, 



476 



SUBJECT INDEX 



Monroe DocTRrNE, announced, 
270; welcomed by Chile, 403. 

MONTEVERDE, GENERAL, his 

campaign in Venezuela, 343, 
344, 377; imprisons Miranda, 
345; gives passport to Bolivar, 
345. 

MoNTicELLo, the country estate 
of Jefferson, 304. 

Montreal, aids blockaded Bos- 
ton, 80. 

Moravian Nuns, nurse La- 
fayette, 417; present banner 
to Pulaski, 418, 424. 

Morris, Robert, Financier of 
the War for Independence, 
159; recommends Hamilton 
for Secretary of Treasury, 160; 
procures money through Haym 
Salomon, 228. 

Mount Vernon, children of, 
197, 198, 201; stables and 
horses of, 201, 204; guests at, 
205, 216, 322. 

MuiR, John, with Roosevelt in 
the Yosemite, 55. 

Mystery Ship, seeLEANDER,THE. 

Napoleon, effect of his wars on 
South America, 112, 239, 268, 
841. 

Napoleon of the South Amer- 
ican Revolution, soubriquet 
of Simon Bolivar, 392. 

Nashville, Jackson emigrates 
to, 287, 289. 

Nelson, Washington's famous 
charger, 201, 204. 

Nest of the Argentine Ea- 
gle, soubriquet of the city of 
Mendoza, 247. 

Nevis, Island op, birthplace of 
Hamilton, 155. 



New England Army, besieges 
Boston, 82; adopted by Con- 
gress, 83, 84. 

New Granada, liberated by 
Bolivar, 388; absorbed into 
Great Colombia, 388; modern 
Republic of Colombia, 390. 

New Hampshire, aids blockaded 
Boston, 79. 

New Jersey, refuge of perse- 
cuted Friends, 35; aids block- 
aded Boston, 79. 

New Orleans, Lincoln attends 
slave-market at, 177; story of 
the cotton-bales, 299; its citi- 
zens nurse wounded enemies, 
301; Jackson's tribute to his 
mother, 286. 

New York, aids blockaded Bos- 
ton, 79; Hamilton in, 156; 
Washington in, 230; Miranda 
in, 89, 334, 335; Haym Salo- 
mon in, 229; Paez in, 382; La- 
fayette in, 422; opposition to 
ratification in, 159. See also 
Steuben. 

North Carolina, aids block- 
aded Boston, 79. 

O'Higgins, Ambrose, boyhood, 
395; made Spanish Viceroy of 
Lima, 396. 

O'Higgins, Bernardo, some 
important dates in his life, 
394; boyhood, 396; joins the 
Patriots, 397; heroic action 
at Rancagua, 398; escapes to 
Argentina, 400; crosses the 
Andes with San Martin, 251, 
253; is made Supreme Dicta- 
tor of Chile, 255, 400; equips 
navy to liberate Peru, 255 ; his 
work of civic reconstruction. 



SUBJECT INDEX 



477 



401; exiled from Chile, 402; 
welcomed by Peru, 402; re- 
called to Chile, 403; dies in 
Peru, 403; National Hero of 
Chile, 404. 

Old Hickory, soubriquet of An- 
drew Jackson, 297. 

Old Put, soubriquet of Israel 
Putnam, 142. 

Onas, soubriquet of William 
Penn, 37, 41. 

Orinoco River, description of, 
378, 384. 

Oyster Bay, home-town of 
Roosevelt, 50, 53. 

Paez, General, his strength and 
courage, 382; seizes gunboats 
on the Apure, S83; revolts 
against Bolivar, 389; President 
of Venezuela, 390; in exile, 
382. 

Pampas, Argentine prairie or 
plain, 240, 241. 

Panama, discovered by Colum- 
bus, 25. 

Paraguay, Tyrant-liberator of, 
405. 

Paris of America, soubriquet 
of Buenos Aires, 241. 

Paul, John, see Jones, John 
Paul. 

Peace, see Arbitration and 
Peace. 

Pearl Islands, discovered by 
Columbus, 21, 26. 

Pearl of the Antilles, sou- 
briquet of Cuba, 60. 

Pearls, found by Columbus, 17, 
19, 21, 26. 

Pedro I, Emperor of Brazil, 
declares Independence of Bra- 
zil, 113; abdicates, 113. 



Pedro II, Emperor of Brazil, 
some important dates in his 
life, 110; boy-emperor, 113, 
115; patriot, 116; opposes 
slavery, 117; abdicates, 119; 
poem to him by Whittier, 110. 
See also Brazil. 

Pendleton, Edmund, attends 
First Continental Congress, 
80; at Mount Vernon, 322. 

Penn, William, some important 
dates in his life, 30; vision 
in boyhood, 31; becomes a 
Friend, 32; story of sword, 32; 
persecution of, 33; his princi- 
ples of Peace, 30, 33; in Amer- 
ica, 36; friendly and just treat- 
ment of Indians, 38, 41; In- 
dians' sorrow at his death, 
42. 

Pennsylvania, how named, 35; 
charter granted William Penn, 
35. See also Philadelphia. 

Pensacola, Miranda helps to at- 
tack, 332. 

Perez, Friar Juan, aids Colum- 
bus, 12. 

Peru, under Spanish rule, 24 i, 
257; patriotic reception of San 
Martin, 256; declares its Inde- 
pendence, 265; National Flag, 
265; Independence recognized 
by the United States, 267; 
gratitude to San Martin, 275; 
Bolivar's plans for liberation 
of, 273, 388; its early Patriot, 
Tupac Amaru, 405; gratitude 
to O'Higgins, 402. -See also 
Lima, Pizarro. 

Philadelphia, naming of, 37; 
William Penn's first visit to, 
37; meeting place of Continen- 
tal Congress, 80; Independence 



478 



SUBJECT INDEX 



of the United States declared 
in, 309. 

Pilgrim Fathers, leave Leyden, 
123, 124, 126; land in America, 
129; attacked by Nauset In- 
dians, 130; hunt for lost boy, 
134; pray for rain, 138; 
friendly to Roger Williams, 
352. See also Separatists. 

Pitcher, Moll, at Monmouth, 
218; rewarded by Washington, 
219. 

Pitt, Thomas, why called " Dia- 
mond Pitt," 95; transmits his 
strong will to William Pitt, 90. 

Pitt, William, some important 
dates in his life, 94; boyhood, 
96; defender of America, 93, 
101; supports Francisco de 
Miranda, 89, 833; his dramatic 
last appearance, 105; tributes 
to, 94. 

Pittsburgh, (Pa.), named for 
William Pitt, 94. 

PiTTSFiELD, Mass., named for 
William Pitt, 94. 

PiZARRO, founder of Lima, 244. 

Plymouth, Mass., settled, 131; 
Canonicus sends Rattlesnake 
Challenge to, 136; saved by 
Roger Williams, 354. See ako. 
Pilgrim Fathers. 

Polo, Marco, his travels read by 
Columbus, 10. 

Poor Richard, The (Le Bon 

HoMMERlCHARD),Paul JoUCs's 

ship, 364, 365. 
Poor Richard's Almanack, 

published by Franklin, 169; 

Paul Jones, names ship after, 

364. 
Portia, pen-name of Abigail 

Adams, 76. 



Potts, Isaac, overhears Wash- 
ington praying at Valley 
Forge, 212. 

Prince of Peace, Penn in his 
Peace Plan, refers to Christ as, 
34; pledge of Argentina and 
Chile to, 406. 

Proclaim Liberty Through- 
out All the Land, Bible te.xt 
on Liberty Bell, 310. 

Protector of Peru, soubriquet 
of Jose de San Martin, 266. 

Providence, founded by Roger 
Williams, 352; under peaceful 
rule of Roger Williams, 355. 

Puerto Cabeli,o, imprisonment 
of Americans in, 340; fall of, 
344; Miranda imprisoned in, 
345. 

Pulaski, Count, visits Lafay- 
ette, 417; receives banner from 
Moravian Nuns, 418; banner 
in Lafayette's procession, 
424. 

Puritans, meaning of name, 
350; Puritans in Boston, 350. 

Putnam, Israel, some impor- 
tant dates in his life, 142; boy- 
hood, 143; 6ght with the wolf, 
144; at Bunker Hill, 147; makes 
Washington laugh, 148; praise 
from Washington, 150; tribute 
from Washington Irving, 142. 

Quakers, see Friends. 

Quebec, aids blockaded Boston, 
80; Petitions of First Continen- 
tal Congress, 81. 

QuiNCY, Mass., see Bbaintree. 

Rancaqua, battle of, 398. 
Ranger, The, Paul Jones's ship, 
302. 



SUBJECT INDEX 



479 



Raritan, Hamilton at, the pas- 
sage of, 157. 

Read, George, delegate to First 
Continental Congress, 80. 

Representative Government, 
Lincoln on, 187; in early \'ir- 
ginia, 308. See alao Constitu- 
tion OF THE United States; 
Independence, Growth of 
Idea. 

Repubucs, see names of Repub- 
lics. 

Revere, Paul, ride to Philadel- 
phia, 77; ride to Lexington, 81. 

Rhode Isi.and, aids blockaded 
Boston, 79; sends troops to 
Bunker Hill and Siege of Bos- 
ton, 214. See also Williams. 

Rio de Janeiro, Pedro II 
crowned in, 113; visited by 
Roosevelt, 66; statue, gift of 
American people, placed in, 
122. 

Rio DE LA Plata, River of Sil- 
ver, 242, 243. 

Rio Teodoro, River of Doubt, 
named after Roosevelt, 69. 

River of Doubt, explored by 
Roosevelt, 65. 

River of Silver, Rio de la 
Plata, 242, 243. 

Rivers, see names of rivers. 

Robertson, William Spence, 
characterization of San Mar- 
tin, 236; of Miranda, 326; of 
Bolivar, 391, 392; decorated 
\vith Order of Liberators of 
Venezuela, 392. 

Robinson, Pastor John, in Ley- 
den, 126. 

Rockingham, Lord, defender of 
America, 103. 

Rodney, CiESAR, delegate to 



First Continental Congress, 
80. 

Rodriguez, Simon, Bolivar's 
tutor, 374; arouses his patriot- 
ism, 376. 

Roman Catholic Church, in 
Spanish America, 330. Sec also 
Beltran; Las Casas; Perez. 

Roosevelt, Kermit, at Saga- 
more Hill, 53; hunts in Afriai, 
57; explores the River of 
Doubt, 66. 

Roosevelt, Theodore, some 
important dates in his life, 44; 
boyhood, 45; love of Nature, 
46, 51; busting broncos, 47; 
ranching, 47; square deal, 43, 
44; witli John Burroughs 
in the Yellowstone, 53; Big 
Stick, 54; with John Muir in 
the Yosemite, 55; Bear Hunt- 
ers' dinner, 56; hunting in 
Africa, 57; Rough Riders. 59, 
61; at San Juan Hill, 64; at 
Montauk Point, 65; explores 
the River of Doubt, 65; tribute 
to him, 69. 

St. Brandan, legend of, 6. 

St. Christopher, legend of, 9. 

Sagamore Hill, Roosevelt's 

Long Island home, 50, 52. 
Sage of Monticello, soubri- 
quet of Thomas Jefferson, 

304. 
Salomon, Ha^tj, finances the 

War for Independence, 228; 

tribute to, by James Madison 

228. 
Samoset, welcomes the Pilgrims, 

131. 
San Juan Hill, Rough Riders 

at, 64. 



480 



SUBJECT INDEX 



San Lorenzo, victory of, 242. 

San Martin, Jose de, some im- 
portant dates in his life, 236; 
boj'hood, 237; serves as officer 
in Spain, 238; returns to- Ar- 
gentina, 240; wins battle of San 
Lorenzo, 242; made Governor 
of Cuyo, 244; his noble char- 
acter, 247; mobilizes Army to 
cross the Andes, 245, 248, 250; 
crosses the Andes, 249; refuses 
honours, 254; proclamation to 
Peruvians, 256; takes Lima, 
257; his modesty, 201; his 
kindness, 262; his love of chil- 
dren, 263; his graciousness, 263; 
his gentleness, 204; becomes 
Protector of Peru, 266; inter- 
view with Bolivar, 272; lays 
down his command, 275; his 
wife, 246, 247, 275; goes into 
voluntary exile, 276; his self- 
abnegation, 277; his death, 
276; interment at Buenos 
Aires, 278; tributes to him by 
Lord Bryce, Joseph Conrad, 
William Spence Robertson, 
and Bartolome Mitre, 235, 
236. See also Argentina; 
Bolivar; O'Higgins. 

San Mateo, country estate of 
Bolivar, 374, 375. 

Santiago, Chile, taken by the 
Spaniards, 398, 399. 

Santo Domingo, ruled by Co- 
lumbus, 18, 19. 

Sea of Darkness, see Atlantic 
Ocean. 

Separatists, not Puritans, 350. 
See also Bradford; Pilgrim 
Fathers. 

Sequoias, visited by Roosevelt 
and John Muir, 55. 



Shackamaxon, Place of Kings, 
38. 

Shadwell Farm, property of 
Thomas Jefferson, 305. 

Shenandoah River, meaning of 
name, 192; Washington sur- 
veys in its valley, 192. 

Sherman, Roger, delegate to 
First Continental Congress, 
80. 

Shirra, Rev. Mr., prays God to 
save Leith from Paul Jones, 
366; strong wind blows Jones's 
ship away, 307. 

Silver Heels, soubriquet of 
John Marshall, 436. 

Slate Rock, Indians greet Roger 
Williams from, 353. 

Slavery in Brazil, emancipa- 
tion of slaves, 117, 118. 

Slavery in Spanish America, 
Indian slaves, 26, 329, 330; 
slaves defended by Bartolome 
de Las Casas, 26; patriot 
slaves freed by San Martin, 
242, 257. 

Slavery in the United 
States, Lincoln at the slave- 
market, 177; slave clause 
stricken from Declaration of 
Independence, 311; Abolition- 
ists, 312; God's judgment on 
slavery, pronounced by Lin- 
coln, 310; by Jefferson, 312. 

Smith, William Steuben, sails 
with Miranda, 90, 335. 

Sons of Liberty, origin of name, 
104; active in the Colonies, 
104. 

Soul Liberty, preached by 
Roger Williams, 347, 348, 351. 

South Carolina, aids block- 
aded Boston, 79. 



SUBJECT INDEX 



481 



Spain, rule of, in Spanish Amer- 
ica, 237, 242, 329. See also Bo- 
livae; Miranda; O'Higgins; 
San Martin. 

Spanish Galleons, treasure 
ships, 26, 327. 

Spanish Main, 327, 338. 

Stamp Act, Wilham Pitt's speech 
against, 102; Patrick Henry's 
speech against, 317. 

Standish, Captain Miles, sails 
for the New World, 126; ar- 
rests Canonicus's messenger, 
137. 

Stars and Stripes, see Flags 
OF THE United States. 

Steuben, Baron, at Valley 
Forge, 222; at Monmouth, 223; 
bids Washington farewell at 
Fraurces Tavern, 230; his serv- 
ices recognized by the State of 
New York, 223. 

Sucre, Antonio de, Bolivar's 
general and friend, 389; liber- 
ates Bolivia, 390. 

Tarleton, General, massacres 
militia of the Waxhaws, 283. 

Tartary, Columbus's search for, 
9, 16. 

Terrestrial Paradise, Colum- 
bus's search for, 5, 15, 21. 

Terrible Cornet of Horse, 
soubriquet of William Pitt, 97. 

Thule, visited by Columbus, 8; 
supposed to be Iceland, 8. 

TiERRA Firme, old Spanish name 
for the South American conti- 
nent, 17. 

TisQUANTUM, the Pilgrim's In- 
dian interpreter, 134, 135, 136. 

Tobacco, discovered by Colum- 
bus, 12. 



ToussAiNT l' Ouverture, Lib- 
erator of Haiti, 405. 

Trinidad, named by Columbus, 
16. 

Trumbull, Governor Jona- 
than, sends Putnam to Bun- 
ker Hill, 147; supplies powder 
for Battle, 209; nicknamed 
Brother Jonathan, 210. 

Tupac Amaru, early Peruvian 
Patriot, 405. 

Twin Cities, Cristobal and Co- 
lon, named after Coliunbus, 
25. 

Union, The, Hamilton's faith in, 
154; Andrew Jackson's toast, 
279; John Marshall and the 
solidarity of the Union, 425, 
431 ; the Constitution necessary 
to protect the Union, 158, 443; 
Washington on the Unity of 
our Government, 448. 

Uruguay, called La Banda Ori- 
ental, 405; Artigas, Liberator 
of, 405; Roosevelt visits, 66. 

Usheen, legend of the Atlantic, 
6. 

Valley Forge, winter of suffer- 
ing, 210, 211, 418: Martha 
Washington nurses the sick, 
212; Washington prays God 
for aid, 213; Nathanael Greene 
procures army supplies, 215; 
Steuben trains the Army, 222; 
John Marshall keeps up the 
soldiers' courage, 436. 

Venezuela, discovered by Co- 
lumbus, 17; Miranda's attempt 
to liberate, 335, 339; Declara- 
tion of Independence, 312; 
National Flag, 339, 342; Con- 



SUBJECT INDEX 



stitution of Bolivar, 384. See 
also Bolivar; Miranda. 

Vermont, aids blociiaded Bos- 
ton, 79. 

ViLLAMiL, Joseph, helps to lib- 
erate Guayaquil, 271. 

ViNLAND THE GoOD, Columbus 

may have heard of, 9. 

Virginia, aids blockaded Bos- 
ton, 79; summons first repre- 
sentative assembly in America, 
308. See also Henry; Jeffer- 
son; Madison; Marshall; 
Pendleton ; Washington. 

Virginia Rangers, cover Brad- 
dock's Retreat, 428. 

Waehen, Dr. Joseph, at Bun- 
ker Hill, 87. 

Washington, George, some 
important dates in his life, 
190; Lincoln's tribute on his 
birthday, 190; boyhood, 191; 
offers to aid blockaded Boston, 
80; delegate to First Continen- 
tal Congress, 80, 322; nomi- 
nated Commander-in-Chief, 
83; his modesty, 84, 171 ; arrives 
at Cambridge, 147; the spy in 
camp, 148; letter to Putnam, 
150; meets Hamilton, 157, on 
Sunday work in the Army and 
Navy, 185; Cincinnatus of 
the West, 189, 206; love of 
children, 198, 200, 204; story 
of the little Boston Girl. 
200; his favourite horse, 204; 
anecdote of the bowl of tea, 
206; his tact and kindness, 206; 
friendship with Governor 
Trumbull, 209; at Valley 
Forge, 210; compassion for suf- 
fering soldiers, 210; in prayer 



to God for help, 213; be- 
friends Light Horse Harry, 
216; sends Kosciuszko to for- 
tify West Point, 225 ; pays the 
troops with the aid of Haym 
Salomon, 228; bids farewell to 
his officers, 230; presides over 
Federal Convention, 171; be- 
quest from Franklin, 172; 
Farewell Address, 158, 448; be- 
queaths their Freedom to his 
slaves, 311; tributes to him, 
233, 234. See also Greene; 
Lafayette; Lee. 

Washington, Martha, wedding 
day of, 197; at Valley Forge, 
211; laughing parrot of, 217; 
anxiety for Washington, 322. 

Washington, Mary, education 
of her son, 195; Washington 
visits her at Fredericksburg, 
195. 

Washington of South Amer- 
ica, soubriquet of Jose de San 
Martin, 254. 

Waxhaws, home-place of Andrew 
Jackson, 281, 283. 

Weatherford, Chief, 290, 291. 

Western Passage to Asia, 
Columbus's search for, 9, 11, 
13, 25. 

West Indies, discovered by Co- 
lumbus, 12. 

West Point, fortified by Kos- 
ciuszko, 225. 

What Cheer, Netop. Indian 
greeting to Roger Williams, 
353. 

White, Peregrine, Pilgrim boy 
born on the Mayflower, 133. 

Whittier, John Greenleaf, as 
Abolitionist, 312. 

Williams, Roger, some impor- 



SUBJECT INDEX 



4S3 



tant dates in his life, 348; boy- 
hood, 349; preaches Soul Lib- 
erty, 347, 348, 351; his other 
teachings, 351; exiled from 
Massachusetts Bay Colony, 
351; founds Providence, 353; 
saves Plymouth and Massa- 
chusetts Bay Colonies, 354; 
peaceful and liberal rule of, 
355. 

Windham, (Conn.,) aids block- 
aded Boston, 78. 

WiNSLow, Governor Edward, 
sails for New World, 12G; 
tells of the Great Drought, 



139; befriends Roger Williams, 

352. 
Winter, N. O., describes El 

Crista of the Andes, 409. 
Wood, Gener.Uj Leonard, 

Colonel of the Rough Riders, 

63; made Brigadier-General, 

m. 

Yapeyu, birthplace of Jose de 

San Martin, 237. 
Yellowstone National Park, 

Roosevelt's visit to, 53. 
Yosemite, The, Roosevelt's visit 

to, 55. 



3i^77-l 



